New Grammar Files Guida
New Grammar Files Guida
New Grammar Files Guida
Teacher’s Book
Trinity Whitebridge
Copyright (2017) by Spiraglio s.r.l.
info@trinitywhitebridge.co.uk
www.trinitywhitebridge.co.uk
Ristampe:
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
I II III IV V
CONTENTS
Answer Key p. 4
Turn into English - Answer Key 67
Supplementary Sections - Answer Key 83
Vocabulary - Answer Key 92
Tapescripts Audio 112
Tapescripts Videos 136
Testing Grammar 141
Testing Grammar - Key 200
Testing Vocabulary 210
Testing Vocabulary - Section 1 - Key 288
Testing Vocabulary - Section 2 - Key 294
Keys to Video Exercises 298
Disturbi Specifici dell’Apprendimento 299
ANSWER KEY
3 12.
1. isn’t, ’s; 2. aren’t, ’re; 3. isn’t, ’s; 4. aren’t, ’re. 1. isn’t; 2. ’s; 3. ’m; 4. ’s; 5. ’m; 6. are; 7. aren’t; 8. ’m
not; 9. ’m; 10. ’m; 11. ’s; 12.’ s; 13. isn’t; 14. ’s;
4 15. Are; 16. aren’t; 17. ’re; 18. Are; 19. ’m; 20. ’s;
1. Are you angry? 21. ’s; 22. ’s; 23. ’m; 24; are; 25. ’m; 26. ’m; 27. Are.
2. Am I right?
3. Is it late?
4. Are they married? D
5. Is Betty nice?
6. Are Bob and John late? 1
1. b; 2. f; 3. e; 4. a; 5. c; 6. d; 7. h; 8. g.
5
1. Is this an old video? 2
No, it isn’t an old video. It’s a new video. 1. How; 2. When; 3. What; 4. Where; 5. What; 6. Why;
2. Is this exercise difficult? 7. How; 8. What.
No, it isn’t difficult. It’s easy.
3. Is Mary at the dentist’s? 3
No, she isn’t at the dentist’s. She’s at the gym. 1. What; 2. What; 3. How; 4. What; 5. Who; 6. What;
4. Is it cold? 7. How; 8. What; 9. What; 10. What; 11. What;
No, it isn’t cold. It’s warm. 12. What; 13. Why.
5. Are the children at school?
No, they aren’t at school. They’re at the 4
museum. 1. c; 2. e; 3. b; 4. a; 5. d.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 5
5 5
1. Why is this exercise wrong? 2. Where is Jane? 1. a, an; 2. The; a; 3. the, a; 4. the, the, an, a, a;
3. How old are your parents? 4. Where are the 5. a, the; 6. The, a; 7. the, an; 8. a, an, the; 9. The,
children? 5. How is your uncle? 6. What time is the an, the, the; 10. a, a, The.
concert?
6 B
1. c; 2. d; 3. a; 4. b.
1
-AN
E-F Mexican, American, German, Moroccan
-IAN
1 Canadian, Italian, Brazilian, Hungarian, Australian,
1. He’s cold. 2. She’s hot. 3. She’s afraid of dogs. Austrian, Norwegian, Egyptian, Peruvian
4. It’s thirsty. 5. It’s hungry. -ISH
Swedish, Polish, Spanish, British, Scottish,
2 -SH
1. How much is it? 2. I’m hungry. 3. How old is; Welsh
4. Am I late? 5. I’m sleepy. 6. You’re right. 7. Is Tom -CH
ill? 8. I’m cold. 9. much; 10. I’m sorry. French, Dutch
-ESE
3 Japanese, Chinese, Portuguese
1. b; 2. a; 3. f; 4. c; 5. e; 6. d. altro modo
Greek, Pakistani, Iraqi
4
1. There’s your hat. 2. Here are your shoes. 3. 2
There is/’s my sister. 4. Here I am. 5. Here we are. 1. Germany; 2. France; 3. Egypt; 4. Spain. 5. Italy;
6. There they are. 6. Australia.
5 3
1. d; 2. a; 3. b; 4. c; 5. e. 1. She’s French. 2. She’s from Paris. 3. He’s Egyptian.
4. He’s from Cairo. 5. She’s Italian. 6. He’s Australian.
C-D
FILE 2
1
A OPINION
attractive, beautiful, boring, horrible, pretty,
1 interesting, cheap, ugly, nice
1. a; 2. an; 3. a; 4. an; 5. a; 6. a; 7. an; 8. a; 9. an;
10. an; 11. a; 12. a FACT
short, long, triangular, Afghan, woollen, wooden,
2 brown, curly, rectangular
A
glass, hand, nose, hotel, chair, hero, uniform, youth 2
hostel, union, word, wardrobe, university, watch, age: old, middle-aged, young
European country origin: Hungarian, American
height: tall, short
AN build: thin, slim, fat
athlete, ear, heir, envelope, uncle, hour, honest person hair: black, short, wavy, straight, long, fair, blond(e),
dark
3 eyes: blue, black, dark, oriental, green
1. a; 2. an; 3. a; 4. an; 5. an.
3
4 1. long dark curly; 2. small dark oriental; 3. beautiful
1. an, an; 2. a, an; 3. a, an; 4. a, an; 5. a, a. big black; 4. ugly long grey.
6 Answer Key - Grammar Files
4 15
1. Kazuko is a pretty Chinese girl. She’s short with 1. A: What’s the weather like in London?
straight black hair and black eyes. B: It’s cold and rainy.
2. Jim is a young Welsh boy. He’s short and plump A: What’s the temperature in London today?
with brown hair and green eyes. B: It’s 0 °C.
3. Helena is a beautiful German girl. She’s tall and
slim with blond(e) hair and blue eyes.
2. A: What’s the weather like in Madrid today?
4. Mr Bowen is an old English gentleman. He’s tall B: It’s mild and cloudy.
and thin with grey wavy hair and big blue eyes. A: What’s the temperature in Madrid today?
B: It’s 16 °C.
5
2. c; 3. f; 4. e; 5. a; 6. b; 7. i; 8. g; 9. j; 10. l; 11. h; 12. k.
3. A: What’s the weather like in Paris today?
6 B: It’s chilly and windy.
Open answer A: What’s the temperature in Paris today?
B: It’s 2 °C.
7
1. d; 2. c; 3. b; 4. a. 4. A: What’s the weather like in Moscow today?
B: It’s freezing and snowy.
8 A: What’s the temperature in Moscow today?
generosa; 2. bella; 3. biondi; 4. verdi; 5. paziente; B: It’s ‒10 °C.
6. dolce; 7. disattenta; 8. scuri; 9. deliziosi/graziosi;
10. carina; 11. capace/brava; 12. autoritaria; 13. di 5. A: What’s the weather like in Manila today?
bell’aspetto; 14. pigro; 15. maleducato. B: It’s hot and sunny.
A: What’s the temperature in Manila today?
9 B: It’s 35 °C.
size: big, small, wide, high, long, tall, short
weight: heavy, light 16
shape: round, oval, square, triangular 2. c; 3. a; 4. e; 5. b; 6. d; 7. g; 8. f.
colour: red, orange, purple, green, yellow, grey, light
material: leather, wooden, silk, woollen 17
1. beautiful young; 2. pink silk; 3. small cotton;
10 4. big square; 5. old green; 6. delicious chocolate;
1. It’s a big white leather ball. 2. It’s an oval grey 7. big red; 8. beautiful black.
woollen carpet. 3. It’s a high brown wooden
wardrobe. 4. It’s a long black silk dress. 5. It’s a
small round metal table.
FILE 3
11
1. d; 2. e; 3. a; 4. g; 5. b; 6. f; 7. h; 8. c. A
12 1
1. A: What’s your soup like? 1. eggs; 2. dishes; 3. watches; 4. dogs;
B: It’s too hot. 5. classes; 6. clocks; 7. churches; 8. sandwiches;
2. A: What’s your pizza like? 9. students; 10. matches; 11. cars; 12. shoes;
B: It’s disgusting. 13. bananas; 14. foxes; 15. ears; 16. packets;
3. A: What’s the bread like? 17. buses; 18. glasses; 19. toes; 20. wishes.
B: It’s stale.
4. A: What’s the wine like? 2
B: It’s sour. 1. potatoes; 2. discos; 3. kangaroos;
4. radios; 5. kilos; 6. photos; 7. zoos; 8. rodeos;
13 9. videos; 10. euros; 11. heroes; 12. mosquitoes.
1. sunny; 2. cloudy; 3. foggy; 4. rainy; 5. windy;
6. thundering; 7. snowy; 8. wet; 9. dry. 10. changeable. 3
1. babies; 2. parties; 3. countries; 4. universities;
14 5. keys; 6. toys; 7. puppies; 8. cities; 9. cherries;
1. warm; 2. mild; 3. chilly; 4. cold; 5. freezing. 10. boys; 11. berries; 12. daisies.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 7
4 3
1. leaves; 2. shelves; 3. safes; 4. loaves; 5. dwarfs; 1. that; 2. those; 3. this; 4. that; 5. This; 6. that;
6. halves; 7. lives; 8. gulfs; 9. wolves; 10. beliefs; 7. these, This, this.
11. chiefs; 12. wives; 13. knives; 14. roofs;
15. thieves; 16. scarves. 4
1. That is my American friend. 2 Those bottles are
5 full of wine. 3. These buses are very crowded.
1. children; 2. feet; 3. teeth; 4. geese; 5. policemen; 4. What is that thing over there? 5. This question is
6. mice; 7. oxen; 8. people; 9. women. difficult. 6. Who is that woman?
6 5
1. These books are boring. 2. Those are cheap
M
T E E T B
hotels. 3. These are easy exercises. 4. Those boys
F N U B
are very short. 5. these knives are sharp.
E H A G 6
P A R T I E S L A V E S C I 1. A: What are these things here?
T S H R B: These things? Oh, they’re ostrich eggs.
F O X E E L 2. A: Who are those children over there?
L R O U S E S B: Those children? Oh, they’re my cousins.
O 3. A: Who is that man over there?
C E E B: That man? Oh, he’s my father.
K N I V E S E 4. A: What is this insect here?
S S B: This insect? Oh, it’s a black beetle.
7
7 1. this, that; 2. that, this; 3. that, this, This.
PLURALI: police, cattle, people
INVARIABILI: fish, salmon, crossroads, species, 8
trout, means, series 1. these wonderful roses; 2. name of this; 3. that an
SINGOLARI: homework, luggage, news, advice, interesting.
hair, information, money, furniture, spaghetti, housework
8 C-D
1. people; 2. sandwiches; 3. buildings; 4. hotels, safes;
5. pints; 6. donkeys, sheep; 7. teeth; 8. hobbies. 1
1. them; 2. it; 3. her; 4. him; 5. them; 6. it; 7. him; 8. us.
9
1. They’re boring videos. 2. They’re skilful thieves. 2
3. They’re very high cliffs. 4. They’re very ferocious 1. him; 2. you; 3. them; 4. her; 5. you; 6. us.
wolves. 5. They’re wonderful pianists. 6. They’re
honest men. 3
1. B: He; 2. B: it; 3. A: you; 4. B: you; 5. A: me; 6. A:
10 him; 7. A: us; 8. B: her.
1. are; 2. are; 3. is; 4. are; 5. is; 6. is; 7. is; 8. are; 9.
is; 10. Is; 11. is; 12. are; 13. is; 14. is; 15. are; 16. Is; 4
17. are; 18. is. 1. him, He; 2. her, She; 3. them, They; 4. it, It.
5
B 1. them; 2. him; 3. They; 4. He, her; 4. it.
1 6
1. L; 2. V; 3. L; 4. V; 5. V; 6. L. 1. B: her, C: she; 2. B: him, C: him; 3. B: it, C: it;
4. B: them, C: them.
2
1. This knife is sharp. 2. Those things are useful. 7
3. These coats are warm. 4. That street is busy. 1. we; 2. It; 3. you; 4. us; 5. it; 6. her; 7. she; 8. She;
8 Answer Key - Grammar Files
9. her; 10. they; 11. He; 12. he; 13. He; 14. him; 3
15. us. 1. on; 2. on; 3. over; 4. over; 5. on; 6. over; 7. above;
8. below; 9. under.
8
1. for; 2. with, without; 3. for; 4. from; 5. with; 6. with; 4
7. of; 8. from; 9. to; 10. for, for; 11. of; 12. of; 13. with; 1. in; 2. on; 3. in; 4. next to; 5. under; 6. next to;
14. from. 7. behind; 8. on; 9. behind; 10. in; 11. between.
5
1. in; 2. in; 3. near; 4. between; 5. opposite;
FILE 4 6. between; 7. in; 8. opposite.
6
A
1. downstairs, next to, on the left, opposite;
2. upstairs, opposite; 3. a sports shop, upstairs,
1
between, bookshop.
1. There isn’t a swimming pool near the park.
Is there a swimming pool near the park?
7
Isn’t there a swimming pool near the park?
2. e; 3. d; 4. c; 5. g; 6. f; 7. b; 8. a.
2. There isn’t a church in Bond Street.
Is there a church in Bond Street?
Isn’t there a church in Bond Street?
C
3. There aren’t two discos in this town.
Are there two discos in this town?
1
Aren’t there two discos in this town?
1. on; 2. on; 3. in, on; 4. on; 5. on; 6. at; 7. on; 8. on;
4. There aren’t two museums in the city centre.
9. at; 10. on; 11. in; 12. in; 13. on; 14. at; 15. on; 16. in.
Are there two museums in the city centre?
Aren’t there two museums in the city centre?
2
1. on; 2. at; 3. on; 4. next to; 5. Next to; 6. At;
2
7. outside; 8. in; 9. in; 10. on; 11. in; 12. at; 13. in;
1. there is/’s; 2. there is/’s; 3. there are;
14. In; 15. in; 16. behind.
4. there is/’s; 5. there are; 6. there is/’s;
7. there isn’t; 8. there is/’s; 9. there is/’s;
10. There is/’s; 11. Is there; 12. Is there;
13. Are there.
FILE 5
3
1. There are; 2. Are there; 3. There aren’t; 4. there’s; A
5. there are; 6. there’s; 7. there are; 8. Is there; 9. there
isn’t; 10. there are; 11. Is there; 12. there is; 13. there 1
are; 14. there’s; 15. aren’t there; 16. there are. 1. have got / ’ve got; 2. have got / ’ve got;
3. has got / ’s got; 4. has got / ’s got; 5. have got /
4 ’ve got; 6. have got / ’ve got.
1. aren’t there; 2. isn’t there; 3. are there;
4. is there. 2
1. Have I got ten cousins?
I haven’t got ten cousins.
B Haven’t I got ten cousins?
2. Have we got the tickets for the concert?
1 We haven’t got the tickets for the concert.
1. between; 2. over; 3. next to; 4. in; 5. in; 6. on; 3. Haven’t we got the tickets for the concert?
7. opposite; 8. on; 9. behind; 10. upstairs; 11. Has Mr Porter got an interesting job?
against; 12. under; 13. outside; 14. in the middle of. Mr Porter hasn’t got an interesting job.
Hasn’t Mr Porter got an interesting job?
2 4. Has the hotel got a sauna?
1. at; 2. at; 3. in; 4. at; 5. in; 6. at; 7. at; 8. in; 9. in; The hotel hasn’t got a sauna.
10. at; 11. in; 12. in; 13. in. Hasn’t the hotel got a sauna?
Answer Key - Grammar Files 9
5. Have they got two dogs? 3. Yes, it has. 4. There is a television and a
They haven’t got two dogs. comfortable sofa. 5. It has got three bedrooms.
Haven’t they got two dogs? 6. They are upstairs. 7. The first bedroom is big
6. Have Mr and Mrs White got a big family? and has got a double bed; the second bedroom
Mr and Mrs White haven’t got a big family. is spacious and has got two twin beds; the third
Haven’t Mr and Mrs White got a big family? bedroom is smaller and has got a single bed.
8. It has got two bathrooms. 9. One is downstairs,
3 and the other is upstairs. 10. They have got a bath,
1. A: Has Pamela got wrinkles? basin and toilet. 11. No, it hasn’t. 12. Yes, it has.
B: No, she hasn’t got wrinkles. She’s got freckles. 13. There is a table and chairs. 14. Yes, it has.
2. A: Have you got long hair? 15. It’s big enough for two cars. 16. Yes, it has.
B: No, I haven’t got long hair. I’ve got short hair.
3. A: Has Mark got a camera? 11
B: No, he hasn’t got a camera. He’s got a smartphone. 1. am/’m; 2. has/’s got; 3. are/’re; 4. has/’s got;
4. A: Have Lucy and Tom got green eyes? 5. are; 6. have/’ve got; 7. have got; 8. are; 9. Am;
B: No, they haven’t got green eyes. They’ve got blue 10. are/’re.
eyes.
12
4 1. is; 2. is; 3. has, is; 4. has; 5. is, has; 6. is; 7. is;
1. Have … got, haven’t; 2. have/’ve got; 3. have … 8. is; 9. has; 10. is.
got; 4. has … got, has/’s got; 5. haven’t got.
5 B
1. she has; 2. he hasn’t; 3. they have; 4. he has;
5. she hasn’t; 6. I have. 1
1. Is there any water in the kettle?
6 There isn’t any water in the kettle.
Open answer There is/’s no water in the kettle.
2. Is there any money in the wallet?
7 There isn’t any money in the wallet.
1. haven’t they; 2. hasn’t she; 3. has he; 4. haven’t There is/’s no money in the wallet.
you; 5. hasn’t it; 6. have we. 3. Is there any coffee in the cup?
There isn’t any coffee in the cup.
8 There is/’s no coffee in the cup.
1. A: What’s the matter with Bob? Has he got a 4. Are there any students in the classroom?
temperature? There aren’t any students in the classroom.
B: I don’t think so. I think he’s got a sore throat. There are no students in the classroom.
2. A: What’s the matter with Alan? Has he got a pain 5. Has Tom got any new videos?
in his leg? Tom hasn’t got any new videos.
B: I don’t think so. I think he’s got a pain in his arm. Tom has/’s got no new videos.
3. A: What’s the matter with Bill and Susan? Have 6. Are there any books on the shelf.
they got flu? There aren’t any books on the shelf.
B: I don’t think so. I think they’ve got a cold. There are no books on the shelf.
4. A: What’s the matter with Barbara? Has she got a 7. Is there any tea in the teapot?
toothache? There isn’t any tea in the teapot.
B: I don’t think so. I think she’s got a cough. The is/’s no tea in the teapot.
8. Has he got any old friends?
9 He hasn’t got any old friends.
1. A: has, B: has. He has/’s got no old friends.
2. A: haven’t, B: has.
3. A: has, B: has. 2
4. A: hasn’t; B: has. 1. A: Have we got any coffee?
5. A: haven’t, B: have. B: Yes, we’ve got some coffee but we haven’t got
6. A: have, B: have. any tea.
2. A: Have we got any potatoes?
10 B: Yes, we’ve got some potatoes but we haven’t got
1. It’s for up to five or six people. 2. Yes, it has. any onions.
10 Answer Key - Grammar Files
3 C
1. A: any, B: any; 2. A: any, B: some; 3. A: some;
4. A: some; 5. A: any, B: some. 1
1. C; 2. U; 3. U; 4. C; 5. C; 6. U; 7. U; 8. C; 9. C; 1
4 0. U; 11. U; 12. C; 13. U; 14. C; 15. C; 16. C; 17. C;
1. A: I’m thirsty. Can I have something to drink? 18. U; 19. U; 20. U; 21. U; 22. U; 23. C.
B: Would you like some beer?
A: No, thanks. I don’t like beer. 2
B: How about some mineral water? Sostantivi numerabili
A: Oh, yes, please! I’d love some mineral water! pen, exam, shop, packet, teacher, calculator,
2. A: I’m thirsty. Can I have something to drink? bicycle, cup, kilo, box, car, apple
B: Would you like some coffee?
A: No, thanks. I don’t like coffee. Sostantivi non numerabili
B: How about some tea? luck, love, advice, happiness, gold, health,
A: Oh, yes, please! I’d love some tea. patience
4. A: I’m hungry. Can I have something to eat?
B: Would you like some chicken? 3
A: No, thanks. I don’t like chicken. (a)
B: How about some fish? 1. a loaf; 2. a piece; 3. two bottles; 4. a tin; 5. two
A: Oh, yes, please! I’d love some fish! cans; 6. a dozen; 7. a box; 8. a tube.
4. A: I’m hungry. Can I have something to eat?
B: Would you like some spaghetti? (b)
A: No, thanks. I don’t like spaghetti. 1. I’d like a loaf of bread. 2. I’d like a piece of
B: How about some soup? cheese. 3. I’d like two bottles of wine. 4. I’d like a tin
A: Oh, yes, please! I’d love some soup! of peeled tomatoes. 5. I’d like two cans of coke.
6. I’d like a dozen eggs. 7. I’d like a box of
5 chocolates. 8. I’d like a tube of mayonnaise.
1. A: Will you have some chips?
B: No, thanks. I don’t like chips. 4
Can I have some salad, instead? 1. meat; 2. cheese; 3. bread; 4. bread; 5. toothpaste;
A: Yes, of course. Here you are. 6. butter; 7. milk; 8. potatoes; 9. butter; 10. fruit.
B: Can I have some olive oil, too?
A: Sorry, I haven’t got any. 5
2. A: Will you have some cherries? 1. c; 2. b; 3. a; 4. e; 5. d; 6. g: 7. h; 8. f.
B: No, thanks. I don’t like cherries.
Can I have some strawberries, instead? 6
A: Yes, of course. Here you are. 1. thirty euros; 2. heavy suitcase; 3. terrible news;
B: Can I have some cream, too? 4. long journey; 5. serious problem; 6. newspaper.
A: Sorry, I haven’t got any.
3. A: Will you have some cheese? 7
B: No, thanks. I don’t like cheese. 1. some; 2. is; 3. a piece of luggage; 4. is; 5. a nice
Can I have some ham, instead? piece of; 6. Is; 7. some; 8. piece of advice;
A: Yes, of course. Here you are. 9. homework; 10. hair; 11. is; 12. isn’t.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 11
REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION 8. These are my friends’ guitars. / These are their
guitars.
1
1. ’m; 2. isn’t; 3. Is; 4. is; 5. ’s; 6. Has; 7. has; 8. isn’t; 2
9. ’s; 10. Is; 11. is; 12. ’s got; 13. Has; 14. ’s; 15. ’ve 1. No, it’s Bob’s rubber.
got; 16. have … got; 17. ’ve got; 18. ’ve got; 19. Are; 2. No, they’re Bob’s and Clare’s scarves.
20. ’m not; 21. Are; 22. am; 23. Has; 24. hasn’t; 3. No, she’s Tom and Paul’s mother.
25. ’s got; 26. has; 27. are; 28. is. 4. No, it’s twenty minutes’ walk from here.
5. No, it’s yesterday’s newspaper.
2 6. No, it’s Charles’/Charles’s sweater.
1. straight; 2. Greek; 3. hasn’t; 4. this; 5. watches; 7. No, they’re her parents’ suitcases.
6. ladies; 7. Teeth; 8. there are; 9. those; 10. am. 8. No, it’s the children’s bedroom.
3 3
1. any, a; 2. some, some, any, some; 3. any, a; 2. e - At the newsagent’s you can buy newspapers
4. some, some; 5. any, no, a. and magazines.
3. b - At the greengrocer’s you can buy fruit and
4 vegetables.
1. got any; 2. no; 3. aren’t any / are no. 4. c - At the butcher’s you can buy meat.
5. a - At the baker’s you can buy bread.
4
1. the stationer’s; 2. the hairdresser’s; 3. the
FILE 6 jeweller’s; 4. the chemist’s.
A 5
1. -; 2. florist’s; 3. -; 4. greengrocer’s; 5. baker’s; 6. -.
1
1. my; 2. their; 3. his; 4. your; 5. her; 6. its; 7. Its; 6
8. their. (a)
genitivo sassone: father’s sister, son’s name
2 terza persona contratta del verbo be: She’s, He’s
1. His; 2. Her; 3. My; 4. Its; 5. Your; 6. its. (x3)
aggettivi possessivi: my (x5), her, Their, our
3
1. he, his, He; 2. his, It, He; 3. your, It; 4. They, their, (b)
Their; 5. her, She; 6. your, they, our; 7. it, my. 1. Stephen’s; 2. Robert and Mary’s; 3. John’s; 4.
Stephen’s; 5. Ann’s; 6. Ruth’s; 7. Frank and Ruth’s;
4 8. Stephen’s; 9. John and Glenda’s; 10. Robert and
1. Who’s; 2. Whose; 3. Whose; 4. Whose; 5. Who’s; Mary’s.
6. Whose.
7
1. ‘No, he is Glenda’s husband.’ 2. ‘No, they are
B Ann’s grandparents.’ 3. ‘No, they are Stephen’s
parents.’ 4. ‘No, he is Stephen’s uncle.’
1
1. That’s Frank’s sister. / That’s his sister. 8
2. Those are my mother’s colleagues. / Those are 1. ‘She’s Robert’s wife.’ 2. ‘He’s Ann’s father.’
her colleagues. 3. ‘She’s John and Glenda’s daughter.’ 4. ‘He is
3. This is her sister’s boyfriend. / This is her boyfriend. Robert and Mary’s son.’
4. These are George’s pens. / These are his pens.
5. Those are the children’s toys. / Those are their 9
toys. 1. ‘Whose cousin is he?’ ‘He’s Sally and Tom’s.’
6. These are Pam’s and Kate’s hats. / These are 2. ‘Whose sister is she?’ ‘She’s Sheila and Bob’s.’
their hats. 3. ‘Whose shoes are those?’ ‘They’re Mark’s and
7. That is Martin and Betty’s house. / That is their Alan’s.’
house. 4. ‘Whose desk is that?’ ‘It’s Robert’s.’
12 Answer Key - Grammar Files
5. ‘Whose sunglasses are these?’ ‘They’re Paul’s B: Sorry? Whose grammar book is it?
and Martin’s.’ A: It’s yours.
6. ‘Whose cardigans are those?’ ‘They’re those
girls’.’ 4
7. ‘Whose toys are those?’ ‘They’re the children’s.’ 1. hers, her; 2. mine, Mark’s; 3. yours, Paul’s;
8. ‘Whose video games are these?’ ‘They’re 4. hers, Bob and Linda’s; 5. his, his; 6. theirs, their;
Albert’s.’ 7. theirs, Bill’s and Jason’s.
10 5
1. Whose; 2. Whose; 3. Who’s. 1. a. theirs are at university; b. their sons are at
university.
11 2. a. ours is called Rex; b. our dogs is called Rex.
1. a science teacher; 2. a police car; 3. a rugby 3. a. mine live in California; b. my cousins live in
match; 4. a waiting room; 5. a ham sandwich; 6. a California.
seaside resort; 7. a car window; 8. a shop window. 4. a. his are very nice people; b. his colleagues are
very nice people.
12
1. Some of Stuart’s cousins have got red hair.
2. One of David’s cousins is an actor. 3. Four of
Paul’s CDs are new. 4. Two of Peter’s classmates
are Hungarian. 5. . 6. Some of Ted’s work is FILE 7
excellent. 7. Two of Tom’s teachers are foreigners.
8. One of my friends is a computer scientist. A
13 1
1. is a cheese; 2. is Mr Smith’s; 3. my sister’s; a. 3 three; 13 thirteen; 30 thirty; 33 thirty-three;
4. pen drive is; 5. idea is. 300 three hundred; 333 three hundred and
thirty-three; 3,000 three thousand; 3,300 three
thousand three hundred
C b. 7 seven; 17 seventeen; 70 seventy; 77 seventy-
seven; 700 seven hundred; 777 seven hundred
1 and seventy-seven; 7,000 seven thousand;
1. This umbrella is mine. 2. These scooters are 7,700 seven thousand seven hundred
theirs. 3. That rucksack isn’t hers. 4. That exercise c. 8 eight; 18 eighteen; 80 eighty; 88 eighty-eight;
book is his. 5. Those CDs are yours. 6. Those coats 800 eight hundred; 888 eight hundred and
are ours. eighty-eight; 8,000 eight thousand; 8,800 eight
thousand eight hundred
2 d. 5 five; 15 fifteen; 50 fifty; 55 fifty-five; 500 five
1. mine; 2. Yours; 3. ours; 4. theirs; 5. hers; 6. mine. hundred; 555 five hundred and fifty-five; 5,000
five thousand; 5,500 five thousand five hundred
3
1. A: Those are my gloves. 2
B: Sorry? Whose gloves are they? a. 0.7 nought point seven; 0.56 nought point five
A: They’re mine. six
2. A: That is their yacht. b. 11 eleven; 12 twelve
B: Sorry? Whose yacht is it? c. 19 nineteen; 35 thirty-five
A: It’s theirs. d. 123 a/one hundred and twenty-three; 587 five
3. A: Those are her trainers. hundred and eighty-seven
B: Sorry? Whose trainers are they? e. 1,400 a/one thousand four hundred; 2,450 two
A: They’re hers. thousand four hundred and fifty
4. A: Those are his parents. f. 10,790 ten thousand seven hundred and ninety;
B: Sorry? Whose parents are they? 23,998 twenty-three thousand nine hundred and
A: They’re his. ninety-eight
5. A: This is our caravan. g. 100,000 a/one hundred thousand; 300,000 three
B: Sorry? Whose caravan is it? hundred thousand
A: It’s ours. h. 2,000,000 two million; 4,400,000 4 million four
6. A: This is your grammar book. hundred thousand
Answer Key - Grammar Files 13
1 C
1. ‘How old is Emily?’ ‘She’s twelve years old.’
2. ‘How old are Mark and Peter?’ ‘They’re twenty- 1
one years old.’ 1. twelve dollars; 2. thirteen euros fifty; 3. thirty
3. ‘How old is Jane’s brother?’ ‘He’s thirty-two years pounds ninety-nine; 4. sixty p/pence; 5. sixty-five
old.’ cents; 6. fourteen euros seventy.
4. ‘How old is David’s sister?’ ‘She’s fifteen years old.’
5. ‘How old is Mr Ashley?’ ‘He’s seventy-seven 2
years old.’ (a)
6. ‘How old is that building?’ ‘It’s three hundred How many wallets is Betty/she buying?
years old.’ She’s buying one wallet.
How much is it?
2 It’s £12.00.
1.
Mrs J. Williamson, How many dresses is she buying?
101 Penny Lane, She’s buying one dress.
Liverpool 15 How much is it?
It’s £80.00.
2.
Miss B. Gordon, How many ties is she buying?
72 Poplar Street, She’s buying four ties.
Manchester 7 How much is each tie?
It’s £9.00.
3.
Mr A. Bolton, How many toy cars is she buying?
112 Grange Road, She’s buying one toy car.
Liverpool 8 How much is it?
It’s £0.98.
3
1. Is, address, it is; 2. What is/’s, telephone number; How many video games is she buying?
3. Are, they are; 4. age are, years old; 5. How, is, She’s buying two video games.
She is/’s; 6. What, are, They are/’re. How much is each video game?
It’s £13.00.
4
1. three-three (double three) -five six-seven-eight- (b)
four-five-two-oh £313,98
14 Answer Key - Grammar Files
3 D
1. A: Excuse me. How much are these liquorice
mints? 1
B: They’re one euro twenty-five. 1. ’s the weight of Robert / ’s Robert’s weight;
A: Here’s a five euro note. 2. long is the Amazon; 3. ’s the size of the Caspian
B: Thank you. And here’s your change, four euros Sea; 4. deep is Loch Ness; 5. tall is Bill Carson;
seventy-five (cents). 6. wide is the Suez Canal; 7. far is it from Paris to
2. A: Excuse me. How much are these chocolate Amsterdam; 8. ’s the size of Greenland.
biscuits?
B: They’re one pound fifteen. 2
A: Here’s a five pound note. 1. does an elephant weigh; 2. tall is a kangaroo;
B: Thank you. And here’s your change, four pounds 3. ’s the weight of a kangaroo; 4. does a dolphin
eighty-five. weigh; 5. ’s the weight of a tiger.
3. A: Excuse me. How much is this magazine?
B: It’s two euros. 3
A: Here’s a ten euro note. long, wide, high.
B: Thank you. And here’s your change, eight euros.
4. A: Excuse me. How much is this aftershave? 4
B: It’s eight pounds. 1. long, wide; 2. wide, high; 3. length; 4. width.
A: Here’s a ten pound note.
B: Thank you. And here’s your change, two pounds. 5
1. tall is; 2. the length of; 3. far is it; 4. is/’s the width;
4 5. the size; 6. deep is.
1. A: A cheese and salad roll, please.
B: Ok. Anything else?
A: Yes, a Sprite, please.
B: That’s three pounds, please. FILE 8
A: Here you are.
B: Thank you. A
2. A: A boiled egg sandwich, please.
B: Ok. Anything else? 1
A: Yes, a Diet Coke, please. 1. to; 2. past; 3. past; 4. past; 5. past; 6. past,
B: That’s two pounds sixty-nine, please. afternoon; 7. five to ten; 8. midnight.
A: Here you are.
B: Thank you. 2
3. A: A ham and cheese roll, please. 1. 8.00 It’s eight o’clock a.m.
B: Ok. Anything else? 2. 7.20 It’s twenty past seven a.m. / It’s seven
A: Yes, a cup of coffee, please. twenty a.m.
B: That’s two pounds ninety-five, please. 3. 8.30 It’s half past eight a.m. / It’s eight thirty a.m.
A: Here you are. 4. 3.00 It’s three o’clock a.m.
B: Thank you. 5. 4.08 It’s eight minutes past four a.m. / It’s four -
4. A: A cheese and salad sandwich, please. oh - eight a.m.
B: Ok. Anything else? 6. 2.40 It’s twenty to three a.m. / It’s two forty a.m.
A: Yes, a lemonade, please. 7. 12.50 It’s ten to one p.m. / It’s twelve fifty p.m.
B: That’s two pounds sixty-nine, please. 8. 4.45 It’s (a) quarter to five a.m. / It’s four forty-
A: Here you are. five a.m.
B: Thank you. 9. 6.35 It’s twenty-five to seven a.m. / It’s six thirty-
five a.m.
5
2. d; 3. a; 4. e; 5. b; 6. f; 7. c; 8. g. 3
1. evening; 2. at night; 3. p.m.; 4. evening; 5. noon;
6 6. afternoon.
2. b; 3. c; 4. e; 5. a.
4
7 1. (a) quarter to twelve in the morning, (a) quarter
1. much are these; 2. does this lotion; 3. are these. past five in the afternoon; 2. nine (o’clock) in the
Answer Key - Grammar Files 15
1 2
1. at; 2. in; 3. in; 4. on; 5. on; 6. on; 7. on; 8. at; 9. at; 2. A detective investigates crimes. 3. A fireman
10. on; 11. in; 12. at; 13. in; 14. at; 15. at; 16. on; puts out fires. 4. A butcher sells meat. 5. A baby-
17. at; 18. on; 19. on; 20. at; 21. in. sitter looks after children. 6. A vet treats animals.
7. A referee supervises football matches. 8. A
2 photographer takes photographs.
1. on; 2. at; 3. in; 4. at; 5. at; 6. in; 7. on; 8. in; 9. in;
10. at; 11. in; 12. at; 13. on; 14. at. 3
1. writes; 2. likes; 3. gets; 4. has; 5. brushes;
3 6. gets; 7. has; 8. feeds; 9. goes; 10. buys; 11. has;
1. on; 2. on; 3. At; 4. in; 5. in; 6. On; 7. on. 12. returns; 13. says; 14. starts; 15. switches;
16. types; 17. stops; 18. relaxes; 19. goes;
4 20. stays; 21. watches; 22. reads; 23. falls.
1. before, in, on, In.
2. at, in, at, in, on, After. 4
(a)
5 1. finds; 2. change; 3. likes; 4. rains; 5. blows; 6. fall;
1. after; 2. in; 3. during; 4. till; 5. for; 6. from, to; 7. fly; 8. collects; 9. helps; 10. starts; 11. buys;
7. by; 8. within; 9. -; 10. before; 11. throughout; 12. go; 13. enjoys; 14. makes; 15. like.
12. during; 13. after; 14. between.
(b)
6 Open answer
1. at, after; 2. at; 3. in, from, to, from, to, in, from, to;
4. on, at; 5. on, at, after; 6. on, in, at, at, after; 7. on, 5
between; 8. on, at, at, before; 9. on, at, between; 10. 1. live / David and Caroline don’t live in Oxford. /
on, during, on, at, on, at; 11. on, at; 12. on, at; 13. on. Do David and Caroline live in Oxford? / Don’t
David and Caroline live in Oxford?
7 2. sings / Thomas doesn’t sing in a pop group. /
1. at; 2. at; 3. after; 4. during; 5. in; 6. between; Does Thomas sing in a pop group? / Doesn’t
7. on; 8. at. Thomas sing in a pop group?
3. watches / Paul doesn’t watch TV after dinner. /
Does Paul watch TV after dinner? / Doesn’t Paul
REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION watch TV after dinner?
4. study / You don’t study hard. / Do you study
1 hard? / Don’t you study hard?
1. in; 2. in; 3. in; 4. on; 5. on, at; 6. at; 7. in; 8. at; 9. 5. goes / Peter doesn’t go to the gym twice a week.
on; 10. at; 11. at; 12. in; 13. at; 14. in; 15. on; 16. on. / Does Peter go to the gym twice a week? /
Doesn’t Peter go to the gym twice a week?
2 6. need / Kevin and I don’t need more training. / Do
1. without; 2. for; 3. about; 4. with; 5. at; 6. in; 7. of; Kevin and I need more training? / Don’t Kevin
8. before; 9. from; 10. on. and I need more training?
3 6
1. the price; 2. big is; 3. time is it; 4. is/’s your; 1. He works in a restaurant. He doesn’t work in a shop.
5. nationality is; 6. old is; 7. name is/’s; 8. isn’t; 2. He lives in a house. He doesn’t live in a flat.
9. name of this; 10. this book about. 3. He speaks German. He doesn’t speak French.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 17
4. He likes rock music. He doesn’t like classical 4. A: Does Paul ever cycle to school?
music. B: He hardly ever cycles to school.
5. He plays the guitar. He doesn’t play the piano. 5. A: Does Paul ever go to bed after 11 p.m.?
B: He never goes to bed after 11 p.m.
7
1. don’t; 2. doesn’t; 3. doesn’t; 4. doesn’t; 5. don’t; 4
6. don’t. 1. ‘How often does Ted buy a new car?’ ‘Once a
year.’
8 2. ‘How often do you wash your hair?’ ‘Once a
1. Does; 2. Does; 3. Does; 4. Does; 5. Do; 6. Do. week.’
3. ‘How often do Pam and Jack go to the theatre?’
9 ‘Three times a month.’
1. don’t; 2. Do; 3. Does; 4. don’t; 5. Do; 6. don’t;
7. don’t; 8. doesn’t. 5
1. We never go to bed before midnight.
10 2. I have a shower every day.
2. a - ‘Why don’t you have some coke?’ 3. We often go to the seaside in summer.
3. f - ‘Why don’t you have a sandwich?’ 4. I don’t usually drink coffee in the evening.
4. g - ‘Why don’t you go to bed?’ 5. Tim and Linda go to the cinema twice a month.
5. b - ‘Why don’t you put on a warm pullover?’ 6. Do you ever go to London at the weekends?
6. c - ‘Why don’t you take a taxi?’
7. d - ‘Why don’t you go on a diet?’ 6
1. What time; 2. Never; 3. every day; 4. How many;
11 5. a day; 6. how often; 7. once; 8. twice;
1. don’t they, they do; 2. don’t you, do; 3. does he, 9. Sometimes; 10. twice a week.
he doesn’t; 4. doesn’t she, she does; 5. do they,
they don’t.
C
12
1. she doesn’t, does; 2. we do, do; 3. he does, do; 1
4. I/we don’t, do. 1. do you get up; 2. do Martin and Paul work;
3. do you go to concerts; 4. does she go to school;
5. does he smoke a lot of cigarettes; 6. do you
B spend on CDs; 7. does Mark do; 8. do you usually
go to the library; 9. do kangaroos live; 10. do these
1 shoes cost.
1. He is often tired when he gets back home from
work. 2
2. Do you sometimes go to the mountains with your ‘What time does the bus arrive?’ ‘It arrives at 9.45.’
parents? ‘What time does the train leave?’ ‘It leaves at 10.35.’
3. Do your schoolmates ever invite you to parties? ‘What time does the train arrive?’ ‘It arrives at 11.15.’
4. We don’t usually spend our holidays abroad. ‘What time does the plane leave?’ ‘It leaves at 1.30.’
5. Does Betty often write e-mails to her friends? ‘What time does the plane arrive?’ ‘It arrives at 3.50.’
6. Tim hardly ever eats meat. ‘What time does the film start?’ ‘It starts at 7.30.’
7. She is never at home in the afternoon. ‘What time does the film finish?’ ‘It finishes at 9.45.’
8. He isn’t usually late. ‘What time does the match start?’ ‘It starts at 2.30.’
‘What time does the match finish?’ ‘It finishes at 4.15.’
2 ‘What time does the bank open?’ ‘It opens at 9.30.’
1. ever, never; 2. never; 3. ever; 4. ever. ‘What time does the bank close?’ ‘It closes at 3.30.’
‘What time does the post office open?’ ‘It opens at
3 9.00.’
1. A: Does Paul ever have breakfast in the morning? ‘What time does the post office close?’ ‘It closes at
B: He always has breakfast in the morning. 5.30.’
2. A: Does Paul ever watch TV in the evening?
B: He sometimes watches TV in the evening. 3
3. A: Does Paul ever have lunch at school? 1. ‘How much do kangaroos weigh?’ ‘They weigh
B: He rarely has lunch at school. about sixty kilos.’
18 Answer Key - Grammar Files
2. ‘Why do kangaroos/they jump very high?’ 5. Who likes spending her holidays in Sicily?
‘Because their back legs are very strong.’ Where does Susan like spending her holidays?
3. ‘What do kangaroos/they eat?’ ‘They eat Why does Susan like spending her holidays in
grasses.’ Sicily?
4. ‘Where do kangaroos/they carry their babies?’ 6. Where do they go twice a month?
‘They carry their babies in a pouch.’ How often do they go to the theatre?
5. ‘What do kangaroos/they feed their babies on?’ Why do they go to the theatre twice a month?
‘They feed their babies on milk.’
6. ‘How long do kangaroos/they live?’ ‘They live for
about fifteen to twenty years.’ REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION
4 1
1. When do Peter and Jenny go on holiday? 1. A; 2. B; 3. C; 4. B; 5. B; 6. D; 7. A; 8. D; 9. D; 10. C.
2. What time do you usually leave home?
3. How much do your parents earn? 2
4. What do your friends generally do on Saturday 1. b; 2. c; 3. i; 4. h; 5. j; 6. d; 7. a; 8. e; 9. g; 10. f.
nights?
5. Who do you go to the pub with?
6. Where do your friends usually spend their
holidays? FILE 10
7. How long do penguins usually live?
8. What do you use a knife for? A
9. Why does she want to stay at home?
10. How often does your brother play tennis? 1
1. A; 2. B; 3. B; 4. B; 5. A.
5
1. S; 2. C; 3. C; 4. S; 5. S; 6. C; 7. C; 8. S. 2
1. have; 2. has; 3. don’t; 4. Does, does; 5. Do, don’t;
6 6. do; 7. don’t.
1. phones; 2. does Stephen phone; 3. does Mark
like; 4. likes; 5. does Tom play; 6. plays; 7. lives; 8. 3
does he live. (a)
1. Susan has morning coffee with Carol on
7 Tuesdays.
1. Who often sees her friends at the club? 2. Jack and Susan have dinner with friends on
Who does Jane often see at the club? Tuesdays.
2. Who never buys flowers for his wife? 3. Jack has lunch with Fred on Wednesdays.
Who does Tom never buy flowers for? 4. Susan has a driving lesson on Thursdays.
3. What melts ice? 5. Susan and the children have tea with Aunt Mary
What does heat melt? on Fridays.
4. Who often plays tennis with the Smiths? 6. Jack has a drink with Paul at the ‘White Bull’ on
Who do they often play tennis with? Fridays.
7. Susan and Jack have a walk along the river on
8 Saturdays.
1. How many cigarettes does Betty smoke every 8. Susan, Jack and the children have lunch with
day? Susan’s parents on Sundays.
Why does Betty smoke a packet of cigarettes
every day? (b)
2. Who likes going to the cinema on Saturday ‘Does Susan have morning coffee with Carol on
evenings? Tuesdays?’ ‘Yes, she does.’
What does David like doing on Saturday ‘Do Jack and Susan have dinner with friends on
evening? Tuesdays?’ ‘Yes, they do.’
When does David like going to the cinema? (and so on)
3. Who spends a lot of money on video games?
How much does Tom spend on video games? (c)
4. Who always goes to work by car? 1. Susan and Jack don’t have a walk along the river
How do the Browns always go to work? on Sundays.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 19
2. Jack doesn’t have a drink with Paul on 5. Paul needs a pair of scissors to cut some paper.
Wednesdays.
3. The Greens don’t have lunch with Susan’s (c)
parents on Saturdays. 2. Mark cuts the grass with a lawnmower.
3. John fixes the fence with a hammer and some
4 nails.
1. gets up; 2. has; 3. has; 4. goes; 5. works; 6. has; 4. Alan cuts the wood with a saw.
7. goes; 8. works; 9. meets; 10. listens; 11. has; 5. Paul cuts some paper with a pair of scissors.
12. reads; 13. listens; 14. has; 15. goes; 16. goes.
2
1. A: How do you get to work, Mary?
B B: I usually go by car.
A: How far is it?
1 B: It’s 5 miles.
1. A: Does Mark like coffee? A: How long does it take (you)?
B: Yes, but he doesn’t like black coffee. B: It takes (me) 20 minutes.
2. A: Does Ann like music? 2. A: How do you get to work, Peter?
B: Yes, but she doesn’t like jazz. B: I usually go by tube.
3. A: Do you like dogs? A: How far is it?
B: Yes, but I don’t like small dogs. B: It’s 2 miles.
4. A: Do they like Ireland? A: How long does it take (you)?
B: Yes, but they don’t like its weather. B: It takes (me) 10 minutes.
3. A: How do you get to work, Mark?
2 B: I usually go on foot.
1. Does, like, likes; 2. Do, like, don’t like; 3. Does, A: How far is it?
like, likes. B: It’s half a mile.
A: How long does it take (you)?
3 B: It takes (me) 15 minutes.
1. Jeffrey doesn’t like going to parties.
2. Do Mark and Betty like living in the country? 3
3. I don’t like playing chess. 1. take; 2. takes; 3. take; 4. need; 5. needs; 6. take;
4. She likes collecting stamps. 7. needs; 8. need.
4 4
1. Would you like; 2. Does Mike like; 3. Do you like; 1. with; 2. with; 3. in; 4. with; 5. by; 6. on; 7. by/on;
4. would like; 5. do you like. 8. on; 9. with.
5
1. going; 2. knitting; 3. sleeping; 4. to do; 5. waiting; E
6. to help; 7. swimming, skiing; 8. making; 9. doing;
10. to travel. 1
1. myself; 2. himself; 3. yourself; 4. yourselves;
6 5. herself; 6. itself; 7. yourself; 8. themselves.
Open answer
2
1. your; 2. yourself; 3. my; 4. herself; 5. herself;
C-D 6. his; 7. yourself; 8. their; 9. their; 10. ourselves.
1 3
(a) REFLEXIVE VERBS
2. e; 3. a; 4. c; 5. b. hurt, enjoy, consider, behave, (wash), (dress),
introduce
(b)
2. Mark needs a lawnmower to cut the grass. NON-REFLEXIVE VERBS
3. John needs a hammer and some nails to fix the wake up, apologise, stop, congratulate, feel,
fence. remember, forget, get up, worry, meet, rest, wonder,
4. Alan needs a saw to cut the wood. complain, (wash), (dress), shave
20 Answer Key - Grammar Files
2
B-C 1. the seat for her; 2. his room to him; 3. a sandwich
for me; 4. their daughter a new flat; 5. Mark a pint of
1 beer.
1. AC; 2. AA; 3. I; 4. AA; 5. AC; 6. I.
3
2 1. a. Can you show her the kitchen?; b. .
1. teaches; 2. is grading; 3. is typing; 4. cycle; 5. are 2. a. ; b. Pass Mary the salt, please.
listening; 6. ’re playing. 3. a. ; b. Can you give Peter those books?
4. a. ; b. She’s offering Jack a cup of tea.
3 5. a. Can you show me those posters?; b. .
1. do; 2. are; 3. Does; 4. Does, does; 5. are, Do; 6. Am. 6. a. Remember to give her the CD; b. .
4 4
1. does she usually read; 2. is she reading; 3. Do 1. A: It’s Sharon’s birthday soon. Why don’t we give
you generally use; 4. Are you using; 5. Are your her a bottle of perfume?
parents working; 6. Do they work; 7. Are you doing; B: No, not a bottle of perfume. Why don’t we give
8. Does your sister ever help. her some make-up, instead?
A: Good idea!
5 2. A: It’s Ted’s birthday soon. Why don’t we give him
1. ’m washing; 2. wash; 3. Are you washing; 4. ’m a cashmere pullover?
drying; 5. are you doing; 6. ’m cleaning; 7. clean; B: No, not a cashmere pullover. Why don’t we give
8. ’s ringing; 9. are you saying; 10. ’s ringing; him a smartphone, instead?
11. isn’t ringing. A: Good idea!
3. A: It’s the twins’ birthday soon. Why don’t we give
6 them some new toys?
1. C; 2. B; 3. C; 4. A; 5. C; 6. A; 7. C; 8. C. B: No, not some new toys. Why don’t we give them
some pocket money, instead?
7 A: Good idea!
1. are you doing, ’m waiting; 2. is/’s staying; 3. ’re 4. A: It’s Mr and Mrs Jordan’s anniversary soon.
playing; 4. is/’s snowing; 5. rains; 6. does he do; Why don’t we give them a bottle of Italian wine?
7. Am I disturbing, ’m watching; 8. are you thinking, B: No, not a bottle of Italian wine. Why don’t we give
’m thinking; 9. is/’s, gets up, is/’s still sleeping, them a bottle of French champagne, instead?
has/’s; 10. want, don’t remember; 11. Does Mark A: Good idea!
like, loves; 12. do you think, Do you like, like.
5
8 1.
1. are you doing; 2. ’m watching; 3. watch; 4. love; 2.
5. think; 6. miss; 7. ’m watching; 8. ’m watching; 3.
9. like; 10. is using; 11. ’s doing; 12. don’t you come; 4. - Can I ask you a favour?
13. ’s baking; 14. ’s doing; 15. goes; 16. babysit; 5. - Can you explain that grammar rule to us, please?
17. ’m looking; 18. ’s crying. 6.
22 Answer Key - Grammar Files
6 6
1. He always sends me postcards from abroad. 1. How much; 2. How much; 3. How much; 4. How
2. Why don’t you give Andrew this note? many; 5. How many; 6. How many; 7. How many;
3. Claire wants to buy a new smartphone for her 8. How many.
son.
4. Jason is asking her a favour.
5. Can you order a pint of beer for me? B-C
1
1. A: How many sausages are there?
B: Only a few.
FILE 12 2. A: How many lemons are there?
B: Only a few.
A 3. A: How much milk is there?
B: Only a little.
1 4. A: How much ice-cream is there?
1. Is there much pollution in this town? / There isn’t B: Only a little.
much pollution in this town. 5. A: How many apples are there?
2. Has this library got many books? / This library B: Only a few.
hasn’t got many books.
3. Has Pamela got many friends? / Pamela hasn’t 2
got many friends. 1. A: Would you like some cherries?
4. Have we got much coffee? / We haven’t got B: Yes, please, but just a few.
much coffee. 2. A: Would you like some bread?
B: Yes, please, but just a little.
2 3. A: Would you like some coffee?
1. A: Have you got many CDs? B: Yes, please, but just a little.
B: No, I haven’t got many. 4. A: Would you like some sugar?
C: Yes, you have! You’ve got a lot! B: Yes, please, but just a little.
2. A: Have they got much time for their interests? 5. A: Would you like some oranges?
B: No, they haven’t got much. B: Yes, please, but just a few.
C: Yes, they have! They’ve got a lot! 6. A: Would you like some tomatoes?
3. A: Has she got many hobbies? B: Yes, please, but just a few.
B: No, she hasn’t got many.
C: Yes, she has! She’s got a lot! 3
4. A: Has your sister got many things to do? 1. a little; 2. a few; 3. a little; 4. a little; 5. a few; 6. a
B: No, she hasn’t got many. few.
C: Yes, she has! She’s got a lot!
5. A: Has he got much luggage to carry? 4
B: No, he hasn’t got much. 1. little; 2. few; 3. little; 4. little; 5. few.
C: Yes, he has! He’s got a lot!
6. A: Has their house got many rooms? 5
B: No, it hasn’t got many. 1. There are few mistakes in your test.
C: Yes, it has! It’s got a lot! 2. There is/’s little work today.
3. There is/’s little wine left.
3 4. We have/’ve got little petrol.
1. very comfortable; 2. very easy; 3. very slow; 5. We have/’ve got few friends.
4. very pretty; 5. very expensive; 6. very successful. 6. There are few visitors today.
4 6
1. a lot of; 2. much; 3. many; 4. very; 5. very much; 1. a little; 2. little; 3. a little; 4. a few; 5. a little;
6. very; 7. many; 8. a lot of. 6. little; 7. little; 8. a few.
5 7
1. hard (also: a lot); 2. a lot, much; 3. hard (also: a 1. little entertainment; 2. is/’s a little; 3. are some;
lot), much; 4. very. 4. few car parking; 5. a few; 6. much homework.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 23
8 6
1. A: What do you think of this skirt? 1. few opportunities; 2. enough rain; 3. little food.
B: Well, I think it’s too short.
2. A: What do you think of this jumper?
B: Well, I think it’s too small. TOWARDS CERTIFICATIONS
3. A: What do you think of these shoes?
B: Well, I think they’re too expensive. 1 PET – Reading Part 2
4. A: What do you think of this dress? 1. H; 2. D; 3. A; 4. B; 5. C; (extra hotels: E, F, G).
B: Well, I think it’s too long.
5. A: What do you think of this suit? 2 PET – Reading Part 5
B: Well, I think it’s too big. 1. C; 2, D; 3. A; 4. C; 5. B; 6. C; 7. D; 8. B; 9. A; 10.
B.
9
2. a - They’re too young to go on holiday without 3 PET – Reading Part 5
their parents. 1. A; 2. C; 3. D; 4. B; 5. B; 6. A; 7. B; 8. C; 9. D; 10. C.
3. b - It’s too cold to go out without a coat on.
4. f - It’s too early to go to bed. 4 PET – Writing Part 1
5. d - It’s too late to get there on time. 1. on; 2. never; 3. are seven rooms; 4. little furniture;
6. e - It’s too far to go on foot. 5. shopping during.
5 4
1. quite; 2. enough pizza; 3. rather; 4. quite. 1. onto; 2. up to; 3. up; 4. off; 5. down to.
24 Answer Key - Grammar Files
5 10
1. as far as; 2. for; 3. in; 4. away; 5. -, to. 1. c; 2. b; 3. d; 4. e; 5. h; 6. g; 7. f; 8. a.
6 11
1. across; 2. past; 3. around; 4. through; 5. across; 1. f; 2. c; 3. b; 4. e; 5. a; 6. d.
6. along.
7
1. off; 2. off; 3. on; 4. into; 5. out of.
FILE 14
8
1. on; 2. past; 3. into; 4. through; 5. over; 6. towards; A
7. along; 8. towards; 9. off; 10. round; 11. -.
1
9 1. ; 2. the; 3. The, the; 4. ; 5. , ; 6. , the;
1. is taking off; 2. arrive; 3. to reach; 4. is landing; 7. The, the; 8. ; 9. , , , ; 10. the.
5. drives; 6. travel.
2
1. The; 2. , ; 3. , , the; 4. the, the;
C 5. The, the; 6. The, the; 7. The, ; 8. The, ;
9. the, ; 10. .
1
1. c; 2. b; 3. e; 4. d; 5. a. 3
1. the; 2. , the; 3. ; 4. the, ; 5. ; 6. ; 7. ;
2 8. , , ; 9. the; 10. ; 11. the; 12. The; 13. ;
1. e; 2. c; 3. b; 4. a; 5. d. 14. The, ; 15. .
3 4
1. f; 2. d; 3. a; 4. e; 5. b; 6. c. 1. the, ; 2. the; 3. , , ; 4. the; 5. The, , the;
6. the; 7. The, ; 8. , , the.
4
1. Listen; 2. Don’t eat; 3. Don’t leave; 4. Raise; 5
5. Don’t chew. 1. church; 2. the hospital; 3. the church; 4. prison;
5. the bed; 6. bed.
5
1. Don’t play; 2. Study; 3. Don’t be, Remember;
4. Have, don’t forget; 5. Close; 6. Don’t make. B-C
6 1
1. Carry; 2. Don’t leave; 3. Don’t start; 4. Take; 1. The, the; 2. , the; 3. The, the; 4. The, ; 5. ;
5. Don’t disturb; 6. Don’t pick. 6. The, the, the, ; 7. , , the; 8. the; 9. The, ,
; 10. the, the, ; 11. , the; 12. The; 13. , ; 14.
7 The, . 15. , , , .
1. Brush your teeth before going/you go to bed.
2. Don’t play video games all the time. 2
3. Study Maths. 1. ; 2. The; 3. ; 4. ; 5. ; 6. ; 7. ; 8. the; 9. ;
4. Don’t be rude to your classmates. 10. the; 11. ; 12. ; 13. ; 14. ; 15. ; 16. the;
5. Lock the door when you go out. 17. ; 18. ; 19. ; 20. the; 21. ; 22. ; 23. the;
24. ; 25. the.
8
1. Don’t bring; 2. wear; 3. Tell; 4. catch; 5. get off; 3
6. walk; 7. give. 1. All the rooms at the Boscolo Hotel are very
comfortable.
9 2. They live in Gordon Road, near the Lady Godiva
A - 1. Go; 2. take; 3. phone. Square.
B - 1. Open; 2. say; 3. Stay; 4. take; 5. Call; 3. Why don’t we go to the cinema? There’s a good
6. come. film on at the Odeon.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 25
4
E 1. can’t we; 2. can she; 3. can they; 4. can’t you;
5. can’t he.
1
1. What; 2. How; 3. What a; 4. What an; 5. What; 5
6. What a; 7. What a; 8. How; 9. How; 10. What; 1. b; 2. d; 3. c; 4. a.
11. How; 12. What a.
6
2 1. c; 2. b; 3. a; 4. d.
1. She’s got such a nice necklace!
2. You’ve got such heavy luggage! 7
3. They’ve got such fast bikes! 1. P: Can I have eggs?
4. It’s such lovely weather! S: Yes, you can have two eggs once a week.
5. Your car makes such a terrible noise! 2. P: Can I have a glass of beer?
6. We’re having such a great time! S: I’m afraid you can’t have beer / you can never
have beer.
3 3. P: Can I have a cup of coffee with sugar?
1. hot this soup; 2. nice people they; 3. such a sad; S: You can have a cup of coffee every day, but I’m
4. has got such; 5. is/’s so cold. afraid you can’t have sugar.
26 Answer Key - Grammar Files
C-D 6
1. He must be ill.
1 2. It must be in the garden.
1. may not; 2. may; 3. may; 4. may; 5. may not; 3. You must be very tired.
6. may. 4. He must have problems.
2 7
1. There may be a history test on Tuesday. 1. must; 2. can’t; 3. can’t; 4. can’t; 5. must.
2. He may be 20 years old.
3. Mobile phones may not work in this area. 8
4. We may meet them tonight at the pub. Teachers: 1. must translate; 2. must do; 3. must
5. I may be wrong. study.
6. This pullover may not be too big for James. Frank (student): 1. have to translate; 2. have to do;
3. have to study.
3
1. You may not park here. 9
2. You may not play ball games. 1. forget to queue; 2. must not/mustn’t; 3. be late;
3. Only members of the club may eat in the 4. must not/mustn’t exceed.
restaurant.
4 B-C
1. Can; 2. Can; 3. May; 4. May.
1
1. e; 2. d; 3. b; 4. c; 5. a.
FILE 16 2
1. b; 2. d; 3. e; 4. a; 5. c.
A
3
1 1. Let’s go inside; 2. Let’s play tennis;
1. mustn’t; 2. must; 3. must; 4. must; 5. mustn’t; 3. Let’s invite the Jordans; 4. Let’s have dinner at a
6. mustn’t; 7. must; 8. mustn’t. restaurant.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 27
5 9
1. Let’s eat; 2. Let’s ask; 3. Let’s not play; 4. Let’s 1. go; 2. spend; 3. call; 4. going; 5. talk.
invite; 5. Let’s buy; 6. Let’s not travel.
10
6 1. making; 2. we make; 3. we have; 4. ’s stay; 5. I
1. A: What about going out for a meal on Friday help.
evening?
B: Good idea. Where and when shall we meet?
A: Let’s meet in Gorman Road in front of the
restaurant at seven o’clock. FILE 17
2. A: What about going to the disco on Saturday
night? A
B: Good idea. Where and when shall we meet?
A: Let’s meet in Kent Road, near the café, at half 1
past ten. 1. Will you make a sandwich for me, please?
3. A: What about going out for a walk on Friday 2. Would you repeat the grammar rule, please?
afternoon? 3. Would you prescribe me some medicine for my
B: Good idea. Where and when shall we meet? stomachache, please?
A: Let’s meet in front of the supermarket at four 4. Will you be quiet, please?
o’clock.
4. A: What about going to the theatre on Thursday 2
evening? 1. Will; 2. Will; 3. Would; 4. will; 5. Would.
B: Good idea. Where and when shall we meet?
A: Let’s meet outside the Theatre Royal at eight 3
o’clock. 1. Does; 2. Does; 3. Would; 4. Would; 5. Do.
7 4
1. A: What shall we buy Peter for his 18th 1. Would you like; 2. Would you like; 3. Do you like;
birthday? 4. Do you like; 5. Do you like; 6. Would you like.
B: Let’s buy him some aftershave.
A: No, not aftershave. That’s not a good idea. 5
What about buying him a poster? 1. to go; 2. lending; 3. stop; 4. travelling; 5. show;
B: Yes, great! 6. have.
2. A: What shall we buy mum for Mother’s day?
B: Let’s buy her a book about flowers.
A: No, not a book about flowers. That’s not a good B
idea. What about buying her some perfume?
B: Yes, great! 1
3. A: What shall we buy uncle John for his 1. Do you want to go to the cinema?
retirement? 2. Do you want to go skiing next weekend?
B: Let’s buy him a watch. 3. Would you like a sandwich?
A: No, not a watch. That’s not a good idea. What 4. Do you want a cup of hot chocolate?
about buying him a pipe? 5. Would you like to join the/your employees for
B: Yes, great! dinner after work?
4. A: What shall we buy John for Christmas?
B: Let’s buy him a book. 2
A: No, not a book. That’s not a good idea. What 1. I don’t want to be late.
about buying him a bottle of whisky? 2. They don’t want me to be late.
B: Yes, great! 3. I want to look for a job.
4. My parents want me to go to university.
8 5. Do you want to come to London with us?
1. Shall I lend you my car? 6. Do you want us to come to Edinburgh with you?
28 Answer Key - Grammar Files
5 3
1. Oh yes! I’d like you to cook (dinner). 1. must/may not fish; 2. me to wash; 3. you have
2. Oh yes! I’d like Sue to visit us. another; 4. can take; 5. must not/mustn’t write.
3. Oh yes! I’d like you to help me study Maths.
4. Oh yes! I’d like us to go shopping together.
6
1. We would like to visit Martha in March but she FILE 18
would prefer us to visit her in May.
2. John would like to travel to the USA but his A
father wants him to take his exams first.
3. She wants to buy a new car but her husband 1
would prefer her to keep the old one. 1. were / Were Tom’s friends at the pub last nigh?
/ Tom’s friends weren’t at the pub last night. /
7 Weren’t Tom’s friends at the pub last night?
1. She wants her to water the plants. 2. was / Was Ted in New Zealand last month? / Ted
2. She wants her to take out the rubbish every wasn’t in New Zealand last month. / Wasn’t Ted
day. in New Zealand last month?
3. She wants them to mow the lawn. 3. was / Was Helen in the kitchen ten minutes ago?
4. She wants him to come on Thursday. / Helen wasn’t in the kitchen ten minutes ago. /
Wasn’t Helen in the kitchen ten minutes ago?
4. were / Were they happy with their test results?
C / They weren’t happy with their test results. /
Weren’t they happy with their test results?
1 5. were / Were we at the library yesterday afternoon?
1. What; 2. What; 3. Which; 4. What; 5. Which; / We weren’t at the library yesterday afternoon. /
6. What; 7. Which; 8. Which. Weren’t we at the library yesterday afternoon?
2 2
1. D: Has she got a smartphone? 1. A: Were Paul and Simon at the pub last night?
G: Yes, she’s got a Japanese one. B: No, they weren’t. They were at the disco.
2. D: Has she got sunglasses? 2. A: Was Susan at home on Saturday night?
G: Yes, she’s got expensive ones. B: No, she wasn’t. She was at the theatre.
3. D: Has she got a briefcase? 3. A: Were you at the traffic lights?
G: Yes, she’s got a leather one. B: No, we weren’t. We were at the bus stop.
4. D: Has she got a nice blouse? 4. A: Was it cold?
G: Yes, she’s got two silk ones. B: No, it wasn’t. It was warm and sunny.
3 3
1. one; 2. one; 3. ones; 4. one; 5. one; 6. ones; 1. were they, they weren’t; 2. wasn’t she, she was;
7. one; 8. ones. 3. wasn’t it, it was; 4. was it, it wasn’t.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 29
4 6
1. Neither was; 2. So was; 3. Neither were; 4. So was. 1. became; 2. bought; 3. ate; 4. flew; 5. forgot;
6. cost; 7. thought; 8. taught; 9. read; 10. wrote;
5 11. drank; 12. drove; 13. fell.
1. Where were James and Colin last night; 2. How
was Alice; 3. When was she born; 4. Why were you 7
in Rome. 1. felt / Did the old woman feel sick? / The old
woman didn’t feel sick. / Didn’t the old woman
feel sick?
B 2. lost / Did our team lose the match yesterday?
Our team didn’t lose the match yesterday. /
1 Didn’t our team lose the match yesterday?
1. played; 2. liked; 3. enjoyed; 4. travelled; 5. carried; 3. gave / Did she give him a mobile phone? / She
6. photocopied; 7. decided; 8. stayed; 9. denied; didn’t give him a mobile phone. / Didn’t she give
10. stopped; 11. admitted. him a mobile phone?
4. left / Did he leave home early? / He didn’t leave
2 home early. / Didn’t he leave home early?
1. Oh, no! Not again! We played with them last
Saturday! 8
2. Oh, no! Not again! We helped him clear the 1. didn’t go, stayed; 2. worked, didn’t work; 3. didn’t
garage two days ago! cook, ate; 4. gave, didn’t give.
3. Oh, no! Not again! We cooked a Chinese meal
last Saturday night! 9
4. Oh, no! Not again! We visited him two weeks ago! (a)
5. Oh, no! Not again! We studied it yesterday 1. gave; 2. put; 3. took; 4. went; 5. looked; 6. saw; 7. said;
afternoon! 8. bought; 9. took; 10. wrapped; 11. placed; 12. was;
13. was; 14. opened; 15. screamed; 16. saw.
3
1. cried / Did the baby cry all night? / The baby didn’t (b)
cry all night. / Didn’t the baby cry all night? 1. What did George want to buy for his mother?
2. started / Did the film start at 8.30 p.m.? / The film - He wanted to buy her an original Christmas
didn’t start at 8.30 p.m. / Didn’t the film start at 8.30 present.
p.m.? 2. Who did he get the money from? - He got it
3. denied / Did the man deny robbing the bank? / The from his father (who gave him some pocket
man didn’t deny robbing the bank. / Didn’t the man money every week).
deny robbing the bank? 3. What did he buy his mother? - He bought her a
4. jumped / Did Ted jump off the wall? / Ted didn’t jump brooch in the shape of a spider.
off the wall. / Didn’t Ted jump off the wall? 4. Why did he buy a spider brooch? - Because
5. faxed / Did we fax the information to our customers? spider is his favourite animal.
/ We didn’t fax the information to our customers. / 5. How much did the gift cost? - It cost $22.00.
Didn’t we fax the information to our customers? 6. Did George’s mother like the present? - No, she
didn’t. She screamed when she saw the spider.
4
1. Did the students like; 2. did; 3. enjoyed; 4. were; 10
5. asked; 6. Did you visit; 7. didn’t; 8. walked; 1. didn’t he, he did; 2. did he, he didn’t; 3. didn’t you,
9. finished. I/we did; 4. did they, they didn’t.
5 11
(a) 1. So did; 2. Neither did; 3. Neither did; 4. So did.
1. Hitler attacked Russia in 1941. 2. King Henry VIII
ruled England from 1509 to 1547. 3. Napoleon died 12
in 1821. 4. Columbus discovered America in 1492. 1. Who went to the Maldives last month?
Where did John and Mary go last month?
(b) When did John and Mary go to the Maldives?
1. When did Hitler attack Russia? 2. How long did 2. Who cut her finger with a knife?
Henry VIII rule England? 3. When did Napoleon die? What did Jenny cut her finger with?
4. When did Columbus discover America? When did Jenny cut her finger?
30 Answer Key - Grammar Files
5 3
1. C; 2. D; 3. B; 4. C; 5. B; 6. C; 7. A; 8. C; 9. B; 10. A. 1. visited, were having; 2. fell, broke, was running;
3. wasn’t doing, phoned; 4. Was the baby sleeping,
arrived; 5. was, was raining, was blowing, tore;
6. was walking, heard; 7. was working, started;
8. cut, was making.
FILE 19
4
A 2 - b - The robber escaped while the police were
taking him to prison.
1 3 - a - We had an accident while we were driving
1. were arguing / Were Peter and Mark arguing? / down to London.
Peter and Mark weren’t arguing. / Weren’t Peter 4 - c - I met an old classmate while I was walking
and Mark arguing? along Benson Street.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 31
5 6
1. He was playing with matches when he burnt himself. 1. used to ride; 2. used to be; 3. use to study.
2. I was painting my bedroom when I fell off the ladder.
3. She was sitting on the bus when she saw a car
accident. REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION
4. We were having dinner when the telephone rang.
Tempi verbali
6
1. was travelling; 2. were travelling; 3. asked; 1
4. wanted; 5. said; 6. was; 7. did; 8. used; 9. was; 1. A; 2. B; 3. B; 4. C; 5. C.
10. told; 11. did; 12. was.
2
7 1. like, was, Did you see; 2. am/’m doing; 3. were
1. was having; 2. rang; 3. went; 4. was; 5. was having, phoned, called; 4. tried, answered;
going; 6. slipped; 7. hurt; 8. sat; 9. was having; 5. advises; 6. is/’s working; 7. used.
10. dropped; 11. ran; 12. changed; 13. was; 14. left;
15. was; 16. realised; 17. had; 18. decided; 19. was 3
crossing; 20. ran; 21. hurt; 22. was lying; 23. drove. 1. would spend hours; 2. used to be afraid; 3. I was
having/eating; 4. used to have; 5. would go to;
8 6. Lucy never used to study.
1. was nearing; 2. sank; 3. died; 4. succeeded;
5. met; 6. said; 7. were still having. 4
1. was; 2. was playing; 3. saw; 4. was wearing;
9 5. was holding; 6. said; 7. am/’m looking; 8. Is he;
1. didn’t answer; 2. didn’t go; 3. were; 4. called; 9. am/’m; 10. said; 11. is/’s; 12. came; 13. said;
5. were you doing; 6. was watching; 7. heard; 14. walked; 15. are/’re going; 16. said;
8. didn’t answer; 9. was doing; 10. were; 11. dried; 17. disappeared; 18. followed; 19. got; 20. wasn’t;
12. was walking; 13. stopped; 14. was drying; 21. was; 22. went; 23. was making; 24. said; 25. Do
15. didn’t hear; 16. arrived; 17. left; 18. was shining; we know; 26. looked; 27. Did you say; 28. was;
19. landed; 20. was raining; 21. did you do; 29. died; 30. were; 31. told; 32. is; 33. is/’s;
22. were; 23. was; 24. did; 25. lay; 26. swam; 34. showed; 35. was; 36. was wearing; 37. had.
27. went; 28. met; 29. saw; 30. bought; 31. wrote;
32. took; 33. spoke; 34. Did you like; 35. thought;
36. was; 37. ate; 38. drank; 39. spent.
FILE 20
C
A
1
1. used to have; 2. used to drive; 3. used to worry; 1
4. used to invite. 1. badly; 2. bad; 3. heavy; 4. heavily; 5. good; 6. well.
2 2
1. didn’t use to play; 2. didn’t use to go; 3. didn’t use 1. bravely; 2. carefully; 3. fantastically; 4. necessarily;
to be; 4. didn’t use to help. 5. comfortably; 6. near / nearly; 7. patiently; 8. shyly;
9. hard / hardly.
3
1. used to live; 2. didn’t use to drink; 3. used to have; 3
4. didn’t use to have; 5. didn’t use to wear; 2. a; 3. c; 4. e; 5. b.
6. used to go out; 7. used to have; 8. didn’t use to feel.
2. Mark plays tennis perfectly.
4 3. Jane plays the piano skilfully.
1. used to live; 2. didn’t use to eat; 3. used to go; 4. Paul and John work hard.
4. Did Mark use to eat. 5. Mr Brown teaches badly.
32 Answer Key - Grammar Files
4 8
1. reads enthusiastically, too; 2. writes badly, too; 1. the funniest; 2. the ugliest; 3. the highest; 4. the
3. works hard, too; 4. thinks logically, too. most delicate.
5 9
1. he drinks heavily; 2. he drives fast; 3. he works 1. the cleverest/the most clever; 2. the best; 3. the
lazily; 4. she teaches patiently. most enthusiastic; 4. the most interested.
6 10
1. badly; 2. easily; 3. fluently; 4. fast; 5. correctly. 1. The most expensive; 2. the cheapest; 3. the
quickest; 4. the best; 5. the cosiest; 6. the tastiest;
7 7. the most typical.
1. heavily; 2. carefully; 3. Suddenly; 4. angrily;
5. quickly; 6. nervously; 7. highly. 11
1. the biggest; 2. the most interesting; 3. better;
4. worse; 5. the shortest.
B
12
1 1. worse; 2. better; 3. farther; 4. the best; 5. further;
aggettivo comparativo di superlativo di 6. the oldest; 7. elder; 8. older; 9. worse; 10. the
maggioranza maggioranza more expensive.
1. cheap cheaper the cheapest
2. expensive more expensive the most 13
expensive 1. than; 2. in; 3. than; 4. of; 5. than; 6. in; 7. than;
3. exciting more exciting the most 8. on; 9. in; 10. on.
exciting
4. lucky luckier the luckiest
5. gentle gentler/more the gentlest/the C
gentle most gentle
6. big bigger the biggest 1
1. worse; 2. more correctly; 3. harder; 4. more
2 fluently.
1. more comfortable; 2. slimmer; 3. more difficult;
4. more relaxing; 5. dirtier. 2
1. A: earlier, B: the earliest;
3 2. A: worse, B: the worst;
1. prettier; 2. faster; 3. bigger; 4. more beautiful. 3. A: more quickly, B: the most quickly;
4. A: better, B: the best.
4
1. it was sunnier than our living-room; 2. it was 3
smaller than our bathroom; 3. they were a bit darker 1. the most; 2. more, the most; 3. more, more, the
than our bedrooms; 4. it was more attractive than most; 4. more; 5. the most.
our area; 5. it was cosier than our study; 6. it was
more spacious than our garage. 4
1. taller; 2. more; 3. more; 4. more; 5. the oldest;
5 6. the tallest; 7. the most active; 8. the most; 9. the
1. more convenient; 2. longer; 3. more important; most; 10. better.
4. noisier; 5. worse.
6
1. the highest (B); 2. the longest (A); 3. the hottest FILE 21
(B); 4. the largest (A).
A-B
7
1. the most popular; 2. the most expensive; 3. the 1
noisiest; 4. the wettest; 5. the coldest. 2. a; 3. h; 4. e; 5. f; 6. g; 7. b; 8. c.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 33
2 2
1. is as heavy as the suitcase; 2. got up as early as 1. The sea is getting rougher and rougher. 2. Betty
Peter; 3. live as long as elephants; 4. dances as well is getting more and more beautiful. 3. The light is
as me. getting less and less bright. 4. The situation is getting
worse and worse. 5. The teacher is becoming less
3 and less patient. 6. The weather is getting better and
1. the same age as; 2. the same hobby as; 3. the better. 7. This street is getting noisier and noisier.
same colour as; 4. the same height as. 8. Ken is becoming less and less reliable.
4 3
1. Paris isn’t as big as New York. 2. Tennis isn’t 1. the fewer; 2. The faster; 3. the better; 4. the more;
as popular as football. 3. Rome isn’t as populated 5. the less; 6. The longer.
as London. 4. The jeans aren’t as cheap as the
sweater. 5. Steve isn’t as strong as Harry. 6. Gerard 4
isn’t as clever as Mark. 1. the more; 2. the less nervous; 3. The more; 4. the
more beautiful; 5. the worse.
5
1. as many; 2. as much; 3. as much; 4. as; 5. as.
D
6
1. Lions aren’t as dangerous as tigers. 2. Rugby 1
isn’t as popular in Italy as in Wales. 3. Adventure 1. much; 2. slightly; 3. even; 4. a bit; 5. far; 6. much;
films aren’t as exciting as horror films. 4. Aunt Mary 7. much; 8. far; 9. a lot; 10. a bit; 11. a few; 12.
isn’t as healthy now as she used to be. even; 13. no; 14. many; 15. much.
7 2
1. This documentary is more boring than I thought. 1. by far; 2. by far; 3. by far; 4. much/far; 5. by far;
2. Tom is more active than James. 3. The test was 6. much/far; 7. by far; 8. far; 9. many/far; 10. much/far.
easier than I expected. 4. This suitcase is lighter
than I thought. 3
1. ; 2. ; 3. by far; 4. ; 5. much/a lot/far;
8 6. much/a lot/far; 7. much/a lot/far; 8. .
1. a. less experience than him; b. as much
experience as him.
2. a. less talent than him; b. as much talent as REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION
him.
3. a. fewer reports than him; b. as many reports as Comparativi e superlativi
him.
1
9 1. the most expensive; 2. less expensive; 3. the
1. less; 2. fewer; 3. less; 4. the fewest; 5. the least. cheapest; 4. the most; 5. fewer; 6. more; 7. the
closest; 8. the farthest.
10
1. as cold as; 2. is as tall; 3. stronger; 4. as much 2
as; 5. as much as. 1. B; 2. C; 3. C; 4. D; 5. C; 6. A.
3
C 1. as busy as; 2. was the same; 3. the worst;
4. more slowly; 5. the best player.
1
1. ‘Yes, and it’s getting more and more 4
aggressive.’ 2. ‘Yes, and he’s getting stronger 1. was less pleasant than; 2. the same height;
and stronger.’ 3. ‘Yes, and it’s getting worse and 3. twice as tall as; 4. there are fewer players than; 5.
worse.’ 4. ‘Yes, and she’s getting more and more became more and more; 6. more you train, the faster.
depressed.’ 5. ‘Yes, and he’s getting more and
more popular.’ 6. ‘Yes, and he’s getting taller and 5
taller.’ 1. B; 2. B; 3. C; 4. A; 5. C; 6. D; 7. C; 8. A.
34 Answer Key - Grammar Files
FILE 22 C
1
A
1. living; 2. drive; 3. read; 4. doing.
1
2
1. tired; 2. tiring; 3. amazed; 4. amazing; 5. exciting;
1. A; 2. B; 3. D; 4. A.
6. excited.
3
2
1. am used to speaking; 2. used to walk; 3. used to
1. a. surprised; b. surprising.
spend; 4. am used to drinking; 5. get used to.
2. a. disappointed; b. disappointing.
3. a. exhausting; b. exhausted.
D
3
1. exciting; 2. confused; 3. embarrassed.
1
1. Drinking is not recommended before you drive.
4
2. Flying is a fast way of travelling. 3. Knitting can
1. metal-framed; 2. one-legged; 3. short-sleeved;
be relaxing for some women. 4. Aging is a natural
4. high-heeled.
process for all living things. 5. Swimming is a very
common sport.
5
1. open-minded; 2. absent-minded; 3. well-informed;
2
4. tight-fisted.
1. doing; 2. reading, watching; 3. spitting; 4. playing.
3
B
1. Smoking is unhealthy. 2. Dancing is great fun.
3. Driving fast is dangerous. 4. Shopping is boring.
1
5. Reading is relaxing.
1. sitting; 2. being; 3. going; 4. sending; 5. receiving;
6. reading.
4
1. No spitting. 2. No fishing. 3. No trespassing. 4. No
2
littering.
1. Mary waited for hours without complaining. 2. I
translated the letter without using a dictionary. 3. We
went out without eating our dinner. 4. Tom ran three
miles without stopping.
FILE 23
3
1. on going; 2. to receiving; 3. up smoking; 4. in A
overcoming.
1
4 1. washed / washed; 2. watched / watched;
1. for causing; 2. of speaking; 3. at fixing; 4. in 3. inaugurated / inaugurated; 4. stayed / stayed;
buying. 5. tried / tried; 6. decided / decided; 7. travelled /
travelled; 8. studied / studied; 9. played / played;
5 10. admitted / admitted; 11. lived / lived.
1. on riding; 2. about going; 3. of hearing; 4. about
winning; 5. about moving; 6. about getting; 7. about 2
paying; 8. of graduating. 1. became / become; 2. ate / eaten; 3. caught / caught;
4. did / done; 5. gave / given; 6. fell / fallen; 7. felt / felt;
6 8. left / left; 9. spoke / spoken; 10. put / put; 11. cost /
1. to going; 2. very good at; 3. of eating; 4. going cost; 12. swam / swum; 13. began / begun; 14. taught /
home; 5. being a fantastic. taught; 15. knew / known; 16. won / won; 17. got / got.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 35
3 10
1. We have seen / We’ve seen this film before. 1. Has she ever played golf? 2. Has he ever done
2. Jane has washed / Jane’s washed all the any sailing? 3. Have you ever read any horror
windows. stories? 4. Have they ever eaten a Greek salad?
3. They have been / They’ve been there many
times. 11
4. David has lost / David’s lost his watch. 1. I’ve already washed them. 2. I’ve already dusted
5. You have broken / You’ve broken my camera. them. 3. I’ve already phoned him. 4. I’ve already
6. I have read / I’ve read this book before. cleaned them.
4 12
1. Have we seen this film before? / We haven’t 1. Yusuf and Federico have just walked round Hyde
seen this film before. / Haven’t we seen this film Park.
before? 2. Yasuko hasn’t used the Underground yet.
2. Has Jane washed all the windows? / Jane hasn’t 3. Marco has just phoned his parents’ home.
washed all the windows. / Hasn’t Jane washed 4. Enrico has just sent an e-mail to his parents.
all the windows? 5. Juan hasn’t been to the wax museum yet.
3. Have they been there many times? / They
haven’t been there many times. / Haven’t they 13
been there many times? 1. Have you been to the cinema recently? 2. They
4. Has David lost his watch? / David hasn’t lost his have already left. 3. The conference has just
watch. / Hasn’t David lost his watch? started. 4. Have you ever eaten Chinese food? 5. I
5. Have you broken my camera? / You haven’t have never been there. 6. Have you visited the city-
broken my camera. / Haven’t you broken my centre yet? 7. We haven’t seen that film yet. 8. We
camera? have been to London many times. 9. She has nearly
6. Have I read this book before? / I haven’t read this finished doing her homework. 10. I think I have met
book before. / Haven’t I read this book before? her before.
5 14
1. hasn’t she, she has; 2. have they, they haven’t; 1. ’ve been; 2. ’ve washed; 3. ’ve cleaned; 4. ’ve
3. haven’t they, they have; 4. has he, he hasn’t. also cleared; 5. ’ve just made; 6. Have you fixed;
7. haven’t started; 8. ’ve worked; 9. ’ve invited;
6 10. Have you cooked.
1. So have; 2. Neither/Nor have; 3. So have;
4. Neither/Nor has. 15
1. has gone; 2. have … been, have … been; 3. has
7 gone; 4. Have … been; 5. has … been; 6. has …
1. read; 2. spent; 3. bought; 4. taken; 5. spoken; gone; 7. have … been; 8. has … gone.
6. heard.
16
8 1. This is the most delicate shampoo I have ever
1. has graduated; 2. has eaten a lot of chocolates; used. 2. This is the best book I have ever read.
3. have drunk beer; 4. has gone to bed. 3. Sue is the prettiest girl I have ever met. 4. This is
the most interesting museum I have ever visited.
9
1. ‘Has Linda ever been to Berlin?’ ‘Yes, she’s been 17
there three times.’ 1. I’ve never used such a delicate shampoo
2. ‘Has Linda ever been to Istanbul?’ ‘No, she’s before. 2. I’ve never read such a good book
never been there.’ before. 3. I’ve never met such a pretty girl before.
3. ‘Has Sarah ever been to Paris?’ ‘Yes, she’s been 4. I’ve never visited such an interesting museum
there several times.’ before.
4. ‘Has Sarah ever been to New York?’ ‘No, she’s
never been there.’ 18
5. ‘Has Yusuf ever been to Geneve?’ ‘Yes, he’s 1. It’s the first time he has spoken to me. 2. It’s the
been there many times.’ third time I’ve read this book. 3. It’s the second time
6. ‘Has Yusuf ever been to Budapest?’ ‘No, he’s we have visited the National Gallery. 4. It’s the first
never been there.’ time she has driven a car.
36 Answer Key - Grammar Files
20 1
1. second time we have been; 2. have never visited 1. Did you watch, didn’t like; 2. were having, rang;
such; 3. has just gone; 4. has never tried judo; 5. 3. has/’s won, did he win; 4. were surfing, found;
has just; 6. hasn’t arrived. 5. Did you have, was; 6. Have you finished; 7. don’t
know, have visited.
B 2
1. look; 2. been; 3. ’ve just got; 4. was; 5. spent;
1 6. lazily; 7. went; 8. had; 9. rang; 10. loudly;
1. PPS; 2. PS; 3. PPS; 4. PPS; 5. PPS; 6. PS; 11. sounds; 12. did you do; 13. went; 14. was;
7. PPS; 8. PPS; 9. PS; 10. PPS; 11. PS; 12. PPS; 15. cruelly; 16. was; 17. enjoy; 18. jump;
13. PS; 14. PS; 15. PPS. 19. gracefully; 20. make; 21. Do you like; 22. hate;
23. quickly; 24. was; 25. didn’t go; 26. went;
2 27. quietly; 28. safely.
1. a few years ago; 2. this month; 3. never; 4. this
week; 5. yet.
3 FILE 24
1. have written; 2. didn’t do; 3. was; 4. did you go;
5. haven’t phoned; 6. Has Mark read; 7. Did you A
see; 8. did you do.
1
4 1. for; 2. for; 3. since; 4. for; 5. since; 6. for; 7. since;
1. ; 2. - Lady Diana died in 1997; 3. ; 4. ; 5. - 8. for; 9. since; 10. since; 11. since; 12. for;
We spent two weeks in Greece last summer; 6. . 13. since; 14. since; 15. for.
5 2
1. haven’t finished; 2. explained; 3. hasn’t given; 1. has been, for; 2. have had, since; 3. have known,
4. ’ve never written; 5. haven’t written; 6. wrote; since; 4. haven’t seen, for; 5. has belonged, for;
7. Were; 8. were. 6. haven’t written, for.
6 3
1. Did you go; 2. Have you ever been; 3. haven’t; 1. haven’t cleared; 2. since; 3. haven’t been; 4. for;
4. ’s been; 5. loved; 6. ’s never eaten; 7. did you 5. haven’t been; 6. since.
order; 8. had; 9. tried; 10. were.
4
7 1. Yes, let’s. We haven’t made a cake since your
1. Sarah’s broken my mobile phone. / How did she birthday. 2. Yes, let’s. We haven’t bought a new car
break it? for eight years. 3. Yes, let’s. We haven’t cooked a
2. I’ve lost my camera. / When did you lose it? pizza since Sally and Bill were here. 4. Yes, let’s.
3. My boyfriend’s given me a present. / What did he We haven’t visited a museum for over a year.
give you?
5
8 1. A: How long have they been married?
1. haven’t; 2. have; 3. did you go; 4. went; 5. Did B: They’ve been married since 2012.
you like; 6. was; 7. did you go; 8. went; 9. did you 2. A: How long has the weather been awful in Paris?
do; 10. didn’t do; 11. was; 12. Have you ever been; B: It’s been awful for a week.
13. haven’t; 14. have; 15. went; 16. won; 17. Did 3. A: How long has he had that pain in his back?
you have; 18. was; 19. did you do; 20. swam; B: He’s had it for two weeks.
21. sunbathed; 22. had; 23. was; 24. did you stay; 4. A: How long have they owned that house?
25. was. B: They’ve owned it since February.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 37
6 C
1. for a long time; 2. for long; 3. for a long time;
4. for long; 5. for long. 1
1. The kids have been sleeping since two
o’clock.
B 2. They have been waiting for Peter for half an
hour.
1 3. They have been living in Florence since June.
1. It’s two months since it last rained. 4. Sally has been talking on the phone for fifteen
2. It’s two weeks since I last heard from Paul. minutes.
3. It’s two months since Susan last wrote. 5. It has been snowing for two days.
4. It’s a long time since I last read a book.
2
2 1. has been typing, ; 2. have been playing,
1. We haven’t seen him for a long time. since; 3. have they been waiting, for; 4. have been
2. I haven’t smoked for two years. listening, for.
3. She hasn’t eaten meat for five years.
4. We haven’t had a holiday for ages. 3
1. Michael has been working for four hours.
3 2. James and Fred have been playing golf for
1. It’s three years since I (last) painted it. fifteen minutes.
2. It’s over a week since I (last) washed my hair. 3. Bob has been repairing the car for half an hour.
3. It’s three days since I (last) watered the flowers.
4. It’s about five weeks since I (last) phoned Helen 4
and Bob. 1. ‘Have you been exercising at the fitness centre?’
‘Yes, I have.’
4 2. ‘Has she been getting enough sleep?’ ‘No, she
1. They left two months ago. hasn’t.’
2. They got divorced ten years ago. 3. ‘Has he been taking private lessons?’ ‘Yes, he
3. They arrived two hours ago. has.’
4. Mark broke his arm three weeks ago. 4. ‘Have you been waiting long?’ ‘No, I haven’t.’
5. ‘Have you been playing football in the mud?’
5 ‘Yes, I have.’
1. It’s ten minutes since I finished the report. 6. ‘Has she been arguing with Tom again?’ ‘Yes,
2. It’s ten years since they got married. she has.’
3. It’s two days since I started the new project.
4. It’s two weeks since I went to the doctor’s.
D
6
1. ‘How long is it since you last had a holiday 1
abroad?’ 1. has/’s had; 2. have/’ve been; 3. has/’s been
‘I/We haven’t had a holiday abroad since 2013.’ taking; 4. have/’ve been waiting; 5. have/’ve been
2. ‘How long is it since they last phoned us?’ working; 6. has/’s been raining; 7. have owned;
‘They haven’t phoned us for a month.’ 8. have/’ve been reading; 9. have/’ve been looking;
3. ‘How long is it since it last snowed?’ 10. have/’ve had.
‘It hasn’t snowed since February.’
4. ‘How long is it since you last heard from Barbara?’ 2
‘I/We haven’t heard from Barbara for three weeks.’ 1. Really? How long have they been married?
2. Really? How long has he been studying it?
7 3. Really? How long have you known her?
1. since you e-mailed; 2. seen Martha for; 3. since 4. Really? How long have they been learning it?
she bought; 4. two years since; 5. I visited.
3
8 1. have/’ve been cutting; 2. have/’ve cut; 3. have/’ve
1. ago did they move; 2. since she (last) won; been cleaning; 4. have/’ve cleaned; 5. have/’ve
3. hasn’t worked overtime for. been washing; 6. have/’ve washed.
38 Answer Key - Grammar Files
4 2
1. No, they haven’t had a holiday in the mountains 1. had they, they hadn’t; 2. had you, I hadn’t;
for years. 3. hadn’t she, she had; 4. hadn’t they, they had.
2. No, he hasn’t used the bus for months.
3. No, I haven’t sent SMS messages since 3
Christmas. 1. Neither/Nor had; 2. Neither/Nor had; 3. So had;
4. No, she hasn’t e-mailed me for weeks. 4. So had.
5. No, I haven’t phoned her since 1st January.
4
5 1. She hadn’t cleaned her room.
1. have you visited; 2. haven’t talked; 3. have you 2. She hadn’t watered the plants.
bought; 4. have you been waiting; 5. hasn’t phoned; 3. She had done the ironing.
6. has seen; 7. have read; 8. have you had; 4. She hadn’t washed the dishes.
9. haven’t done; 10. has cleaned.
5
6 1. ‘Had Susan cleaned her room?’ ‘No, she hadn’t.’
1. a. has been taking; b. has taken. 2. ‘Had Susan watered the plants?’ ‘No, she hadn’t.’
2. a. has been typing; b. has typed. 3. ‘Had Susan done the ironing?’ ‘Yes, she had.’
3. a. have been making; b. have made. 4. ‘Had Susan washed the dishes?’ ‘No, she hadn’t.’
7 6
1. My team hasn’t won a match for two months. 1. hadn’t studied; 2. had been; 3. had lost; 4. hadn’t
2. How long have you had that jacket? paid; 5. had won; 6. hadn’t cleaned.
3. We haven’t met for a long time.
4. Bob has/’s been listening to music all afternoon. 7
5. They have/’ve been decorating the sitting room 1. a. S, b. F; 2. a. F, b. S; 3. a. S, b. F; 4. a. S, b. F.
all day.
6. It hasn’t rained for two months. 8
1. woke, had already made; 2. didn’t want, had
8 been; 3. got, found, had forgotten; 4. had lived,
1. hasn’t finished; 2. ’s been practising; 3. ’s been moved; 5. reached, had already left; 6. asked, had
painting; 4. ’s painted; 5. ’ve been reading; 6. ’ve just said; 7. hadn’t done, were; 8. felt, had eaten.
read; 7. Have you ever read; 8. hasn’t she come;
9. ’s been working. 9
1. By the time James was 14 years old, he had
9 learned/learnt to speak French quite well.
1. haven’t smoked; 2. have/’ve painted; 3. have/’ve 2. By the time I came home from work, my sister
been cutting; 4. has written, has sent; 5. Have you had cooked dinner.
ever been, have/’ve been; 6. has George had; 3. After Jeff had tried on many pullovers, he
7. have/’ve been drilling; 8. have lived; 9. have you decided to buy the blue one.
visited; 10. has/’s been teaching (or: has/’s taught). 4. As soon as he had finished his breakfast, Tom
went to school.
10 5. After Alice had done the washing-up, she read
1. first time he has flown; 2. never been to Paris; the newspaper.
3. typing my curriculum vitae since; 4. has been
waiting; 5. has had that car since. 10
1. had finished; 2. made; 3. didn’t drink; 4. had
made; 5. had made; 6. was; 7. phoned; 8. had
already gone; 9. had finished; 10. was; 11. was;
FILE 25 12. was; 13. hurried; 14. got; 15. had just closed;
16. felt; 17. was.
A
11
1 1. had never driven before; 2. had never had an
1. had met; 2. had had; 3. had already eaten; 4. hadn’t interview before; 3. had been late; 4. had met her
divorced; 5. hadn’t finished; 6. Had they been. outside the office.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 39
12 C-D
1. had ever eaten; 2. had ever visited; 3. had ever
heard; 4. had ever received. 1
1. He had been lying on the beach for a long time.
13 2. They had been playing football for hours.
1. had been; 2. had passed the exam; 3. had ever 3. She had been running in the park.
been to Greece; 4. had broken my arm; 5. had 4. They had been eating dinner.
stolen his bike; 6. hadn’t fed the cat.
2
1. The pianist had been playing for a quarter of an hour
B when a man from the audience started shouting.
2. They had been walking along the road for about
1 ten minutes when a man stopped and offered
1. had known, for; 2. had been, for; 3. hadn’t written, them a lift.
for; 4. had belonged, for; 5. hadn’t seen, for; 6. had 3. They had been playing tennis for half an hour
had, since. when there was a terrible storm.
4. We had been walking for twenty minutes when it
2 started raining.
1. A: How long had they been married?
B: They had been married since 2013. 3
2. A: How long had they known each other? 1. The coach had been training the team for the
B: They had known each other for two years. final match since March.
3. A: How long had they owned that house? 2. Tom and Mandy had been trying to sell their
B: They had owned that house for years and years. house for two years.
4. A: How long had you had flu? 3. That house had been for sale since November.
B: I had had flu since the beginning of the week. 4. Ted had had a very fast car for two weeks.
3 4
1. It was two months since it had last rained. 1. Really? How long had they been abroad?
2. It was two weeks since I had last heard from Paul. 2. Really? How long had they known each other?
3. It was two months since Susan had last written. 3. Really? How long had she been working there?
4. It was a long time since I had last read a book. 4. Really? How long had they owned it?
5. Really? How long had they been married?
4
1. We hadn’t seen him for a long time. 5
2. I hadn’t smoked for two years. 1. had been fixing; 2. had been washing; 3. had
3. She hadn’t eaten meat for five years. repaired; 4. had been defrosting; 5. had prepared;
4. We hadn’t had a holiday for ages. 6. had turned on.
5
1. They had left two months before. REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION
2. They had got married ten years before.
3. They had arrived two hours before. Tempi verbali del passato
4. Mark had broken his arm three weeks before.
1
6 1. had just started, rang; 2. were you doing, phoned;
1. It was two hours since I had finished working. 3. got off, was waiting; 4. was running; 5. ’ve already
2. It was five years since they had got divorced. had; 6. had given; 7. had never flown; 8. Did you
3. It was two days since we had played tennis. have, was; 9. met, hadn’t seen, told, had been;
4. It was a few months since I had seen John. 10. was talking, walked.
7 2
1. How long was it since they had (last) had a holiday? 1. D; 2. A; 3. C; 4. B; 5. B; 6. C; 7. B; 8. A; 9. D; 10. C.
2. How long was it since they had (last) rung us?
3. How long was it since it had (last) snowed? 3
4. How long was it since we had (last) heard from 1. Have you been studying, ’ve just started; 2. got, was
Mary? relaxing, had been working; 3. had been waiting; 4. had
40 Answer Key - Grammar Files
already sold; 5. had been typing, had typed; 6. came, buckle; 5. refuelling; 6. action movies; 7. hot and
had been sunbathing; 7. ’ve been driving; 8. started. humid; 8. queue; 9. tired; 10. land.
4 3
1. No, I’m going to wear a mini-skirt. 1. will earn; 2. will travel; 3. will meet; 4. won’t have;
2. No, I’m going to ask Helen. 5. won’t be; 6. will be; 7. will happen.
3. No, I’m going to give her a bunch of flowers.
4. No, I’m going to look for a job in London. 4
1. won’t she, she will; 2. will he, he won’t; 3. won’t
5 you, I will; 4. won’t they, they will.
2. f - They’re going to paint the wall.
3. a - He’s going to fall off the wall. 5
4. b - He’s going to wash the car. 1. A: The glass is chipped.
5. e - She’s going to have a bath. B: Sorry, I’ll replace it immediately.
6. c - He’s going to score a goal. 2. A: The soup is cold.
B: Sorry, I’ll heat it up immediately.
3. A: The bill is wrong.
C B: Sorry, I’ll correct it immediately.
4. A: The table cloth is dirty.
1 B: Sorry, I’ll replace it immediately.
1. AP; 2. I; 3. AP; 4. AP; 5. I.
6
2 1. A: You’ll remember to feed the dog before you go
1. is coming; 2. is going to complain; 3. ’m going to out, won’t you?
buy; 4. ’re leaving; 5. ’m going to read. B: Yes, I will. Don’t worry.
or
3 A: You won’t forget to feed the dog before you go
1. are moving; 2. am/’m going to study; 3. is going to out, will you?
look/is looking; 4. are going. B: No, I won’t. Don’t worry.
E B
1 1
1. will win; 2. will live; 3. is going to rain; 4. is going 1. insert, starts; 2. doesn’t have/hasn’t got, doesn’t
to fall off; 5. will enjoy. run; 3. press, turn off; 4. doesn’t work, don’t
recharge; 5. oxidizes, becomes; 6. lie, get; 7. get,
2 drink; 8. turns, goes.
1. ’ll turn; 2. ’m going to wash; 3. ’ll e-mail; 4. ’ll
make; 5. ’m going to write; 6. ’m going to buy; 7. ’ll 2
answer; 8. ’m going to play. 1. Water boils if you heat it to 100 degrees.
2. Ice floats if you drop it in water.
3. If you heat an iron bar, it expands.
REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION 4. It is dangerous if you swim soon after a meal.
5. If my son eats too much chocolate, he gets sick.
Forme del futuro 6. If there is no rain, the grass does not/doesn’t grow.
1
1. ’s going to snow; 2. won’t tell; 3. will find; 4. ’ll C
rain; 5. ’ll turn; 6. ’s going to become; 7. are leaving;
8. will find; 9. will be; 10. ’re going to move. 1
1. I’ll go on a cruise; 2. I’ll move to a bigger house;
2 3. I’ll buy some new clothes; 4. I’ll have a party.
1. will come; 2. will enjoy; 3. ’m meeting; 4. will be;
5. are going to travel. 2
1. won’t pass, don’t study; 2. cook, will eat; 3. will pay,
3 buy; 4. won’t finish, don’t stop; 5. won’t catch, don’t get;
1. a; 2. b; 3. b. 6. will feel, sleep; 7. will look, cuts; 8. Will we get, take.
4 3
1. am/’m having an exam; 2. is/’s going to study; 1. arrives; 2. take; 3. won’t ship; 4. don’t hurry; 5. will be.
3. our team will; 4. will not be; 5. is about to.
4
1. We won’t have a walk in the park if the weather
doesn’t improve.
FILE 27 2. You will feel cold unless you wear a coat.
3. We are going to crash unless you slow down.
4. She’ll be very upset if he doesn’t apologise.
A 5. She will lose her job unless she changes her
attitude.
1 6. We will be late unless we leave immediately.
1. B: What time is our flight?
A: It’s at half past three. 5
2. B: What time does it leave? 1. d; 2. e; 3. a; 4. b; 5. c.
A: It leaves at 9.00 a.m.
3. B: What time does it close? 6
A: It closes at 5.00 p.m. 1. has already done; 2. has told; 3. hasn’t done;
4. B: What time does the guided tour start? 4. ’m feeling.
A: It starts at 10.00 a.m.
5. A: What time does the conference start?
B: It starts at 3.00 p.m. D
A: And what time does it finish?
B: It finishes at 5.30. 1
A: One more question. What time is the coffee break? 1. when; 2. while; 3. if; 4. As soon as; 5. unless;
B: It’s at 4.15. 6. Before; 7. until; 8. while.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 43
4
1. - If we get there early
2.
FILE 28
3. - when she will arrive
4.
5. - when they get to the airport A
5 1
1. phone me; 2. says she is; 3. they receive; 1. won’t be doing; 2. will be watching; 3. Will you be
4. come home too; 5. tell him. staying; 4. will be having; 5. won’t be working.
6 2
1. unless we catch; 2. while you do; 3. unless you 1. At 10.00 tomorrow she will be meeting Mr
book; 4. if we don’t take. Jimenez.
2. At 12.00 tomorrow she will be visiting the
company headquarters.
E 3. At 13.20 tomorrow she will be having lunch.
4. At 16.00 tomorrow she will be presenting her
1 plans to the clients.
1. or; 2. either … or; 3. neither … nor; 4. and; 5. or. 5. At 17.05 tomorrow she will be going to the
airport.
2 6. At 18.30 tomorrow she will be flying back to
1. Paul is obese, so the doctor advised him to London.
practise sport regularly. 7. At 21.00 tomorrow she will be relaxing at home.
2. Peter wants to help people, so he is going to
study medicine. 3
3. It may rain, so you should take an umbrella with 1. will be making; 2. will be complaining; 3. will be
you. dancing; 4. won’t be doing; 5. will be doing.
4. We want to buy a bigger flat, so we are going to
save money. 4
5. Ted wants to keep fit, so he has joined a gym. 1. Will you be using, I won’t; 2. Will you be playing, I
won’t; 3. Will you be working, won’t, will I.
3
1. so; 2. so; 3. but; 4. so; 5. but.
B
4
1. because; 2. but; 3. and; 4. but; 5. and; 6. so; 1
7. but; 8. so; 9. and. (a)
1. will have written; 2. Will you have finished;
5 3. will have had; 4. will have forgotten; 5. won’t have
1. Owing to; 2. because of; 3. Since; 4. so that; 5. to; decided; 6. will have been.
6. in order to; 7. so that; 8. so that.
(b)
6 1. Frase n° 3; Frase n° 6
1. Although it was raining, we still went to the park. 2. Frase n° 4; Frase n° 5
2. Although the mobile phone was expensive,
James bought it. 2
3. Although the restaurant has a good reputation, I will have run a marathon.
the food was terrible. I will have written an essay.
44 Answer Key - Grammar Files
D
FILE 29
1
1. bound to be; 2. to take; 3. of bursting; 4. not to do A
that; 5. due to arrive.
1
2 1. whose; 2. that; 3. which; 4. who; 5. whose.
1. is due to; 2. is bound to; 3. is bound to; 4. is due to.
2
3 1. S; 2. S; 3. O (that); 4. O (which); 5. S.
1. just about to; 2. are to; 3. due to; 4. on the point/verge
of; 5. just about to; 6. are due to; 7. is to; 8. to/due to. 3
1. whose; 2. (who/that); 3. (who/that); 4. whose;
4 5. who/that.
1. I was just about to leave; 2. I was just about to do
it; 3. I was just about to call you; 4. I was just about 4
to go into it. 1. (which/that); 2. (which/that); 3. (which/that); 4. whose.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 45
5 B
1. who; 2. who; 3. whose; 4. whose; 5. that;
6. which; 7. which. 1
1. which; 2. whose; 3. which; 4. which; 5. which;
6 6. who/whom; 7. which; 8. whose.
1. Greenpeace is an association which fights for
the protection of the environment. 2
2. I met some people whose houses were badly 1. Jane, who looks after my children, is a very
damaged. reliable girl.
3. The people who were stopped at the border 2. That Chinese restaurant, which opened a few
were from Eastern Europe. months ago, is very popular.
4. Peter is an architect who works for a big building 3. Pablo Jimenez, who/whom we met on holiday
firm. last summer, is making a documentary film about
5. The book is about a king whose brother kills him. Sardinia.
4. Mr Wilkins, whose office is on the 18th floor of
7 that building, is the manager of the company.
2. h - A bottle-opener is something which opens bottles. 5. Paris, which I visited last summer, is one of the
3. d - A waiter is someone who serves meals. most romantic places I’ve ever been to.
4. b - A clock is something which shows the time. 6. The Beatles, whose music is still very popular,
5. f - A toothbrush is something which cleans teeth. became famous in the 60s.
6. g - A porter is someone who carries luggage. 7. Lucy, who works in a very well equipped hospital,
7. e - A barman is someone whose job is to serve drinks. is a perfect nurse.
8. a - A maid is someone whose job is to clean rooms. 8. Graham Greene, whose books are still widely
read, died in 1991.
8
1. This is the museum I told you about. 3
2. That’s the girl Tom fell in love with. 1. B - a. The Hard Rock Cafe, which is famous for
3. Here are the papers I was looking for! its typical American atmosphere, was opened in
4. That’s the knife I cut my finger with. London in 1971.
5. This is the beautiful song we used to listen to. 2. C - b. A British expedition, whose sponsor was
the Royal Geographical Society, set out to
9 conquer Everest in 1953.
1. Here is the bag you were looking for. 3. E - e. Mount Everest, which is the highest mountain
2. Those are the English people I told you about. in the world, lies on the Nepal-Tibet border.
3. Those are the girls I went on holiday with. 4. A - c. The bank clerk, who was later found at the
4. That’s the boy Mary is going out with. Bahamas, disappeared soon after the bank robbery.
5. D - d. The ‘Mona Lisa’, which is one of the most
10 famous pictures in the world, can be seen in the
1. how; 2. when; 3. why; 4. where. Louvre, in Paris.
11 4
1. This kind of magazine is very popular, which is 1. St Paul’s Cathedral, which they visited yesterday,
surprising. is very old. (ND); 2. D; 3. My cousin Pamela, whose
2. Kate can’t come to my party, which is a shame. husband is from Berlin, moved to Germany last
3. Very few people were at the conference, which month. (ND); 4. My sister, who is 17 years old, spent
was rather strange. her summer holidays with her friends. (ND); 5. D.
4. He lent Sarah his car, which was very nice of him.
12 C
1. that; 2. that; 3. which; 4. what.
1
13 1. whenever; 2. whichever; 3. Wherever; 4. whatever;
1. where Tom works; 2. why he; 3. which/that are. 5. Whoever; 6. whichever; 7. Whenever; 8. However.
14 2
1. which/that has; 2. where I live is; 3. whose dog 1. whenever; 2. whatever; 3. whichever; 4. whoever;
barks; 4. who visits the museum has. 5. However; 6. however; 7. wherever; 8. Whichever.
46 Answer Key - Grammar Files
D FILE 30
1
A
1. to see; 2. to do; 3. to buy; 4. to read; 5. to
understand.
1
1. Something; 2. Somebody/Someone;
2
3. somewhere; 4. somewhere; 5. something;
1. including; 2. sitting; 3. arranged; 4. leading;
6. something; 7. somebody/someone; 8. something.
5. made.
2
3
1. anything; 2. anything; 3. anybody/anyone;
1. Mary is on the train arriving at Platform 4.
4. anybody/anyone; 5. anywhere; 6. anything;
2. Don’t wake the baby sleeping in the next room.
7. anybody/anyone; 8. anywhere.
3. The strike announced last week has been called
off.
3
4. The boy kidnapped last month was released
1. nobody/no one; 2. nothing; 3. Nobody/No one;
yesterday.
4. nowhere; 5. nothing; 6. Nobody/No one.
4
REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION
1. everything; 2. everybody/everyone; 3. everything;
4. everywhere; 5. everybody/everyone;
Frasi relative
6. Everybody/Everyone.
1
5
1. which/that (); 2. which/that (); 3. who/that ();
1. anything; 2. anybody/anyone; 3. anywhere;
4. who/that ().
4. nothing; 5. nowhere; 6. anywhere.
2
6
1. B; 2. A (or: C); 3. A; 4. B; 5. B; 6. C.
1. D; 2. B; 3. C; 4. D; 5. A; 6. C; 7. D; 8. C; 9. D; 10. C.
3
7
1. That’s the dog whose owner is a friend of
1. anything; 2. anywhere; 3. somebody; 4. someone;
mine.
5. anybody; 6. anybody; 7. Anything; 8. everything.
2. That’s the woman whose book was a bestseller
last year.
8
3. Those are all the books whose author has just
1. nobody; 2. somebody; 3. anybody; 4. anybody;
won an award.
5. everybody.
4. That’s the lady whose husband is a pilot.
9
4
1. Anybody/Anyone; 2. anything; 3. anybody/
1. am looking for; 2. was talking to; 3. are working
anyone; 4. anywhere; 5. anything.
on.
5 B
1. whose name I’ve forgotten; 2. a friend who
speaks French; 3. who were hungry, decided; 1
4. whenever she comes. 1. Every, every; 2. All; 3. all; 4. whole; 5. all;
6. whole; 7. all; 8. every; 9. each; 10. Whole;
6 11. every; 12. Each; 13. everybody/everyone;
1. who/that; 2. (which/that); 3. who; 4. (which/that); 14. everything; 15. Each; 16. whole; 17. every.
5. which (who, se personalizzato) /that; 6. who;
7. which; 8. who; 9. which; 10. which; 11. who;
12. whose; 13. (which/that); 14. (which/that); C
15. (which/that); 16. who; 17. (which/that); 18. who/
that; 19. which; 20. (which/that); 21. which; 1
22. who. 1. Neither; 2. both; 3. both; 4. neither; 5. Either;
Answer Key - Grammar Files 47
2
D 1. Every; 2. Both; 3. every; 4. None; 5. Neither;
6. all; 7. each; 8. most. 9. either; 10. else.
1
1. Most; 2. most of; 3. Most of; 4. Most of; 5. Most. 3
1. (these) answers are; 2. both got up; 3. room has.
2
1. most of; 2. Most; 3. Most; 4. most of; 5. Most of. 4
1. in some other; 2. is nobody in the; 3. never go
3 anywhere interesting.
1. the most; 2. Most; 3. the most; 4. Most; 5. most;
6. the most.
E FILE 31
1 A
1. all of, none of; 2. most of, some of; 3. most of,
one of; 4. most of, one of. 1
1. a; 2. g; 3. b; 4. d; 5. i; 6. e; 7. h; 8. f; 9. c.
2
1. most; 2. some; 3. one; 4. some; 5. none. 2
1. couldn’t; 2. can, can, can’t; 3. couldn’t, can;
3 4. can’t; 5. couldn’t.
1. a. Both; b. Neither.
2. a. All; b. None. 3
3. a. Neither; b. Both. 1. A: couldn’t, can, Can
4. a. All; b. None. B: can’t, can, couldn’t.
2. A: Can
4 B: can, can’t, Can
1. both; 2. neither; 3. all; 4. None. A: can
B: Could
5 A: couldn’t.
1. 85%; 2. German; 3. Most; 4. high; 5. out of.
4
1. The test was so difficult that Paul couldn’t do it.
F 2. The soup was so salty that I couldn’t eat it.
3. That suitcase was so heavy that I couldn’t carry
1 it.
1. else; 2. another; 3. others; 4. other; 5. another; 4. Those earrings were so expensive that she
6. else; 7. others; 8. else; 9. another; 10. others; couldn’t buy them.
11. another; 12. else; 13. else. 5. The sea was so rough that we couldn’t have a
swim.
2 6. The tea was so hot that he couldn’t drink it.
1. Who else; 2. Where else; 3. Who else; 4. What
else; 5. What else. 5
1. Can you lend me your camera?
2. Can you pass me the pepper, please?
REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION 3. Could you tell me the way to the city-centre,
please? ()
Gli indefiniti 4. Could you tell me the time, please? ()
1 6
1. nobody/no one; 2. nobody/no one; 3. nothing; 1. Could you; 2. Can you; 3. Could you; 4. can you.
48 Answer Key - Grammar Files
7 2
1. Can I; 2. Could I; 3. Can I; 4. Could I. 1. is not allowed to; 2. are allowed to; 3. am allowed
to; 4. is not allowed to.
B 3
1. will be allowed to; 2. Are … allowed to; 3. are
1 … allowed to; 4. have … been allowed to; 5. was
1. Have you been able to contact; 2. to be able to allowed to.
speak; 3. haven’t been able to read; 4. won’t be able
to come; 5. Has she been able to register. 4
1. couldn’t/wasn’t allowed to; 2. couldn’t/wasn’t
2 allowed to; 3. couldn’t/wasn’t allowed to; 4. was
1. could; 2. couldn’t; 3. was able to; 4. couldn’t; allowed to; 5. was allowed to; 6. couldn’t/wasn’t
5. were able to; 6. couldn’t; 7. was able to. allowed to; 7. was allowed to; 8. was allowed to.
3 5
1. Susan managed; 2. to persuade; 3. able to get. 1. may not leave the room; 2. were not/weren’t
permitted to interview; 3. doesn’t let me use;
4 4. could not park our scooters.
1. manage to get; 2. wasn’t able to persuade;
3. is capable of reaching; 4. were able to find.
FILE 32
C
A
1
1. e; 2. a; 3. b; 4. c; 5. d. 1
1. g; 2. d; 3. e; 4. b; 5. a; 6. c; 7. f.
2
1. c; 2. f; 3. e; 4. b; 5. d; 6. a. 2
1. They should have a pleasant appearance.
3 2. They must have experience in selling cars.
1. b; 2. e; 3. a; 4. c; 5. d. 3. They should have good knowledge of Italian.
4. They must have a driving licence.
4 5. They should have ability to organize.
1. may not smoke; 2. may not park; 3. may not 6. They must be energetic (people).
enter.
3
5 1. mustn’t; 2. mustn’t; 3. mustn’t; 4. shouldn’t; 5. mustn’t.
1. are unlikely to affect; 2. may do; 3. is likely to be;
4. might have; 5. may use applications like Skype. 4
1. You shouldn’t go to bed so late. / I don’t think you
should go to bed so late.
D 2. He shouldn’t study so hard. / I don’t think he
should study so hard.
1 3. She shouldn’t smoke so much. / I don’t think she
1. A: Can the dog come into the shop? should smoke so much.
B: No, dogs aren’t allowed to come into the shop. 4. You shouldn’t drink so much beer. / I don’t think
It has to stay outside. you should drink so much beer.
2. A: Can we play loud music?
B: No, you aren’t allowed to play loud music. 5
You have to be quiet. 1. shouldn’t drink; 2. should drink; 3. shouldn’t stay;
3. A: Can I leave my luggage here? 4. should get; 5. should get; 6. should work.
B: No, you aren’t allowed to leave your luggage
here. 6
You have to leave it in the cloakroom. 1. b. take an umbrella.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 49
3 D
1. don’t have to; 2. have to; 3. Do you have to;
4. don’t have to; 5. have to; 6. have to; 7. have to; 1
8. Do you have; 9. don’t have to. 1. proibizione; 2. obbligo; 3. evento futuro;
4. proibizione; 5. evento futuro.
4
1. do you have to start; 2. have to stay; 3. do you 2
have to do; 4. have to serve; 5. have to clear; 1. are to serve; 2. are not to light; 3. are to keep;
6. don’t have to wash; 7. Do you have to know. 4. are to follow; 5. are not to leave; 6. are not to be.
5 3
1. doesn’t have to; 2. mustn’t; 3. mustn’t; 4. mustn’t; 1. We are not supposed to talk during the lessons.
5. don’t have to; 6. don’t have to; 7. mustn’t; 2. We are not expected to write down everything.
8. mustn’t. 3. We are not supposed to chew gum in class.
4. We are not expected to study all the chapter.
6
1. You mustn’t; 2. You don’t have to; 3. You don’t 4
have to; 4. You must; 5. You mustn’t; 6. You must; 1. didn’t have to work; 2. are not supposed to leave;
7. You mustn’t. 3. weren’t expected to wash; 4. must be released;
5. was supposed to phone; 6. are to take.
7
1. have to get; 2. had to travel; 3. have to buy;
4. had to; 5. have to postpone.
8 FILE 33
1. don’t have to; 2. should; 3. have to; 4. shouldn’t;
5. ought to; 6. could; 7. mustn’t. A
9 1
1. don’t have to come; 2. were compelled to work; 1. They would ask us for help.
3. must not cross the railway; 4. must protect the; 2. Would he change his mind?
5. must integrate with people; 6. is not necessary to 3. Wouldn’t they let us know their decision?
pay; 7. she have to do; 8. was obliged to work. 4. Paul wouldn’t buy that car.
50 Answer Key - Grammar Files
2 7
1. wouldn’t recognise; 2. would do; 3. would never 2. e; 3. g; 4. b; 5. c; 6. a; 7. d.
do; 4. would think; 5. would be; 6. wouldn’t tell.
8
3 1. could; 2. would; 3. wouldn’t; 4. should; 5. might;
1. Would you accept? 2. Would you forget me? 6. shouldn’t.
3. What would you do? 4. Would they get bored?
5. How would you feel?
C
4
1. wouldn’t they, they would; 2. wouldn’t you, I 1
would; 3. wouldn’t it, it would; 4. would he, he 1. c; 2. d; 3. e; 4. b; 5. a.
wouldn’t; 5. would you, I wouldn’t.
2
5 1. wouldn’t have to; 2. should; 3. would have to;
1. Would you mind; 2. Would you like, would/’d 4. should; 5. would have to; 6. wouldn’t have to.
prefer; 3. would be; 4. Would you like; 5. wouldn’t
drive, would/’d go; 6. Would you give; 7. would/’d 3
call; 8. Would you be able. 1. should warn; 2. would have to have; 3. should
check; 4. shouldn’t go out; 5. would have to change.
1
1. were, would/’d eat; 2. didn’t have, wouldn’t know; FILE 34
3. were, would/’d ask; 4. would go, had; 5. would/’d
take, were; 6. would you do, were; 7. Would you tell, A
were; 8. would be, were.
1
2 1. Wouldn’t he have e-mailed her?
1. took, would/’d remember; 2. studied, wouldn’t 2. Would they have enjoyed the show?
find; 3. did, would/’d improve. 3. She wouldn’t have followed my advice.
4. They would have stayed at a campsite.
3 5. Would Tom have preferred to travel by train?
Open answer
2
4 1. would have lent; 2. wouldn’t have refused;
1. If I found £50 on the ground, I would put it in my 3. would have enjoyed; 4. would you have done;
pocket. 5. would have accepted; 6. would have liked;
2. If I crashed into a parked car while I was on my 7. Wouldn’t you have done; 8. would have come;
bike, I would ride away very fast. 9. would have won; 10. would have bought.
3. If I went to New York, I would visit a lot of
museums. 3
4. If they offered me a well-paid job far from home, 1. would they, they wouldn’t; 2. wouldn’t she,
I would accept it. she would; 3. wouldn’t it, it would; 4. would it, it
wouldn’t; 5. would you, I wouldn’t; 6. wouldn’t she,
5 she would.
1. stole; 2. lost; 3. left.
4
6 1. Did they? I wouldn’t have watched the football
1. I wouldn’t go by car if I were you. I’d go by plane. match on TV. I’d have gone to the stadium.
2. I wouldn’t stay at a hotel if I were you. I’d stay at 2. Did he? I wouldn’t have sent Emily yellow tulips.
a campsite. I’d have sent her red roses.
3. I wouldn’t take a lot of cash with me if I were you. 3. Did she? I wouldn’t have chosen a cat for a pet.
I’d take the credit card. I’d have chosen a dog.
4. I wouldn’t just relax on the beach if I were you. 4. Did they? I wouldn’t have travelled to London by
I’d rent a car and travel around. car. I’d have travelled by train.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 51
9
1. The dinner was not/wasn’t paid for.
2. The tree was knocked down.
FILE 36 3. She was brought up by her grandparents.
4. The children are looked after by my mother when
A I’m at work.
5. The meeting was put off by the manager.
1
1. are made; 2. are not admitted; 3. is served; 4. Are 10
credit cards accepted; 5. are sold. 1. I am paid £400 a month for my internship.
2. Allison was given a smartphone.
2 3. She wasn’t told the truth.
1. A new President is elected every five years. 4. We were shown the main sights of the city.
2. The offices are cleaned every day. 5. Are famous football players paid too much
3. Are all the dishes served with chips? money?
4. This path is not/isn’t used very often.
11
3 1. They got hurt in an accident.
1. was made; 2. Was this book published; 3. was 2. The sheriff got shot in a duel.
fixed; 4. was run; 6. was not/wasn’t broken. 3. Mary’s suitcase got stolen at the airport.
4. The roof got blown off in a storm.
4 5. Harry got stabbed in a fight.
1. Was this film directed by Hitchcock?
2. Hamlet was written by Shakespeare. 12
3. The fish was eaten by the cat. 1. were found by; 2. are these computers; 3. was
4. The apps were not/weren’t downloaded by caught by; 4. were the plants; 5. was given.
James.
5. She was bitten by a dangerous dog.
6. The beds were not/weren’t made by my sister. B
5 1
1. was; 2. was designed; 3. was completed; 1. The roof was being fixed when I was there last
4. was shipped, arrived; 5. were put, took; 6. is; week.
7. represents; 8. holds; 9. read; 10. is visited. 2. The post box is being emptied by the postman.
3. Sports facilities are being improved.
6 4. The sandwiches were being made when I
1. When was this city built? arrived.
2. When was this book published?
3. When was this agreement signed? 2
4. Where are these posters sold? 1. am/’m being served; 2. was being repaired;
5. How is pasta made? 3. was being built; 4. is being tested.
6. How much bread is sold every day?
3
7 1. Hundreds of balloons are being blown up.
1. Who was the bank robbed by? 2. The games are being organized.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 55
5
1. has been completely modernized; 2. have been
FILE 37
extended; 3. have been refurnished.
6 A
1. will be opened; 2. had just been stolen; 3. would
be sold; 4. is going to be repaired; 5. would have 1
been repaired; 6. being patted; 7. to be informed. 1. We were asked the way to the station.
2. I was promised a better position.
7 3. He is paid at the end of the month.
1. is being washed; 2. will be destroyed; 3. had 4. Helen was told about the accident by Alice.
already been sold; 4. were taken; 5. will be selected; 5. I was sent an invitation to the ceremony.
6. would have been taken. 6. Tourists are shown the main sights of the city.
8 2
1. will be closed; 2. was witnessed by; 3. the oil level 1. I have just been sent a new report.
been; 4. the police informed. 2. How much were you lent by the bank to finance
your house?
3. She was being shown round the new house
C when she fainted.
4. She should be told the truth.
1 5. We should have been warned about that
1. This work must be finished by three o’clock. dangerous river.
2. Mark might be sent to the USA in July.
3. Happiness can’t be bought. 3
4. We should be informed. 1. were given; 2. were taught; 3. will be given; 4. will
be shown.
2
1. may be given; 2. should be answered; 3. must be 4
given; 4. must be returned; 5. might be built. 1. We were told to take the second turning on the
right.
3 2. I was allowed to borrow his bike/my brother’s bike.
1. must have been borrowed; 2. must have been 3. Jane was asked to write down her telephone
eaten; 3. may have been delayed; 4. may have number.
been thrown; 5. should have been delivered. 4. I was advised not to go out.
5. We were reminded to reserve a table.
4
1. can be seen; 2. may have been caused; 3. should 5
have been sent; 4. could have been completed; 1. A new fiscal law was introduced to Parliament by
5. must be repaired. the politician.
2. The difficult rule was repeated to the students by
5 the teacher.
1. A: should be done, B: should have been done; 3. The paintings were described in detail to the
2. A: can be raised, B: could have been raised; 3. A: visitors by the artist.
should be cleaned, B: should have been cleaned. 4. The letter was dictated to the secretary by the boss.
56 Answer Key - Grammar Files
5. The concert should have been organised earlier 4. let, go; 5. made, laugh; 6. made, stop; 7. makes,
by the club. flood; 8. made, finish.
6. The examination room may not be left within the
first hour of the start. 2
1. marry; 2. to fix; 3. call; 4. to do; 5. to come;
3 6. replace; 7. look; 8. to interrupt; 9. feel; 10. to
1. have been taught something by; 2. everything will pay.
have been eaten; 3. is not expected to solve; 4. have
to be looked after; 5. believed to have been built. 3
1. make ourselves heard; 2. make herself loved;
3. has made himself hated; 4. make himself known;
5. make himself respected.
FILE 38
4
1. turned up; 2. let … have; 3. boil; 4. showed;
A 5. charge; 6. kept … waiting; 7. drive … crazy.
1
1. have; 2. is having; 3. had; 4. were having. C
2 1
1. Susan is having her eyes tested. 1. slip; 2. singing; 3. bang; 4. go; 5. sitting; 6. sing;
2. John is having his car serviced. 7. shout; 8. take, hide; 9. throwing; 10. throw.
3. Emily and George are having their dinner served.
2
3 1. were seen to run away;
1. I have the house cleaned… 2. were observed to wash the car from top to
2. I have all the meals prepared… bottom;
3. I have the gardening done… 3. were noticed to jump into a black car;
4. I have all the clothes washed and ironed… 4. was heard to scream;
5. I have the children looked after… 5. was watched to repair the gate.
4 3
1. had his suit cleaned; 2. is getting his ear pierced; 1. were seen arguing;
3. got her wedding dress fitted. 2. was seen making dinner;
3. was heard barking;
5 4. was noticed talking to someone;
1. No, she hasn’t. She’s had them washed. 5. was seen waiting for the bus.
2. No, he isn’t. He’s going to have it mended.
3. No, she didn’t. She had it removed. 4
4. No, I wouldn’t. I’d have it decorated. 1. crying; 2. talking; 3. to shout; 4. shouting; 5. call;
5. No, he doesn’t. He has it washed. 6. repairing; 7. to talk; 8. painting; 9. steal; 10. water;
11. being repaired; 12. quarrelling; 13. repeated;
6 14. to sit.
1. are you going to have your hair permed; 2. did you
have your coat dry-cleaned; 3. did your sister have
this dress made; 4. do you have your hair dyed. REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION
7 Verbi causativi - Verbi di percezione
1. had our car damaged; 2. had my nose broken;
3. had their house burgled; 4. had his leg injured. 1
1. have it repaired; 2. get them replaced; 3. have
them painted; 4. get it reconnected.
B
2
1 1. have it done; 2. had her computer fixed; 3. have it
1. get, to buy; 2. makes, eat; 3. get, to change; repaired.
58 Answer Key - Grammar Files
4 6
1. A; 2. C; 3. A; 4. B. 1. David told me he preferred oranges to apples.
2. The doctor told Paul that he would have to have
5 an operation.
1. B; 2. A; 3. D; 4. B; 5. D; 6. A; 7. D; 8. C. 3. She told Mark that she had forgotten to buy a
newspaper for him that morning.
6 4. He told Susan that he hadn’t finished reading
1. have had; 2. performed by; 3. was seen to throw; the novel she had lent him the month before/the
4. them play; 5. saw him climb; 6. won’t let her previous month.
leave; 7. made John sign; 8. got Mary to make;
9. had Paul give us; 10. make me feel. 7
1. Robert told his father that he would wash the car
that afternoon.
2. The student told the teacher that he was late
because he had missed the bus.
FILE 39
3. Bob said that he had never been to London
before.
A-B 4. Mary said that they had exchanged e-mails since
the previous summer.
1
1. told; 2. Tell; 3. told; 4. said; 5. said; 6. he said; 8
7. told; 8. told. 1. She exclaimed that she had seen a ghost the
night before.
2 2. They informed us that they were leaving for New
1. () York the following day.
2. () She thanked me for the tea and said goodbye. 3. She observed that the milkman hadn’t come yet.
3. () 4. The teacher pointed out that Maria had been
4. () Granny, can you tell me a story? studying English for four years but she wasn’t
very fluent.
3 5. He promised that he wouldn’t tell anyone.
1. He, he; 2. She, him, she, his; 3. She, them, she, 6. The doctor assured Mrs Jones that she would
their. feel better if she took those tablets.
4 9
1. He said (that) he was watching TV. 1. There is/’s a train at 8.50.
2. He said (that) he had met Tom the day before. 2. I am/’m going to have a baby.
3. He said (that) Alex had never been there. 3. I will/’ll do all my homework.
4. He said (that) I had to stay in bed. 4. Nothing exciting ever happens to me.
5. He said (that) he hadn’t recognized him.
6. He said (that) he didn’t want to go skiing. 10
7. He said (that) he would be lying on the beach the 1. was; 2. would; 3. would; 4. had; 5. had; 6. was.
following day.
8. He said (that) he wouldn’t talk to her again.
C
5
1. Tom told me (that) he worked in a bank. 1
2. Tom told me (that) he lived in the country. 1. He asked me if Tom was still studying.
3. Tom told me (that) he didn’t like living in big cities. 2. He asked me if I had any brothers or sisters.
4. Tom told me (that) he hadn’t seen Bill for a long 3. He asked me if I worked in London.
time. 4. He asked me if I had seen Ken the day before/
5. Tom told me (that) his sister had just had a baby. the previous day.
6. Tom told me (that) he was attending a guitar 5. He asked me if I had spoken to him.
course. 6. He asked me if I was having a shower.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 59
7. He asked me if they/we would visit the museum 3. She asked her mum/mother to give her a lift to
the following day. school.
8. He asked me if she had met Simon before. 4. She asked George to lend her his book.
5. She asked Sarah to do the/an exercise for her.
2
1. I asked him when he had decided to become a 2
singer. 1. Sarah asked Mr Jordan to pass her the salt.
2. I asked him who had influenced him the most. 2. The clerk asked me to sign that/the document.
3. I asked him who his favourite singer was. 3. The receptionist asked Mrs Gorman to spell her
4. I asked him which of his songs was his favourite. name.
5. I asked him what he thought of talent shows. 4. Mum asked me to buy some eggs and some meat.
6. I asked him when he was going to release his
next album. 3
1. Mrs Grey warned her children not to go too near
3 the river bank.
1. The policeman asked the man where he had 2. The army officer ordered the soldiers to move
been the previous morning. two steps forward.
2. Bob asked me where I had spent my holidays 3. The teacher told Naomi to stop speaking in class.
the previous summer. 4. The road sign instructed motorists to give way.
3. I asked where Allan was.
4. My brother asked me how I had travelled. 4
5. The travel agent asked us when we were going 1. He recommended me to read that book.
to leave. 2. He advised us to book for the play in advance.
6. Susan wondered why George had sold his house. 3. He suggested going to the cinema that night.
7. The journalist wanted to know how often I went 4. He suggested that I should take an aspirin.
to the cinema. 5. Bill agreed to give me/us a lift.
8. Bill asked Mary how long she had been waiting. 6. We regretted missing the beginning of the film.
9. The interviewer wanted to know how many 7. He insisted on going to the cinema that night.
times I had been abroad. 8. He refused to pick them up at the airport.
10. My friend asked me why I had bought that car.
5
4 2. g - He asked me to lay the table.
1. if he was working in that period, wasn’t; 3. b - He offered to give me a lift to the station.
2. if he had had any work experience before, had; 4. c - He ordered me to go to bed immediately.
3. if he was good at dealing with people, was; 5. a - He reminded me to turn off the printer.
4. if he had any computing skills, had. 6. f - He apologized for breaking the vase.
7. d - He admitted robbing the bank.
5 8. e - He denied telling a lie.
1. I asked Fred/him what he was doing. He said
(that) he was buying a present for his girlfriend.
2. I asked Fred/him how long he had spent there. E
He said (that) he had been there from 4.00 to
5.00 pm. 1
3. I asked Fred/him who he had seen there. He 1. we should meet; 2. could swim; 3. might be right;
said (that) he hadn’t seen anybody. 4. couldn’t answer those questions; 5. might go
4. I asked Fred/him how long Harry had been his home late; 6. should tell her the truth.
neighbour. He said (that) Harry/he had come to
live in the flat next to his two years before. 2
5. I asked Fred/him why he didn’t confess the 1. cat must be ill; 2. must respect the Highway
crime. He said (that) he was innocent. Code; 3. had to help her mother that day; 4. mustn’t
use our mobile phone here.
D 3
1. I shouldn’t have invited him to my party; 2. might
1 have arrived earlier but they had missed the bus;
1. She asked Ted to get her a cup from the cupboard. 3. I could swim when I was five; 4. he needn’t spend
2. She asked Simon to get her the/a chair. all afternoon studying.
60 Answer Key - Grammar Files
2
1. I’d rather play video games than go out.
2. You’d better find a job.
3. I wish I hadn’t bought a second-hand scooter. FILE 40
4. I wish I were/was taller.
A
B D
1 1
1. Unless; 2. If; 3. if; 4. unless; 5. unless. 1. so that; 2. to; 3. in order not to; 4. so that; 5. in
order to; 6. for.
2
1. You won’t pass the exam unless you study harder. 2
2. They won’t be able to understand us unless we 1. Tom wants to buy a car so that he can/will get to
speak slowly. work faster.
3. She won’t forgive me unless I apologise to her. 2. He is going to England next summer to improve
4. He won’t hear us unless we shout. his English.
5. You’ll miss the bus unless you hurry. 3. Peter has started to eat less in order to lose
weight.
3 4. I locked the door so that he couldn’t/wouldn’t
1. He will hear you only if you shout. come in.
2. That dog will attack you only if you move. 5. I drank some more coffee so as not to fall
3. I will speak to you again only if you apologise. asleep.
4. I will lend you my car again only if you drive
more carefully. 3
5. You are allowed into that restaurant only if you 2. a - David is going to take his camera in case he
wear a tie. wants to take some photographs.
3. b - David is going to take a map and a compass
4 in case he loses his way.
1. will you be able; 2. can we save; 3. will I go; 4. c - David is going to take waterproof clothes in
4. would we be. case it rains.
5 4
1. unless; 2. as long as; 3. as long as; 4. provided; 1. We bought some food in case Tom came.
5. unless. 2. He took a map and a compass in case he lost
his way.
6 3. I wrote her address down in case I forgot it.
1. In case of fire, call the fire brigade.
2. Supposing you went to live on a desert island, 5
what would you take with you? 2. a; 3. d; 4. e; 5. g; 6. b; 7. f.
3. We can put off the meeting on condition that you
all agree.
4. Imagine you could be a different person. Who E
would you like to be?
5. We can put you up as long as you come in 1
summer. 1. as; 2. like; 3. as; 4. like; 5. like; 6. like; 7. like;
6. Suppose it snows. What shall we do? 8. as; 9. as; 10. like; 11. As; 12. like; 13. as.
7 2
1. if you haven’t got; 2. only if you help; 3. if you 1. b; 2. d; 3. a; 4. c.
cannot / can’t afford; 4. provided it doesn’t. 5. unless
you take. 3
1. He looks as if he has seen a ghost.
2. He smells as if he hasn’t washed for a long
C time.
3. They feel as if they are going to be sick.
1 4. He looked as if he had hurt his leg.
1. whether; 2. if/whether; 3. whether; 4. whether; 5. It looks as if it is going to rain.
5. whether; 6. Whether; 7. if/whether; 8. if. 6. It sounds as if they are having an argument.
2 4
1. ; 2. - whether; 3. - If; 4. - whether; 5. ; 1. as if he knew; 2. as if she were/was; 3. as if he
6. - if. knew; 4. as if he were/was.
62 Answer Key - Grammar Files
6 4
1. These machines are made not only in Germany 1. that is; 2. By and large; 3. To my mind; 4. As a
but also in Japan. matter of fact; 5. As for; 6. As far as I can see; 7. For
2. Despite the fact that there has been a campaign instance; 8. All things considered; 9. namely.
against poisonous fumes, factories still release
poisonous fumes into the air. 5
3. Cats are social. Besides, they are (also) 1. By and large; 2. To a large extent; 3. To start
intelligent. / Besides being social, cats are (also) with; 4. to a large extent; 5. Or better; 6. All things
intelligent. considered; 7. To put it another way; 8. For example.
4. They have been cleaning up the streets,
however, they are still quite dirty. 6
1. According to; 2. First/First of all/In the first place,
7 Second/In the second place; 3. For example/For
1. although; 2. despite; 3. in spite of; 4. Despite the instance; 4. Then/In addition/Furthermore;
fact that; 5. Nevertheless; 6. On the contrary; 5. Personally; 6. All things considered/To conclude/
7. whereas; 8. Despite that; 9. Although; In conclusion.
10. However; 11. On the contrary; 12. Furthermore,
However; 13. On the other hand; 14. Even if;
15. even though. REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION
8 Connettivi
1. to make matters worse - I don’t feel well today.
To make matters worse, I also have to go to the 1
dentist. 1. until; 2. as long as; 3. after / when; 4. By the time;
2. however - A cruise is a relaxing way to spend 5. After / When, until; 6. until.
one’s holiday. However, it can be very expensive.
3. although - Although a camping holiday can be 2
fun, the weather may spoil it. 1. so; 2. and; 3. but; 4. and; 5. because; 6. and;
4. In addition - Learning a foreign language helps 7. and; 8. when; 9. and.
you to understand another culture. In addition, it
may offer you better job prospects. 3
1. so, as soon as; 2. so / and, because; 3. but, so;
9 4. and, so; 5. as long as; 6. as long as.
1. A: Animals are protected from hunters in zoos.
B: I agree. However, they don’t live in their natural 4
habitat. 1. a; 2. c; 3. b; 4. A; 5. c.
2. A: Animals get medical care in zoos.
B: I agree. However, they feel lonely. 5
3. A: Animals are protected from extinction in zoos. 1. It’s a sunny day so we’re going to the park.
B: I agree. However, they are not happy. We’re going to the park because it’s a sunny
day.
2. I’ve bought a car because I need it for my new
C job.
Although the driving test was difficult, she
1 completed it with ease.
1. As for the type of course; 2. As regards my 3. The driving test was difficult. However, she
competence; 3. As far as accommodation is completed it with ease.
concerned; 4. As to payment. The driving test was difficult, but she completed
it with ease.
2 4. Although the weather was bad, we went out for a
2. d - In the second place; 3. a - Then (oppure After walk.
that); 4. e - After that (oppure Then); 5. b - Finally. The weather was bad. However, we went out for a
walk.
3 The weather was bad, but we went out for a
1. or rather; 2. In my opinion; 3. With reference to; walk.
4. As far as I know; 5. As far as payment is In spite of /Despite the bad weather, we went out
concerned; 6. In other words. for a walk.
64 Answer Key - Grammar Files
2
1. swimming; 2. boring; 3. chasing; 4. working;
5. Learning; 6. talking; 7. meeting; 8. smoking;
FILE 42
9. telling; 10. going.
A 3
1. of doing; 2. of studying; 3. in going; 4. of doing;
1 5. without saying; 6. of buying; 7. to living; 8. on
1. To eat chips is fattening. swimming.
2. To prepare for exams can be stressful.
3. To watch horror films is scary. 4
4. To play video games too much is not 1. see; 2. studying. 3. working; 4. take; 5. going.
recommended.
5
2 1. listening; 2. learning; 3. reading; 4. talking;
2. e; 3. a; 4. f; 5. h; 6. d; 7. g; 8. b. 5. falling; 6. seeing; 7. being; 8. arguing.
Answer Key - Grammar Files 65
1 3
1. to add; 2. to inform; 3. shouting; 4. seeing; 5. to feed; 1. use; 2. to travel; 3. limiting; 4. to follow;
6. to stay; 7. losing; 8. to tell; 9. watching, reading; 5. establishing; 6. to use.
10. smoking; 11. to mend; 12. collecting; 13. to see.
4
2 1. to play; 2. thinking, to take; 3. betting; 4. to
1. (a) to buy, (b) taking; 2. (a) fishing, (b) to play; 3. (a) qualify; 5. trying; 6. showing; 7. meeting; 8. to lock;
raining/to rain, (b) to snow; 4. (a) wash, (b) smoking. 9. to close, going; 10. to drink; 11. to talk; 12. living,
doing; 13. to buy; 14. playing, losing.
E 5
1. A: help, to do, to understand
1 B: help
1. Robert Smith is known to be an honest man. 2. A: going
2. She is known to have lived in Africa for many years. B: going, having
3. The situation is known to be almost hopeless. 3. A: talking
4. The famous actress is reported to be living in B: tell
Paris at the moment. 4. B: hurry, miss
5. He is thought to have been working for FBI for
many years. 6
6. Tom Benson is known to have worked as a 1. wait; 2. to end; 3. drive; 4. to spend; 5. going;
reporter in South Africa. 6. to catch; 7. throw; 8. cooking; 9. eating; 10. eat;
11. spending.
2
1. have left; 2. rain; 3. have forgotten; 4. have gone; 7
5. have taken; 6. call. 1. was made to clean; 2. wasn’t allowed to go;
3. admitted cheating (also: having cheated); 4. mind
3 putting the piano; 5. suggested going to the; 6. no
1. Those letters should be typed. use getting so angry; 7. have been sleeping; 8. may
2. The grass may have been cut. have been built; 9. very good at; 10. didn’t let me
3. The gate must be repaired. go.
4. My umbrella must have been stolen.
4 TOWARDS CERTIFICATIONS
1. working; 2. going; 3. breaking / having broken;
4. sitting; 5. saying. 1 PET – Reading Part 4
1. C; 2. B; 3. D; 4. A; 5. D.
5
1. being patted; 2. being called; 3. having been 2 PET – Reading Part 5
mistreated; 4. being woken up; 5. being kept; 1. C; 2. D; 3. B; 4. D; 5. C; 6. A; 7. B; 8. A; 9. D;
6. having been bullied. 10. C.
66 Answer Key - Grammar Files
FILE 1
1. Miss Jones is Australian. She isn’t American. 2. They are here to learn the English language.
3. Mary isn’t at work today. She is at home. 4. Paul and I are good friends. 5. Ted and Bill are twins.
6. You aren’t English, are you? 7. Jennifer is my girlfriend. 8. ‘Are the boys in the park?’ ‘Yes, they are.’
9. Who is/’s that lady? 10. ‘What colour are your eyes?’ ‘They’re green.’ 11. ‘How’s your brother?’ ‘He’s
fine, thanks/thank you.’ 12. ‘Why isn’t David at work?’ ‘He’s ill.’ 13. When is your birthday?
14. ‘What’s your name?’ ‘My name’s Keith.’ 15. ‘Are you thirsty?’ ‘No, we’re hungry.’ 16. ‘Is it late?’ ‘No,
it’s early.’ 17. ‘Are we early?’ ‘No, you’re late. Why are you late? 18. ‘I’m cold, and you?’ ‘I’m hot.’
19. ‘Are you afraid of dogs?’ ‘No, I’m not afraid of dogs, but I’m afraid of insects.’ 20. ‘Are you tired?’ ‘No,
I’m not.’ ‘Neither/Nor am I.’ 21. ‘Where’s your brother?’ ‘There he is.’ 22. ‘Where’s my dictionary?’ ‘Here
it is.’ 23. ‘Look. There is the bus.’ 24. Here is a glass of orange juice. It’s nice and cold.
FILE 2
1. Berlin is in Germany. It’s the capital (city) of Germany. It’s an interesting city. 2. Robert is a pilot.
3. Mrs Sullivan is a nurse. 4. ‘What nationality are Sean and Molly?’ ‘They’re Irish.’ 5. ‘Where are you
from?’ ‘I’m from Dublin.’ 6. ‘Juan is my new friend.’ ‘Is he Spanish?’ ‘No, he’s Brazilian.’ 7. Jenny is
very nice/pretty. She is tall and slim, with long black hair and dark eyes. 8. My brother is bossy but my
sister is a sweet and kind person. 9. David is short, fat and mean. 10. Simon and I are twins, but we are
different. I am active and stubborn, Simon is a lazy boy/guy. 11. ‘Is your car fast?’ ‘Yes, it is.’ 12. ‘What
colour is your new coat?’ ‘It’s purple.’ 13. ‘Are your shoes black?’ ‘No, they’re blue.’ 14. ‘What shape is
the carpet?’ ‘It’s rectangular.’ 15. ‘What’s your coffee like?’ ‘Disgusting. It’s cold and bitter.’ 16. ‘What’s
the weather like today?’ ‘It’s awful - cold and windy.’ 17. ‘What’s the weather like in Rome today?’ ‘It’s
beautiful - warm and sunny.’ 18. ‘What’s the temperature in Edinburgh today?’ ‘It’s 14 °C.’ 19. ‘What’s
your suitcase like, Mr Smith?’ ‘It’s a big black leather suitcase.’
FILE 3
1. These tomatoes are good, and the spaghetti is delicious. 2. The children are at school. 3. Those
knives are sharp. Be careful! 4. This information is very important. 5. The shelves are near the fireplace.
6. The police are in that park now / at the moment. 7. The furniture is very modern. 8. The money is on
the table. 9. Who are those men?’ ‘They’re firemen.’ 10. That girl is very pretty. 11. ‘What colour are
those pencils?’ ‘They’re red and black.’ 12. ‘What’s this insect here on my bed?’ ‘It’s a beetle.’ 13. ‘Is this
book interesting?’ ‘No, it isn’t, but that book over there on the shelf is very interesting. It’s about wolves.’
14. The Gallaghers are good neighbours. 15. ‘Hello. This is Mark. Is that you Molly?’ ‘Yes, speaking.’
16. ‘Hello. Is that 487964?’ ‘Sorry, this is 497964.’ 17. ‘Is that postcard for me?’ ‘No, it isn’t for you. It’s for
him.’ 18. This coffee is without sugar. 19. ‘Where’s that postcard from?’ ‘From China.’ 20. ‘Is this packet
for Sarah?’ ‘Yes, it’s a present for her.’ 21. ‘Are these presents for us?’ ‘Yes, they’re for you.’ 22. The
students are in the/their classroom and the teacher is with them.
68 Answer Key - Turn into English
FILE 4
1. ‘Is there a garden round the house?’ ‘Yes, there’s a big garden/one.’ 2. On the ground floor, there is
the kitchen, the living room, the dining room and a small bathroom. 3. In the sitting room there is a sofa
and two armchairs. There are two cushions on the sofa. 4. In the middle of the bedroom there is a blue
carpet. 5. There is a desk in the corner between the door and the piano. 6. There is a poster on the wall,
near a plant. 7. ‘Excuse me. Where’s the bank?’ ‘It’s in Oak Street, opposite the supermarket.’
8. ‘Excuse me. Is the toy shop on the first floor?’ ‘No, it’s on the second floor, between the shoe shop and
the bookshop.’ 9. The bus stop is at the end of the road/street, in front of the cinema. 10. ‘Is there a
good film on television/TV this evening/tonight?’ ‘No, there isn’t, but there’s an interesting documentary.’
11. ‘Where’s the optician’s, please?’ ‘It’s next to the library, on the right.’ 12. At the beginning of the
road/street, on the left, there is a sports shop. 13. The swimming pool is behind the park. 14. This is
my favourite picture. In the foreground there are two waiters, in the middle of the room there are two
musicians, and in the background there are the guests. 15. This is my favourite photo/photograph. I’m
here / This is me, between my parents, and my sister is here, among her friends. 16. My father is in
Scotland on business. 17. Mark and Lucy are on holiday at the seaside. Now / At the moment, they are
on the beach, in the sun. 18. My parents are in the mountains. 19. My sister isn’t at work today. She is in
bed with flu. 20. ‘Where’s the cat? Is it outside?’ ‘Yes, there it is, in the rain.’ 21. The dog is sitting in the
back of the car. 22. It’s hot today. It’s 38 degrees above zero. 23. Your black shoes are under the bed.
FILE 5
1. My house has (got) a big garden but it hasn’t got a garage. 2. ‘Has the hotel got a swimming pool?’
‘Yes, there’s a swimming pool behind the car park. There’s also a sauna on the ground floor.’ 3. ‘Have
the bedrooms got a private bathroom?’ ‘Yes, they have.’ 4. ‘You haven’t got a map of the city/town, have
you?’ ‘Sorry, I haven’t.’ 5. ‘How are you?’ ‘Not very well / Not too good. I’ve got a cough. And you?’ ‘I’ve
got a headache today.’ 6. Mary is in bed. She has got measles. 7. ‘I haven’t got a car.’ ‘Neither/Nor have
I. I’ve got a motorbike.’ 8. ‘I’ve got two mobile phones.’ ‘So have I.’ 9. ‘How old is your boyfriend?’ ‘He’s
18 years old.’ 10. ‘Excuse me, are there any oranges in the fridge?’ ‘Yes, there are some.’ 11. There
aren’t any sandwiches, but there is some pizza.’ 12. ‘We haven’t got any fish for dinner, have we?’ ‘No,
we haven’t got any, but we’ve got some meat.’ 13. ‘Have we got any beer?’ ‘Yes, we’ve got four cans.’
14. ‘Would you like some cherries?’ ‘Yes, please.’ 15. ‘Would you like a piece of cheese?’ ‘No, thank you.
I’m not hungry.’ 16. ‘Can I have some biscuits?’ ‘Sorry, I haven’t got any.’ 17. Poor cat! There’s no water
/ There isn’t any water in its bowl. 18. ‘Is there any wine?’ ‘No, there isn’t any left / there’s none left.’
19. We haven’t got any antique furniture. 20. There is an interesting piece of news in the newspaper/
paper. 21. ‘Have we got any homework?’ ‘Yes, we’ve got three exercises.’ 22. ‘How much petrol have
we got?’ ‘Unfortunately we haven’t got any.’ 23. ‘How many loaves of bread have we got?’ ‘We’ve got
two.’ 24. Can I have some information, please? 25. Your luggage is in the hotel hall.
FILE 6
1. ‘Is that their car?’ ‘No, their car is the blue Mercedes over there.’ 2. ‘Is that your girlfriend?’ ‘Yes,
she’s my new girlfriend. Her name’s Linda.’ 3. That’s Mr Smith. He’s our physics teacher. 4. ‘What’s your
brother’s job?’ ‘He’s a doctor.’ 5. That’s Emily and the boy with her is her brother. His name’s Keith.’
6. ‘Whose rucksack is this? / Whose is this rucksack? Is it Susan’s?’ ‘No, it’s John’s.’ 7. ‘Whose daughter
is Lucy?’ ‘She’s Mr and Mrs Parker’s daughter.’ 8. Whose husband is Simon? Is he Betty’s husband?
9. The children’s bedroom is opposite their parents’ bedroom. 10. ‘Is that today’s newspaper/paper?’ ‘No,
it’s yesterday’s.’ 11. ‘Whose tennis shoes are these? / Whose are these tennis shoes? Are they yours?’
‘No, they aren’t ours. They’re David’s and Richard’s.’ 12. ‘Isn’t that Steve and Jill’s house?’ ‘Yes, it’s their
new house.’ 13. ‘Where’s your sister?’ ‘She’s at the optician’s.’ 14. There are two police cars at the
beginning of the road/street. 15. These are two friends of ours. 16. That boy is one of my cousins. He’s
my aunt Martha’s son. 17. ‘Is this pullover/sweater/jumper yours?’ ‘No, it isn’t mine. My pullover’s yellow.’
Answer Key - Turn into English 69
FILE 7
1. ‘How old are you, Tom?’ ‘I’m 13 (years old).’ 2. ‘What’s your telephone number?’ ‘It’s 4756983.’
3. ‘What’s Sharon’s address?’ ‘It’s 24 Lombard Street.’ 4. There are twenty-four hours in a day and sixty
minutes in an hour. 5. There are thirty thousand inhabitants in this town. 6. There are thousands of
wonderful places to visit in Sicily. 7. There are hundreds of kilometres from London to Edinburgh.
8. Our hotel is a/one hundred metres from the station. 9. ‘Excuse me. How much is this lipstick?’ ‘It’s
€9.90 (9 euros 90 / nine euros ninety).’ 10. ‘Here’s a 10 euro banknote.’ ‘Here’s your change.’ 11. ‘A
ham sandwich and a cup of coffee, please.’ ‘Here you are. That’s €7.50 (7 euros 50 / seven euros fifty).’
12. ‘Can I pay cash?’ ‘Yes, of course/certainly.’ 13. ‘Excuse me. What’s the price of these jeans?’ ‘They’re
€45 (forty-five euros).’ 14. ‘What’s the average weight of an elephant?’ ‘About 6,000 kg.’ 15. ‘What’s
the distance from Rome to London?’ ‘Sorry, I don’t know.’ 16. ‘How deep is Loch Ness?’ ‘It’s 223 metres
deep’ 17. ‘Excuse me. How far is it to the station?’ ‘It’s about three hundred metres from here.’ 18. ‘How
tall is Tom?’ ‘He’s very tall. I think he’s about two metres tall.’ 19. ‘How high is Mont Blanc?’ ‘It’s 4,810
metres high.’ 20. A large igloo can have a width of about 3.5 metres.
FILE 8
1. ‘What time is it? / What’s the time?’ ‘It’s 8.30 (half past eight / eight thirty).’ 2. ‘Excuse me, what
time is it / what’s the time by your watch?’ ‘It’s 11.20 (twenty past eleven / eleven twenty).’ ‘My watch is
ten minutes slow, then.’ 3. The 7.50 bus is late. 4. ‘Is the 10.50 flight to Madrid on time?’ ‘No, it’s twenty
minutes late.’ 5. The party is at eight o’clock. We are ten minutes early. 6. ‘(At) what time is our flight to
London?’ ‘It’s at 7.45 a.m. (a quarter to eight / seven forty-five a.m./in the morning).’ 7. ‘(At) what time is
your favourite TV programme?’ ‘It’s at 8.00 (eight o’clock p.m./in the evening).’ 8. ‘What day is it today?’
‘It’s Thursday, the second of October (2nd October / October 2nd).’ ‘Oh, it’s Sarah’s birthday in two days!’
9. ‘When’s Saint Valentine’s Day?’ ‘It’s on the fourteenth of February (14th February / February 14th)!’
10. January is the first month of the year and December is the twelfth. 11. ‘It can be very cold here in
winter.’ ‘And what’s the weather like in the other seasons?’ 12. The exam is in a week. 13. ‘(At) what
time is the football match?’ ‘It’s at 9.00 p.m., after the news.’ 14. ‘When’s your birthday?’ ‘It’s on the
twenty-third of September (23rd September / September 23rd).’ 15. The bank is open till/until 5.30 p.m.’
16. The documentary about pollution is before the film. 17. The History lesson/class is on Wednesday,
between the Geography lesson/class and the French lesson/class. 18. The first day of spring is on the
twenty-first of March (21st March / March 21st). 19. ‘There’s a coffee break during the lecture, isn’t there?’
‘Yes, there is, from 10.30 (ten thirty / half past ten) to 10.50 (ten fifty / ten to eleven).’
FILE 9
1. A lot of trees lose the/their leaves in winter. 2. My brother plays the piano, but I don’t. 3. ‘Does the
meeting finish/end before midday?’ ‘Yes, it finishes/ends at 11.30 (eleven thirty / half past eleven).’
4. James doesn’t live in London. He lives in Manchester. 5. Edinburgh is a very beautiful city. A lot of
tourists visit it. 6. ‘You don’t go to bed late, do you?’ ‘No, I don’t. I usually go to bed at about 10.00.’
7. ‘We’re late!’ ‘Why don’t we take a taxi?’ 8. My friend Sharon and I often listen to music. 9. Tom hardly
ever drinks coffee. 10. She never eats meat. She is vegetarian. 11. ‘Do you ever go to the theatre?’
‘Yes, we go about once a month.’ 12. ‘How often do you play tennis?’ ‘Every Saturday afternoon, with my
friend Tom. He plays very well and I never win.’ 13. ‘What do you usually do at the weekend?’ ‘I usually
go to the mountains.’ 14. ‘Do you study Spanish at school?’ ‘No, I don’t. I study French.’ 15. Why does
he smoke so much? 16. ‘(At) what time do you start work?’ ‘I start at 8 o’clock.’ 17. ‘What does Mary
do?’ ‘She works at a supermarket. She is a cashier.’ 18. ‘Ted never buys flowers for his wife.’ ‘Sorry?
Who never buys flowers for his wife?’
70 Answer Key - Turn into English
FILE 10
1. ‘Are you thirsty?’ ‘No, I’m hungry.’ ‘Why don’t you have/eat a sandwich? 2. When I’m nervous, I have
a walk in the park. 3. We usually have a long holiday in August. 4. ‘(At) what time do you have dinner?’
‘At 6.30 (six thirty / half past six).’ 5. At work we have a break from 10.30 to 10.45. 6. Grandmother/
Granny often has a nap after lunch. 7. ‘You don’t have lunch at home, do you?’ ‘No, I have lunch in the
canteen.’ 8. Tom likes listening to music. He likes rock music. He doesn’t like jazz. 9. ‘Do you like tea?’
‘Yes, but I don’t like milk tea. I prefer lemon tea.’ 10. I prefer swimming to playing football. But I also
like cycling. 11. ‘Would you like to go to the theatre tonight/this evening?’ ‘Sorry. I don’t like going to the
theatre.’ 12. I need a pair of scissors to cut out this job advert. 13. ‘How long does it take to go/get to the
station?’ ‘It takes 10 minutes by taxi, but it takes half an hour on foot.’ 14. Betty usually goes to work by/
on the 7.20 train. Then it takes her ten minutes’ walk to get to her office. 15. The Chinese eat with chop
sticks. 16. Mark always goes to school on his new bicycle. 17. We enjoy ourselves / have a great/good
time when we go to the seaside. 18. Take care of yourself. 19. I always make my clothes myself.
20. Tom and Sarah love each other very much, and they phone/call each other about ten times a day.
21. He often gets drunk when he goes to the pub. 22. My brother often cuts his chin when he shaves.
FILE 11
1. ‘What’s dad doing?’ ‘He’s trying to repair Tom’s motorbike.’ 2. ‘Where’s Susan?’ ‘She’s in the
kitchen. She’s making breakfast.’ 3. ‘Hi/Hello Tom. Where are you going?’ ‘I’m going to the library.’
4. ‘Alan isn’t studying at the moment, is he?’ ‘No, he’s watching a new video in the sitting room.’ 5. We
are on the beach now, and we are having a very good time. Lucy is sunbathing and Keith is swimming.
6. Where are your parents spending their holidays? 7. Who is your brother talking to? 8. ‘Are you having
dinner?’ ‘No we aren’t. We’re playing cards in the hotel lounge.’ 9. ‘I’m getting bored.’ ‘So am I. Why don’t
we go to the park?’ 10. Jennifer usually wears jeans and a pullover. Today she is wearing a mini-skirt
and a blouse. 11. I don’t remember Alan’s e-mail address. Do you remember it? 12. The cook is making
dinner. He is tasting the meat at the moment. 13. The roast-beef smells delicious. 14. Jane is in the
garden and is smelling the roses. 15. Grandmother/Granny is having a nap on the sofa. 16. ‘What do
you think of Martha?’ ‘I think she is a very nice girl. I’m thinking of inviting her to dinner.’ 17. It’s Frank’s
birthday today. Why don’t we give him a silk tie? 18. Why don’t you offer her a Coke? 19. Why don’t you
introduce your girlfriend to your friends? 20. Can I ask you a favour?
FILE 12
1. ‘Why don’t we make an omelette?’ ‘Yes, good idea. Have we got any eggs?’ ‘Yes, but not many.’
2. ‘This film is very interesting. Do you like it?’ ‘Yes, I like it very much / a lot.’ 3. She sings very well.
4. Ted is very tired when he gets back from work because he works hard. 5. Jenny doesn’t sleep much
during the night and she is often very sleepy during the day. 6. ‘Are there any cherries in the fridge?’
‘Yes, there are a lot.’ 7. ‘Have we got any toothpaste?’ ‘Yes, but not much.’ 8. ‘Are there any good
restaurants in this town?’ ‘Yes, there are a few good restaurants/ones in the city centre.’ 9. ‘How many
schools are there in your town?’ ‘There are a few, but there are a lot of students.’ 10. There is little
sugar. It isn’t enough to make a cake. 11. ‘Are there many people on the beach?’ ‘Yes, there are a lot.
It’s overcrowded.’ 12. ‘What do you think of this skirt?’ ‘It’s beautiful, but it’s too tight for you.’ 13. There
is too much traffic in this town and the air is very polluted. 14. I don’t like places with too many tourists.
15. You eat too much and you are overweight. 16. ‘Have we got enough food for dinner?’ ‘No, I think we
need to buy a little meat and a lot of vegetables.’ 17. This equipment isn’t very expensive. It’s quite/rather
cheap. 18. Robert can dance quite well but he isn’t old enough to go to the disco.
Answer Key - Turn into English 71
FILE 13
1. David goes to work by car / drives to work every day. 2. Betty is hungry and she is going into the
kitchen. 3. We go to France every summer. 4. The students are going home after school. 5. This white
wine comes from California. 6. That’s Mark over there. He is coming out of the bank. 7. There is Tom.
He is running towards us. 8. George often falls off the chair during the lessons/classes. 9. A few children
are running round/around the house. 10. Look! A helicopter is flying over the town. 11. Your clothes are
on the bed. 12. A few climbers are climbing up that peak. 13. A dog is swimming across the river.
14. Mrs Brown is getting on the bus. 15. Mr Parker is getting out of a taxi. 16. A path goes through the
wood and leads to a lake. 17. A small boat is going/sailing along the river. 18. A few boys are running
down the hill. 19. Peter usually leaves home at 7.30. 20. Oh, hello/hi Susan, come in. 21. It isn’t
difficult to get to / to reach the church. It isn’t far from here. Walk down this road/street and cross the
bridge. The church is after the bridge, on the left.
FILE 14
1. Football is very popular in this country. 2. What time is the football match? 3. Can you pass me the
bread, please? 4. I like bread. 5. The teacher is telling the students to be quiet. 6. Mark doesn’t like
coffee, but he likes tea. 7. Mr and Mrs Jones are in the park with their children. 8. Aunt Mary isn’t well
today. 9. The Queen isn’t in London these days. She is in Scotland. 10. Where is the President?
11. James is in hospital. 12. Why don’t we meet in front of the hospital? 13. We often go to the seaside
at the weekend. 14. Dad is watching TV and mum is listening to the radio. 15. My brothers are playing
cards and my cousin Keith is surfing the Net. 16. Breakfast is at 8.00. 17. I like Maths. 18. My friends
are in Edinburgh and are staying at the Carlton Hotel. 19. Sam and Sarah live in the United States.
20. The (river) Po flows into the Adriatic Sea. 21. The National Gallery is in the centre of London.
22. We usually spend our holidays on the Lipari islands, but this year we want to go to Elba. 23. When I
travel, I often leave from Heathrow Airport. 24. We live in Palermo, in the south of Italy. 25. Mr Evans is
a doctor and his wife works as a secretary in the same hospital. 26. In the picture there is a cat on a sofa.
The cat is sleeping. 27. The apples cost two euros a kilo. 28. Paul has got a cold. 29. What a beautiful
film! 30. The (little) girl says to the wolf: ‘What a big mouth you’ve got!’ 31. This cake is so sweet!
32. How interesting this book is!
FILE 15
1. ‘Can Sarah swim?’ ‘Yes, she can swim very well.’ 2. You can’t ride a horse, can you? 3. Roberto
can speak English very well, can’t he? 4. I’ve got a terrible cold. I can’t breathe. 5. Excuse me. Can
you tell me the way to the airport, please? 6. Can I borrow your scooter, Frank? 7. ‘Can you buy some
vegetables, Betty?’ ‘Yes, sure, mum.’ 8. ‘Excuse me. Where can I find men’s shoes?’ ‘On the second
floor.’ 9. This dress is very expensive. It can’t be so/that expensive! 10. That man can’t be Mr White.
Mr White is much younger! 11. They may arrive late. There is a bus strike today. 12. What a cold
day! It may snow in the afternoon. 13. Perhaps/Maybe Mary is at home. Knock on the door. 14. It is
probable that mobile phones don’t work in this area. 15. John may not have my mobile phone number.
16. Only authorized people may park their cars here. 17. Children under the age of ten may not swim /
are not allowed to swim in this swimming pool. 18. ‘Excuse me, Mr Gorman, may I have a look at your
newspaper/paper, please?’ ‘Yes, of course / certainly.’ 19. ‘Can I go to the park, mum?’ ‘No, you can’t.
Finish your homework first.’
72 Answer Key - Turn into English
FILE 16
1. This book is very interesting. You must read it. 2. It’s almost midnight. We must go home.
3. (I’m) sorry, I can’t help you right now. I must study for my exam. 4. You mustn’t walk on the grass. It’s
forbidden. 5. In the United Kingdom you must drive on the left. 6. The students must not eat during the
lessons/classes and must not write on the walls. 7. Our dog refuses to eat. It must be ill. 8. The Browns
are not at home. All the lights are off. They must be on holiday. 9. Those shoes are not fashionable. They
can’t be very expensive. 10. That pullover/sweater/jumper is very beautiful but it must be very expensive.
11. ‘What shall we do at the weekend?’ ‘Let’s go to the mountains.’ ‘No, let’s not go to the mountains. Let’s
go to the seaside.’ 12. ‘What shall we buy Susan for her birthday?’ ‘Let’s buy her a watch.’ ‘No, not a
watch. Why don’t we buy her a smartphone?’ 13. ‘Why don’t we organise a surprise party for her?’ ‘Good
idea. Who shall we invite?’ 14. ‘Shall I make the beds?’ ‘Thank you. That’s very kind of you.’ 15. ‘I’m
hungry.’ ‘So am I. It’s dinner time. Why don’t we have dinner at the new Indian restaurant?’
FILE 17
1. Will you buy me some fruit, Susan? 2. Will you please stop talking, children? 3. Do you want / Will
you have some more meat? 4. Would/Could you pass me the salt, please? 5. Would you mind filling in
this form and sign it, please? 6. ‘Would you like a cup of tea?’ ‘No, thank you. Can I have a cup of coffee,
please?’ 7. ‘Would you like something to eat?’ ‘Yes, please.’ 8. We would like to spend a few days in
Paris. 9. ‘Where would you like to go, Sir?’ ‘I’d like to go to the Seychelles for a week. I’d like to book
for two people.’ 10. ‘Would you like to go to the cinema tonight/this evening?’ ‘Oh, yes, I’d love to!’ 11.
‘Mark, do you want to come to the mountains with us on Sunday?’ ‘I’d love to, but I must help my father
(to) paint the kitchen.’ 12. I’ve got a new video. Do you want to see it, Tom? 13. They don’t want to move
to a big city. 14. My parents don’t want me to go out in the evening. 15. ‘Do you want me to help you?’
Oh, yes, please!’ 16. Teachers want students to be punctual / on time for lessons/classes. 17. ‘What (kind
of) films do you like? Adventure or science-fiction films/ones?’ ‘I prefer the adventure ones.’ 18. ‘I’d like
some biscuits.’ ‘Which ones would you like?’ ‘The chocolate ones, please.’
FILE 18
1. ‘Were you at school yesterday morning?’ ‘Yes, I was, as usual.’ 2. ‘Was Tom at the gym
yesterday afternoon?’ ‘No, he wasn’t well.’ 3. We weren’t at home last night / yesterday evening. We
were at the cinema. 4. ‘You weren’t born in August, were you?’ ‘No, I was born in September.’ ‘So
was I!’ 5. ‘The sports car was too expensive, wasn’t it?’ ‘Yes, it cost too much. That’s why I didn’t buy
it.’ 6. The film director deserved an award. His film was really great. 7. ‘Did they invite David and
Lindsey to their wedding party?’ ‘No, they didn’t. I don’t know why.’ 8. Peter didn’t come to the pub
last night. Perhaps he was ill. 9. ‘You didn’t do your homework, did you?’ ‘No, I didn’t.’ ‘Neither/Nor
did I. I tried but the exercises were too difficult.’ 10. I forgot to send Claire a postcard from California.
11. I lost my wallet two days ago and now I’m broke. 12. ‘Did you go to the cinema last night?’ ‘Yes,
we did. We saw a beautiful film.’ 13. John Lennon, one of the Beatles, died in New York in 1980. One
of his fans shot him. 14. When did J.F. Kennedy die? 15. ‘What did you do yesterday afternoon? I
didn’t see you at the gym.’ ‘I went to visit my sister in hospital.’ 16. I’m sorry I didn’t phone/call you
last night, but I didn’t have time. 17. ‘Eileen went to Sweden last summer.’ ‘Sorry? Who went to
Sweden last summer?’ 18. ‘What did you get for your birthday?’ ‘I didn’t get anything / I got nothing.
Everybody/Everyone forgot (about) it!’ 19. ‘Betty went to the cinema with Ted last night.’ ‘Sorry? Who
did she go with?’ 20. ‘What did you eat at the Indian restaurant last night?’ ‘I had chicken curry. It was
delicious.’
Answer Key - Turn into English 73
FILE 19
1. ‘Where were you going when I met you yesterday morning?’ ‘I was going to the station and I was in
a hurry.’ 2. ‘Weren’t you at home yesterday evening / last night?’ ‘Yes, I was. I didn’t go out.’ ‘I phoned/
called you but you didn’t answer.’ ‘Perhaps/Maybe I was having a shower or I was drying my hair.’
3. While I was going home I met my old friend Paul. 4. Yesterday morning at 9.00 I was working in
my office. I was writing a report for my boss. 5. ‘Mary was wearing a red dress at the party.’ ‘So was I.
We both like red.’ 6. ‘You weren’t sleeping when I phoned you, were you?’ ‘No, I wasn’t. I was having
breakfast.’ 7. We were leaving the party when Ken arrived. 8. It was seven o’clock. I was listening to
music, dad was reading and mum was watching TV. Suddenly, we heard a strange noise. 9. My brother
was driving along/down Almond Street when he had an accident. 10. What happened while you were
crossing the street/road? 11. He was working in the garden when a strong wind started/began blowing /
to blow. 12. When dad arrived, we had dinner. 13. We visited a lot of museums when/while we were in
London. 14. When Paul was 16 he had / used to have long hair. Now he has a shaven head. 15. Five
years ago Lindsey went / used to go to university. Now she works for a multinational company. 16. ‘Did
you use to spend much / a lot of time with your grandparents when you were a child/kid?’ ‘Yes, I did. And
at weekends I and my grandfather used to go / would go fishing. Now I rarely visit them because I’m very
busy at university.’
FILE 20
1. The teacher explained the rule clearly. 2. The customs officer spoke angrily. 3. Samuel is a careful
driver. He always drives very carefully. 4. We had an accident because Peter was driving very fast.
5. Robert is a good golf player. He plays golf very well. 6. It was dark and it was raining heavily.
Suddenly, the car engine died. 7. Miki is older than Andrew. 8. The film was more boring than I
expected. 9. The beach was farther than we thought. 10. Do not hesitate to contact us if you need
further information. 11. The Nile is longer than the Mississippi. 12. Frank is a good piano player / pianist,
but David is better than him. 13. Paul is the tallest of all my friends. 14. What’s the highest mountain in
the world? 15. What’s the driest place in the world? 16. Which is the heaviest of these three suitcases?
17. I think (that) Venice is the most beautiful city in Italy. 18. Today the weather is worse than yesterday.
19. This is the worst book (that) I’ve ever read. 20. I’ve got three sisters. Susan is the eldest. 21. My
brother gets up earlier than me. 22. Roberta speaks English more fluently than me. Actually, she speaks
English the most fluently of all of us. 23. Mark has (got) more interests/hobbies than Peter, but Ted has
the most interests/hobbies of the three.
FILE 21
1. Susan is as blind as a bat. 2. What’s the matter with you? You’re as white as a sheet. 3. This
restaurant isn’t as expensive as that one. 4. You don’t know the facts as well as me. 5. They are richer
than us. We haven’t got as much money as them. 6. Lucy has (got) a lot of friends. Susan hasn’t got
as many friends as Lucy. 7. My husband works as much as me, but he earns more. 8. David works
as many hours as Mark, but Mark earns less. 9. He drove less carefully than he used to. 10. This
ring is less expensive than that one. 11. Susan has (got) fewer friends than Lucy. 12. Tom is the best
at Spanish. He makes the fewest mistakes of all. 13. My brother uses the mobile/cellular phone less
than me. I use it less than dad. Mum uses it the least of all. 14. ‘This mobile/cellular phone is the least
expensive on the market.’ ‘Yes, that’s right. It’s the cheapest of all.’
1. ‘I’m getting fatter and fatter.’ ‘Yes, that’s right. You drink too much beer. The more you drink, the
fatter you get/become. The less you drink, the better it is.’ 2. ‘Ted is very tall.’ ‘Yes, that’s right. And he is
getting/becoming taller and taller.’ 3. This film is much/far/a lot more exciting than I thought. 4. Jenny
looks a bit/little younger than she is. 5. She is rather younger than her husband. 6. This is by far the
most exciting book (that) I’ve ever read.
74 Answer Key - Turn into English
FILE 22
1. I was/felt very embarrassed when I spilt my coffee on Mary’s dress. 2. The situation was very
embarrassing. 3. I’m tired. I didn’t sleep last night. 4. My job is tiring. I work ten hours a day. 5. I’m
really bored. I do the same things every day. 6. He never says anything interesting. 7. Linda is the
brown-haired girl over/down there. Can you see her? She is wearing red-framed glasses and a short-
sleeved dress. 8. The cake was a real disaster because I put salt instead of putting sugar. 9. I translated
the report without using a dictionary. 10. It is necessary to reserve a table before going to that restaurant.
11. Besides being good at Maths, Susan is also good at foreign languages. 12. Are you interested in
buying a second-hand computer? 13. Jenny is afraid of walking all alone at night. 14. John should give
up / stop smoking. 15. We are looking forward to going on holiday. 16. When I was twenty (years old), I
used to go to bed late. 17. Betty is not used to doing the housework and detests/hates cooking.
18. Paolo is living in England at present/at the moment/now and is getting used to drinking English coffee.
19. No spitting. 20. Learning Chinese is not easy.
FILE 23
1. The film director is very happy because his film has won an award at Cannes film festival. 2. The
children have gone to the cinema, haven’t they? 3. ‘I’ve been to Paris many times.’ ‘So have I.’ 4. ‘We
want to go out for dinner tonight/this evening.’ ‘Have you reserved a table?’ ‘Yes, we have.’ 5. ‘Has the
milkman delivered the milk yet?’ ‘Yes, he has.’ 6. ‘Ted hasn’t sold his old car yet, has he?’ ‘Not yet.’
7. Have you ever been to a zoo? 8. ‘Have you visited the Science Museum yet?’ ‘Yes, we’ve already
visited it.’ 9. ‘Have you been to Oxford?’ ‘No, we haven’t been there yet.’ 10. ‘Where have you been?’
‘I’ve just been to the post office.’ 11. ‘Betty isn’t here. Where’s she?’ ‘She’s gone to the supermarket.’
12. This is the most exciting film (that) I’ve ever seen. This is the second time I’ve seen it. 13. Susan
is scared because she has never flown before. It’s the first time she has been on a plane. 14. ‘Have
you ever been to Spain?’ ‘Yes, I have. I went to Madrid two years ago.’ ‘Who did you go with?’ ‘With my
girlfriend.’ ‘Did you have a good time?’ ‘Yes, we did. It was great.’ 15. It has/’s been a busy day today. I
have/’ve done a lot of things. 16. ‘Did you see Mary at the party?’ ‘No, she wasn’t there.’ 17. Tom has
broken his arm and he can’t play tennis. 18. Paul broke his leg last summer, but now he can walk well
again.
FILE 24
1. Tom and I are good friends. I have known him since we were kids/children. 2. ‘Do you know Lucy?’
‘Yes, I know her well.’ ‘Really? How long have you known her?’ ‘For five years.’ 3. ‘How long have you
been in Rome, Jason?’ ‘I’ve been here since the beginning of July.’ 4. ‘Do you ever go to the gym, Linda?’
‘No, I haven’t been to a gym for ages.’ 5. ‘How long have you had that mobile phone?’ ‘I’ve had it for a
long time. I bought it five years ago.’ 6. I haven’t seen James for a long time. The last time I saw him was
two years ago. 7. We haven’t been here (for) long. We have only been here for ten minutes. We arrived
at 11.20. 8. ‘How long ago did you last phone/call him?’ ‘I haven’t phoned/called him since September.’
9. ‘How long ago did they leave?’ ‘They left twenty minutes ago.’ 10. It’s three years since uncle John
died. 11. It’s two weeks since Lindsey twisted his ankle.
1. ‘How long have they been working?’ ‘They’ve been working since 8.00 and are very tired.’
2. How long have you been waiting for me? Have you been waiting long? 3. Brian is muddy. He has been
playing football. 4. ‘You’re living in Paris at the moment/now, aren’t you?’ ‘Yes, I’ve been living in Paris
since March.’ 5. ‘Where’s Linda?’ ‘She’s in her bedroom. She’s studying. She’s been studying for two
hours, since three o’clock.’ 6. What awful/horrible weather! It’s been raining all week. 7. I’ve been writing
e-mails all morning. I’ve written ten long e-mails and I haven’t finished yet.
Answer Key - Turn into English 75
FILE 25
1. When Matt arrived at/got home, his parents had already had dinner/supper. 2. By the time Jill got
back home, her husband had already made/prepared dinner, but he had forgotten to feed the dog.
3. Betty decided to buy the blue pullover/sweater/jumper after she had tried on a lot. 4. After all the
guests had left/gone away, we locked the door. 5. When the film started/began, we realised that we had
already seen it. Actually, it was the third time we had seen it. 6. That was the most beautiful holiday (that)
we had ever had. 7. The teacher asked me why I was late. I said (that) I had missed the bus. 8. The
interviewer asked me where I used to spend my holidays and if I had ever been abroad.
1. ‘Jenny e Tom have been married for three years.’ ‘How long had they known each other before they
got married?’ ‘I think they had known each other for five years.’ 2. ‘Yesterday I got/received an e-mail by
Alex.’ ‘How long was it since he had (last) written/e-mailed you?’ ‘He hadn’t written/e-mailed me for a long
time.’ 3. When/By the time I arrived at / got to the party, Lucy had already left/gone away. She had left
about ten minutes before / It was about ten minutes since she had left. 4. It was over three years since
Mary and I had last met. We both had changed a lot. 5. ‘When I phoned/called Ken yesterday afternoon,
he was studying.’ ‘Really? How long had he been studying?’ ‘He said (that) he had been studying for three
hours and he hadn’t finished yet.’ 6. To my surprise, the window was fixed/repaired. Gerard had fixed/
repaired it. 7. Henry was exhausted because he had been trying to fix/repair his computer all afternoon.
FILE 26
1. ‘What are you doing tonight/this evening? Have you got any plans?’ ‘I’m going to the cinema with
Betty. We’re meeting at 7.30 in front of the Odeon.’ 2. ‘What are you doing?’ ‘I’m making a cake. We’re
having a party tonight/this evening to celebrate Martin’s birthday. Would you like to come?’ 3. ‘I’m going
to Greece next week.’ ‘Really? Lucky you! Who are you going with?’ ‘With my girlfriend.’ ‘How long are
you going to stay there?’ ‘We’re going to stay there three weeks, if we have enough money.’ 4. ‘Is Claire
making/preparing dinner?’ ‘No, she’s going to make/prepare it.’ 5. Look at that boy! He’s going to fall off
the wall! 6. ‘What’s the weather like?’ ‘It’s raining.’ 7. There are dark clouds in the sky. It’s going to rain.
8. It’s a good/nice/beautiful day today, but they say (that) tomorrow the weather will change. Perhaps/
Maybe it will snow. 9. Ted is certain/sure (that) he will pass the exam. 10. ‘How old is Martin?’
‘He will/’ll be 18 (years old) next month.’ 11. ‘You’ll remember to switch off all the lights before you go
out, won’t you?’ ‘Yes, I will. Don’t worry.’ 12. ‘You won’t forget to make an appointment with the dentist,
will you?’ ‘No, I won’t. Don’t worry.’ 13. ‘I’m hungry, mum.’ ‘I’ll make you a sandwich.’ 14. ‘Did you know
that Brenda is in hospital?’ ‘Yes, I did. I’m going to visit her one day next week.’ 15. ‘Did you know that
Mark is in bed with measles?’ ‘Really? I’ll e-mail him immediately.’
FILE 27
1. ‘Excuse me. What time does the bank open?’ ‘It opens at 8.30.’ 2. ‘Hurry up! We’re late!’ ‘What
time is our flight?’ ‘It’s at 8.30, but we have to check in at 7.00.’ 3. If I don’t have breakfast, I feel weak all
morning. 4. If copper oxidizes, it becomes green. 5. We will miss the train if you don’t get a move on.
6. I won’t finish this report if you don’t stop interrupting me. 7. The company will lose a lot of money
unless the sales increase. 8. If you go to Pisa, you can see the famous leaning tower. 9. If Tom is still
doing his grammar exercises, I won’t disturb him. 10. We will pay for the goods as soon as we receive
them. 11. That old man can neither read nor write. 12. Susan studied hard. However she failed / didn’t
pass the exam. 13. Although they are very rich, they live in a small flat. 14. He goes to the gym every
day to/in order to keep fit.
76 Answer Key - Turn into English
FILE 28
1. At 12.00 tomorrow we will be flying to New York. 2. In a few minutes the children will be sleeping.
3. What will you be doing this time tomorrow? 4. I’ll be waiting for you when your train arrives. 5. Steve
is in the sitting room. He will be watching television as usual. 6. ‘You won’t be working this time tomorrow,
will you?’ ‘No, I won’t.’ ‘Neither/Nor will I. We could go to the gym together.’ 7. Will you be going to the
supermarket today? Could you buy some meat and some cheese? 8. You needn’t phone/call Claire. I’ll
be seeing her tomorrow morning at work, so I’ll tell her about the party. 9. By the time you arrive, I will
already have prepared/made dinner/supper. 10. It’s 9.00. Keith will already have left. 11. You won’t have
finished writing your article by the end of the day, will you? 12. By the end of June I will have known him
for three years. 13. By the end of the week I will have had this smartphone for three months. 14. By
5.00 Mary and Susan will have been studying for two hours. 15. I’m sure/certain (that) they will be very
tired this evening. They will have been working hard all day. 16. Hurry up. The film is about to start.
17. Paolo is not satisfied with his English course and (he) is on the point of leaving it. 18. The flight from
Berlin is due to land at 7.50.
FILE 29
1. ‘Can you see that man?’ ‘Which man?’ ‘The man/one who’s wearing a white shirt and black trousers.
He’s our new neighbour.’ 2. Where are the biscuits which/that were on the table? 3. Isn’t that the lady
whose husband is a famous surgeon? 4. The Titanic is the famous ship which/that sank in 1912. 5. We
have just received the goods (that/which) we ordered a week ago. 6. This is the shirt (that/which) I bought
for dad. 7. A ‘cormorant’ is a big black bird which has a very long neck, lives close to/near/by the water,
and eats fish. 8. A ‘surgeon’ is a doctors who performs medical operations. 9. Do you remember the day
when we (first) met? 10. The office where I work is in the city centre. 11. David often behaves rudely.
That’s (the reason) why I never invite him to my parties. 12. She didn’t tell me what she wanted. 13. Bob
helped the old man (to) cross the road/street, which was very kind of him.
1. Mary Spike, who works in my office, is getting married next Saturday. 2. These shoes, which I
bought on sale, are the most comfortable shoes (that) I’ve ever had. 3. Whoever comes, will be welcome.
4. You can eat whatever you like. 5. I meet him wherever I go. 6. You can come whenever you wish.
7. Who’s the lady sitting at that table?
FILE 30
1. Someone/Somebody telephoned/phoned/called last night, but nobody spoke when Henry answered.
2. This town is very boring. There is nothing / isn’t anything to do for young people. 3. No one/Nobody
in my office remembered my birthday. 4. She’s got something in her hand, but I can’t see what. 5. He
lost his wallet somewhere on his way back home. 6. Would you like something to eat? 7. We don’t
know anyone/anybody called Sean Green. 8. They can’t take their child/kid/son anywhere. He is a real
pest. 9. I looked for my glasses everywhere but I couldn’t find them anywhere. 10. Everybody/Everyone
is here. They are all waiting for the general manager. 11. This riddle is very easy. Anyone/Anybody could
guess the answer. 12. You all / All of you know this story. 13. They worked all day. 14. We spent the
whole day on the beach. 15. Granddad/Grandpa called all his grandchildren and gave a little present to
each of them. 16. Both our daughters go to university, but neither of them studies medicine. 17. Most of
my friends have (got) a motorbike, but none of them has/have (got) a car. 18. ‘What else would you like
to eat?’ ‘Can I have another sandwich, please?’
Answer Key - Turn into English 77
FILE 31
1. ‘Can you speak French?’ ‘Yes, I can. I studied it at school.’ 2. ‘Can you swim?’ ‘Yes, I can. I’ve taken
a course this year. I couldn’t swim last year.’ 3. The sea was so rough that we couldn’t have/take a swim.
4. ‘David, can you lend me your scooter today?’ ‘Yes, sure, but could you give it back by 7.00?’
5. ‘Excuse me. Could you pass me the bread, please?’ ‘Yes, certainly/of course.’ 6. Summers here can
be very/boiling hot. 7. Could I have the menu, please? 8. We got lost in the wood, but then we were
able to find / we managed to find / we succeeded in finding our way back. 9. I haven’t been able to
contact Mark today. I’ll try again tomorrow. 10. The key was so rusty that we weren’t able to / couldn’t
open the door. 11. You will be able to hold a simple conversation in English by the end of the course.
12. We could see the children on the beach from the balcony. 13. Don’t wait for me. I might/may be late
for dinner. 14. Excuse me. May I open the window? 15. ‘What are you doing tonight/this evening?’ ‘We
haven’t decided yet. We might/may go to the cinema.’ 16. We might/may not go to the football match
because John isn’t very well / doesn’t feel too good. 17. In many countries it is not allowed to smoke in
public places. 18. I wasn’t allowed to get into the building without a pass. 19. I have never been allowed
to go to the disco. 20. Next summer I will be allowed to go on holiday with my friends.
FILE 32
1. You must do this homework for tomorrow. 2. You must not/mustn’t fish here. It is forbidden.
3. Remember that in Great Britain you must drive on the left. 4. She must be married because she wears
a wedding ring. 5. She can’t live in this area because no one/nobody around here knows her.
6. ‘Have you read this book?’ ‘No, I haven’t.’ ‘You must absolutely read it. It’s fantastic.’ 7. ‘What do you
think I should wear for/at Jennifer’s party?’ ‘I think you should wear your beautiful red dress.’ 8. Tom is
overweight. He shouldn’t eat so much. 9. Ted lived in Spain for five years, so/therefore he should speak
Spanish very well. 10. Luckily/Fortunately, I don’t have to work at the weekends. 11. ‘Do I have to / Shall
I phone Henry?’ ‘No, you don’t have to (phone him). I’ve already done it.’ 12. So far none of my children
has had to repeat a school year. 13. My parents are going away next weekend, so I’ll have to look after
their dog. 14. Did you have to provide a medical/health certificate to show that you are in good health?
15. He was very worried. It was the first time (that) he had to undergo an operation. 16. We don’t have to
/ needn’t buy a tent. We can borrow Ricky’s.
1. What are you doing here? Aren’t you supposed to / Shouldn’t you be at school? 2. Lindsey
was supposed to phone, but she didn’t. 3. In my job as a waiter, I have to serve customers but I’m not
expected to / I don’t have to clear the tables. 4. The Prime Minister is to visit Egypt next month.
FILE 33
1. Would you like to come to the theatre with us tomorrow evening? 2. Would you mind lending me
your golf club for a few minutes? 3. Tom said (that) he would arrive on time. 4. If you gave up/stopped
smoking, you would feel better. 5. ‘Where do you think I should go on holiday? I’d like to go to Greece.’
‘I wouldn’t go to Greece, if I were you. I’d go to Spain. Have you ever been to Barcelona?’ 6. ‘Are you
honest? What would you do if you found a wallet with a lot of money in it?’ ‘I’d take it to the police.’ 7. If
I could, I would help you, but I really can’t. 8. If you should decide to come to the seaside with us, we
would be very happy. 9. If they were still studying, I wouldn’t disturb them. 10. I should help my father
today. 11. If she got promotion, she would have to move to London. 12. I think you should visit Pompei,
if you go to the south of Italy. 13. If they raised university grants, they would have to raise taxes as well.
14. We wouldn’t have to book a hotel if John and Sue could put us up.
78 Answer Key - Turn into English
FILE 34
1. ‘Steve and Lucy went to Edinburgh by car.’ ‘Really? I wouldn’t have gone by car. I’d have gone by
train.’ 2. We would have liked to visit the new museum, but we didn’t have the time. 3. ‘We didn’t accept
his/her invitation. Would you have done the same thing?’ ‘No, I’d have accepted it, if I had been you.’
4. They would have been happy to see us, wouldn’t they? 5. If you had got up earlier, you wouldn’t have
missed the plane / your flight. 6. If the weather hadn’t been bad, we would have had a picnic. 7. If you
had studied harder, you could have passed the exam. 8. If he had driven more carefully, he wouldn’t
have had an accident and he wouldn’t be in hospital now with his legs broken. 9. If you come to my party,
you will enjoy yourself / will have a good time. 10. If I knew the answer, I would tell you. 11. I would have
been very happy if Mark had phoned/called me. 12. Should you have any problems, please let us know.
13. Derek hasn’t arrived yet. He must have missed the bus again. He is always late! 14. They can’t be
abroad. I saw them five minutes ago at the supermarket! 15. ‘I can’t find my keys.’ ‘You might/may have
left them in the car.’ 16. You shouldn’t have phoned him. You should have sent him an e-mail / should
have e-mailed him. 17. You needn’t have washed the dishes. We’ve got a dishwasher. 18. We wouldn’t
have had to sleep in a tent if Mary had put us up. 19. ‘Mark had an accident yesterday.’ ‘He may have
been driving too fast.’
FILE 35
1. I’m a bit short. I wish I were taller. 2. I live in a small village. I wish I lived in a big city. 3. I can
only play football. I wish I could ride a horse. 4. John is often alone. He wishes he had more friends.
5. I’ve got a lot of work to do. If only I didn’t have so much work! 6. It is raining heavily. I wish it weren’t
raining so heavily. 7. ‘It’s a pity you didn’t come to the concert.’ ‘Yes, I wish I had come.’ 8. ‘Why didn’t
you tell him the truth?’ ‘I wish I hadn’t told him a lie.’ 9. We regret selling our old house. We really wish we
hadn’t sold it. 10. I wish my husband wouldn’t smoke in the house. 11. My girlfriend lives in Glasgow. I
wish she didn’t live so far from London. 12. I wish Tom would come with me tomorrow. 13. I wish you a
merry Christmas. 14. I wish to thank you. 15. ‘Shall we go by taxi or by the underground?’ ‘I’d rather go
by taxi.’ 16. We slept in a tent but we’d rather have slept in a hotel. 17. Our son wants to look for a job,
but we’d rather he went to university. 18. Jason refused that job, but I’d rather he had accepted it.
19. This station is full of thieves. You’d better not leave your luggage unattended. 20. Your shoes are too
dirty. It’s (high/about) time you cleaned them. 21. It’s late. It’s (high/about) time we went home.
FILE 36
1. These smartphones are made in China, aren’t they? 2. English and French are spoken here.
3. Dogs are not admitted. 4. Are these grapes grown in Italy? 5. She was brought up by her
grandparents. 6. ‘Who was Hamlet written by?’ ‘It was written by Shakespeare.’ 7. Listen when you are
spoken to. 8. Maps of the town can be bought in that bookshop. 9. I wasn’t told the truth. 10. I was
given a lot of presents for my birthday.
1. The goods are being shipped in this very moment. 2. When I arrived, the engine of my car was
being tested. 3. The hostages have just been released. 4. When I was given the parcel I noticed that it
had already been opened. 5. The new supermarket will be opened next month. 6. The report is going
to be completed. 7. I believe that in 50 years’ time scientists will have found effective cures to cancer.
8. The house would be bought if it weren’t so far from the facilities. 9. If Grandma hadn’t felt better, she
would have been taken to hospital. 10. The goods should have been delivered by 10.00.
Answer Key - Turn into English 79
FILE 37
1. Visitors are requested to leave their bags in the room next to the reception. 2. She was asked to
repeat the explanation. 3. I was advised to stay in bed for a few days. 4. Brian was offered a very good
job. 5. I have just been told that you are going to move to Australia. 6. Johnny Depp is a very good
actor. I’m sure he will be given an award. 7. It is known that Alex is in prison for theft. / Alex is known to
be in prison for theft. 8. It is reported that the accident occurred in the late afternoon. / The accident is
reported to have occurred in the late afternoon. 9. It is believed that Mr Thorpe is working for CIA. / Mr
Thorpe is believed to be working for CIA. It is also said that he worked for FBI in the past. / He is also said
to have worked for FBI in the past. 10. It is said that Mrs Fairchild was a brilliant actress. / Mrs Fairchild
is said to have been a brilliant actress. 11. Your trousers are wrinkled. They need ironing (also: to be
ironed). 12. This new model sells well.
FILE 38
1. I have my hair dyed once a month. 2. ‘Is Ted repairing his car himself?’ ‘No, he is having it repaired
by a mechanic.’ 3. ‘We’ve just had the photographs/photos of our holiday in New Zealand developed.’
‘Where did you have them developed?’ 4. George is very good-looking now that he has had his hair
cut. 5. We are not going to have our house painted. We are going to do it ourselves. 6. They had their
house damaged by a storm. 7. Yesterday my father made me cut the grass. 8. He was made/obliged/
compelled/forced to interrupt his long speech. 9. His joke made me laugh. 10. My brother has bought a
new scooter but he doesn’t let me use it. 11. I’m sure my parents won’t let me go out tonight/this evening.
12. I hope I will get dad to buy me a new smartphone. 13. He couldn’t speak English but he made himself
understood through gestures. 14. I want to be punctual. I don’t want to keep them waiting. 15. Please,
let the cat in. 16. That dog will drive me crazy if it doesn’t stop barking.
1. I watched her cross the street/road from one side to the other. 2. On/While passing by her
bedroom, I heard her crying. 3. The old woman was seen to steal a necklace. 4. The two men were
seen running away after robbing the bank.
FILE 39
1. Are you sure (that) Mark told you the truth? 2. Peter was rude last night. He left the party without
saying goodbye. 3. Gerard told me (that) he was making/preparing breakfast and that Susan was still
sleeping. 4. Robert said (that) he was late and quickly jumped into a taxi. 5. Lucy told me (that) she had
just got married and was going to have a baby. 6. The doctor told me (that) I had a broken leg. 7. The
coach told me (that) I wouldn’t play the next/following day. 8. Ken and Betty announced (that) they were
getting married the next/following month. 9. He complained (that) he had been waiting for me for half an
hour. 10. Linda promised (that) she would do her best. 11. The travel agent asked us if we had ever
been to Africa and when we were going to leave. 12. The estate agent asked us if we wanted to sell our
house. 13. We didn’t know what to do that evening, so Peter suggested hiring a film. 14. Miss Jones
reminded me to complete the report by the end of the day. 15. The man admitted stealing the money
from the safe. 16. The man denied stealing the car. 17. The officer told/ordered the soldiers to get ready
immediately. 18. Mum asked me to do the shopping. 19. Grandpa said (that) he could run very fast
when he was young. 20. John said (that) he had to look after his sister that day.
1. She shouted (that) she wished she had never met me. 2. They said (that) they would get married
if they had a job. 3. Bob said (that) he’d rather stay at home that evening. 4. I told him (that) he’d better
take a taxi.
80 Answer Key - Turn into English
FILE 40
1. Before listening / he listened to music, Alan did his homework. 2. They tidied the dining room
after the guests had gone away. 3. I was cutting onions when I cut my finger. 4. I cut my finger while I
was cutting onions. 5. As soon as he heard the news, he left hurriedly. 6. We stayed in the supermarket
till/until it stopped raining. 7. You can stay here as long as you want/wish/like. 8. By the time I got to
/ arrived at the party, everybody had already gone away. 9. They have been living in that house since
they married. 10. When Mark gets to / arrives at the airport, he will phone/call us. 11. Do not/Don’t use
the mobile phone while/when (you are) driving. 12. At first they wanted to buy that house, but then they
changed their mind. 13. The girl stopped crying, but after a while / some time later she started again.
14. On Saturday night/evening we usually go to the cinema and then / afterwards / after that we go for a
pizza. 15. The engine worked intermittently and finally / at the end it completely stopped.
16. She had been looking for a job for many months when she finally/eventually found one. 17. The man
was talking/speaking to two policemen. In the meantime / Meanwhile he kept moving nervously. 18. I
won’t go to the party unless Peter comes with me. 19. ‘Even if I studied hard, I wouldn’t pass the exam.’
‘I don’t agree. I’m sure you’d pass it if you studied just a little.’ 20. You can go out on condition that /
provided you put on an overcoat. 21. In case of emergency, call this number. 22. Patrick asked me if/
whether I could give him a lift to the station. 23. They discussed whether they should go or stay. 24.
Last summer I spent a month in England to / in order to / so as to improve my English. 25. I want to give
David a car so that he can get to work faster. 26. I gave him some money so that he could buy something
to eat. 27. Take your umbrella in case it rains. 28. Use the compass if you get lost. 29. The man hid
behind a bush for fear of being seen. 30. Mary got up early, as she always did. 31. You will receive the
goods by the end of the month, as requested. 32. She was wearing a hat like mine. 33. I can’t stand
people like her. 34. He spoke as a lawyer. 35. He speaks like a doctor but he isn’t.
FILE 41-1
1. There were a lot of accidents that day because/as the roads were iced up. 2. Since/As it was very
cold, we didn’t go out. 3. They had to cancel the sailing regatta because of / due to / owing to the harsh
weather. 4. She lived in Germany for four years, so/therefore she should know German well enough to
translate this article. 5. He didn’t take our advice. As a result / As a consequence he lost a lot of money
making a bet on that horse. 6. It was such a beautiful day that we decided to have a picnic in the wood.
7. Mark ate so many chocolates that he felt sick. 8. She speaks both English and French. 9. In addition
to / Besides being too long, the play was badly performed. 10. Working out / Exercising helps you keep
fit. Besides this / Moreover / Furthermore / On top of that, it can be great fun. 11. You are disturbing.
Either you stop talking/chatting or you go out of / leave the room. 12. I neither know nor care what
happened to him. 13. Although she was very hungry, she didn’t eat anything. 14. She was very hungry.
However, she didn’t eat anything. 15. Even though I’ve known her for many years, I can’t say (that) I
know her well. 16. In spite of / Despite wanting to see him again, she refused to reply to his letters.
17. Living in the countryside can be very relaxing. On the other hand, it can be rather/quite boring. 18. As
regards/for/to the accident / As far as the accident is concerned, we know that it occurred because of / due
to / owing to the slippery road.
Answer Key - Turn into English 81
FILE 41-2
FILE 42-1
1. To forgive / Forgiving is often difficult, however, sometimes it is the easiest thing to do. 2. I’m
learning English to get a job at a travel agency. 3. He was the only one to understand her. 4. Is there
anything to eat? 5. Can you show me how to take photographs/photos with this smartphone? 6. We are
getting bored. We don’t know what to do. 7. He was the first Italian to win that marathon. 8. To start with,
I’ll have tomato soup. 9. I got to the shop only to find out that I had left all my money at home.
10. I can’t afford to buy that expensive car. 11. The teacher threatened to punish the students who had
not done their homework. 12. Everybody/Everyone agreed to put off/postpone the meeting. 13. Susan
had promised to help me, but then she refused to do it. 14. She decided to go alone. 15. He swore not
to tell lies. 16. Would you like to go for a walk in the park? 17. I wasn’t allowed to use my father’s car.
18. The old lady was seen to steal the necklace. 19. Mary was made/obliged/compelled/forced to tidy her
bedroom. 20. I got my father to buy me a new scooter. 21. Do you want me to help you? 22. He was
impatient for his girlfriend to arrive. 23. It’s normal for us to go to bed early. 24. I’m waiting for Barbara
to get ready. 25. It was very silly/stupid of him/her not to keep his/her promise. 26. The door isn’t wide
enough for Tom to go through. 27. Do you know that girl? I can’t remember her name. 28. You’d better
speak/talk to her. 29. ‘Shall we go to the theatre tonight?’ ‘I’d rather go to the cinema.’ 30. My mother
made me mow the lawn yesterday morning. 31. My parents don’t let me wear the clothes I like. 32. I
heard the woman cry ‘Help!’ once. 33. Why not go to the theatre, instead? 34. We decided to go and
see a film at the Odeon. 35. I couldn’t do anything but accept his/her offer.
82 Answer Key - Turn into English
FILE 42-2
1. No smoking. 2. Eileen has been studying Spanish for six months. 3. The woman sitting on the
bench was crying. 4. A spend a lot of time reading. 5. My mother wakes me up before going / she goes
to work. 6. He earns his living by working as an electrician. 7. Being very nervous, Frank made a lot of
mistakes. 8. I couldn’t help laughing. 9. He has difficulty (in) learning foreign languages. 10. What’s
the use of worrying about this? 11. It’s no use pretending (that) you didn’t know that/it. 12. It’s an idea
(which is) worth considering. 13. It’s no use complaining: they never take any notice. 14. Steve is
terrible at dancing. 15. He went away without saying goodbye. 16. We are not used to going to bed late.
17. She apologised for breaking my glasses. 18. The girl risked drowning. 19. In my free time I adore/
love reading. 20. Why don’t we go shopping this afternoon? 21. The child/kid admitted breaking the
window. 22. You’ll waste your time trying to persuade her to come with us. 23. On passing/walking by
his bedroom, I saw him studying. 24. I apologise for keeping you waiting. 25. When I went into my room
I found/got my sister reading my diary. 26. Mary’s words set me thinking. 27. I’m worried about Keith’s/
Keith working so much/hard. 28. I don’t mind him/his going out after dinner. 29. I can’t stand Martin’s/
Martin smoking in the house. 30. His disability prevents him from walking.
FILE 42-3
1. The weather was good, but in the afternoon it started raining. 2. ‘What’s the weather like?’ ‘It’s
starting to snow.’ 3. ‘Would you like to dance?’ ‘No, thank you/thanks. I don’t like dancing.’ 4. Michael
detests queuing. 5. I hate to tell you this, but you didn’t pass the exam / you failed the exam. 6. I hate
doing the housework. 7. I stopped smoking two months ago. 8. We stopped at a restaurant to have
lunch. 9. He didn’t say anything, but he just went on working. 10. After her initial career as a teacher,
Mary went on to become a doctor. 11. I promise. I won’t forget to call/phone you. 12. I’ll never forget
getting my first wages. 13. Remember to lock the door. 14. I remember locking the door yesterday.
15. I regret to tell you that I don’t agree with you. 16. I regret telling him a lie when I talked to him.
17. I meant to call you back, but then I forgot. 18. Becoming good at something means practising for
hours. 19. You can travel by train, but this will mean travelling for 12 hours. You’d better fly. 20. ‘I tried
to remove this spot from the carpet, but it was impossible.’ ‘Why don’t you try using this stain remover?
It’s fantastic.’ 21. Harry proposed renting a tandem. 22. He/She proposed to rent a car, but then he/she
decided to go/travel by train. 23. I need to wash my hands. 24. My hands need washing.
25. The man advised taking the motorway. 26. The travel agent advised us to choose another country for
our holiday. 27. The headmaster forbade playing football unsupervised after school. 28. They forbade
us / We were forbidden to play football in the park. 29. The guide recommended taking warm clothes
for the excursion in the mountain. 30. The travel agent recommended us to book our flight early. 31. I
watched Mark repair his scooter from the beginning to the end. 32. On passing/walking by Ted’s house, I
saw him washing his car. 33. Alan is said to be somewhere abroad. 34. Robert is known to have spent
many years in America. 35. He must have left because I saw him packing up. 36. The children denied
breaking (also: having broken) the window. 37. Having missed the bus, James got to / arrived at school
rather/quite late. 38. I detest being woken up in the early morning.
SUPPLEMENTARY SECTIONS - ANSWER KEY
1
A
1. Neither can Tom.
2. Neither have I.
1
3. So did I.
1. yet; 2. still; 3. more; 4. again; 5. yet, still; 6. again;
4. So does Jane.
7. more; 8. again; 9. yet; 10. still.
5. Neither could I.
6. So would Bob.
2
1. Is he still working for a travel agency? 2
2. Is he still married? 1. So will Ted. / Ted will too.
3. Has he still got a moustache? 2. So did Jim. / Jim did too.
4. Does he still smoke a lot? 3. Neither did I. / I didn’t either.
4. So could Mark. / Mark could too.
3 5. Neither could we. / We couldn’t either.
1. He hasn’t gone to bed yet. 6. Neither will Mary. / Mary won’t either.
2. He hasn’t woken up yet. 7. Neither have I. / I haven’t either.
3. They haven’t finished yet. 8. So does Linda. / Linda does too.
4. I haven’t decided yet. 9. Neither did Peter. / Peter didn’t either.
10. So does Gloria. / Gloria does too.
4
1. We are still tired but we aren’t bored any 3
more. 1. Even if; 2. Even though; 3. even; 4. Even; 5. even
2. She is still a clever student but she isn’t the best if; 6. Even though.
in the class any more.
3. I still have a moustache but I haven’t got a beard 4
any more. 1. I can’t.
4. She still works in London but she doesn’t go 2. I haven’t.
there by car any more. 3. I don’t.
4. I can.
5 5. I did.
1. anymore; 2. no longer; 3. still; 4. no longer; 6. I didn’t.
5. anymore; 6. still.
5
6 1. Oh, did she?
1. like; 2. as; 3. like; 4. as; 5. as; 6. like; 7. as; 2. Oh, do you?
8. like. 3. Oh, were they?
4. Oh, aren’t I?
7 5. Oh, do I?
1. as; 2. how; 3. How; 4. like; 5. as; 6. as; 7. As; 6. Oh, have you?
8. How; 9. How; 10. like. 7. Oh, had they?
8. Oh, can she?
8
1. c; 2. e; 3. b; 4. a; 5. d. 6
1. do they; 2. haven’t you; 3. won’t we; 4. can’t she;
9 5. do you; 6. did he; 7. shall we; 8. will you; 9. will
1. What’s the weather like? you.
2. What did the robbers look like?
3. What was the hotel like? 7
4. What does your boyfriend look like? 1. I hope not.
5. What are your parents like? 2. I don’t think so.
6. What would you like (to drink)? 3. I hope so.
84 Answer Key - Supplementary Sections
4. I suppose so. B
5. I expect so. 1. irritare/infastidire; 2. organizzare/combinare;
6. I don’t suppose so. / I suppose not. 3. assistere/frequentare; 4. illudersi/ingannare;
7. I suppose so. 5. fallire nel tentativo di fare; 6. designare un
8. I’m afraid so. candidato; 7. accadere/verificarsi; 8. lucidare;
9. fingere; 10. riprendersi/guarire; 11. rapinare;
8 12. sostenere/fare il tifo.
1. I don’t think so.
2. I hope so. C
3. I hope not. 1. irritato/infastidito; 2. coraggioso; 3. sensato/di
4. I don’t think so. buon senso; 4. coerente; 5. comodo/opportuno;
5. I hope so. 6. timido/insicuro; 7. istruito/colto; 8. spendaccione/
6. I think so. smodato; 9. pignolo; 10. cordiale/gioviale/gentile;
11. abitato; 12. pazzo.
C D
1. effettivamente; 2. infine/prima o poi; 3. forse/può
1 darsi.
1. village; 2. town; 3. house; 4. customers;
5. clothes; 6. children; 7. tickets; 8. game; 9. jokes; 3
10. robbers; 11. burglar; 12. job; 13. labour; 1. topic; 2. attending; 3. check; 4. understanding;
14. weather; 15. tense; 16. time; 17. pair; 5. possible; 6. boring; 7. sensitive; 8. current.
18. politics; 19. street; 20. lanes; 21. way; 22. way,
stranger; 23. voyage; 24. journey; 25. travel; 26. girl; 4
27. Mr. 1. eventually; 2. Possibly; 3. actually.
2
1. fares → tickets
2. shoplifter → thief SECTION 2 Word Formation
3. weather → time
4. pair → couple A
5. time → weather 1
6. time → tense PREFISSO RADICE SUFFISSO
7. big → great 1. disagreement dis agree ment
2. imprudently im prudent ly
3
3. unreasonable un reason able
1. handsome; 2. high; 3. tall; 4. big; 5. great;
4. unhappily un happy ly
6. pretty; 7. small; 8. little; 9. only; 10. lonely;
11. Just; 12. only; 13. soon; 14. early; 15. soon. 2
verbo sostantivo verbo negativo
1. to appear appearance to disappear
D
2. to approve approval to disapprove
1 3. to connect connection to disconnect
1. b; 2. c; 3. b; 4. b; 5. b; 6. c; 7. a; 8. c. 4. to motivate motivation to demotivate
5. to pack packing to unpack
2
A 3
1. consiglio/i; 2. lite/discussione; 3. fabbrica; verbo sostantivo aggettivo
4. mensa/refettorio; 5. sicurezza/fiducia (in se 1. to compete competition competitive
stessi); 6. avvenimento; 7. destinatario; 8. mobili; 2. to destroy destruction destructive
9. struzzo; 10. marciapiede; 11. genitori; 12. diceria/ 3. to direct direction direct
pettegolezzo/voce; 13. romanzo; 14. foratura (di 4. to prefer preference preferable
pneumatico); 15. illusione; 16. istruzione. 5. to succeed success successful
Answer Key - Supplementary Sections 85
4 5
aggettivo sostantivo verbo sostantivo aggettivo aggettivo negativo
1. dark darkness to darken 1. ability able unable
2. deep depth to deepen 2. fitness fit unfit
3. strong strength to strengthen 3. friendship friendly unfriendly
4. weak weakness to weaken 4. tolerance tolerant intolerant
5. wide width to widen 5. honesty honest dishonest
6
verbo sostantivo aggettivo aggettivo negativo avverbio
1. to act action active inactive actively
2. to care care careful careless carefully
3. to comfort comfort comfortable uncomfortable comfortably
4. to hope hope hopeful hopeless hopefully
5. to respect respect respectable unrespectable respectably
6. to satisfy satisfaction satisfactory unsatisfactory satisfactorily
7. to suspect suspicion suspicious unsuspicious suspiciously
8. to use use useful useless usefully
7 TOWARDS CERTIFICATIONS
1. scientific; 2. national; 3. wonderful; 4. marvellous;
5. windy; 6. daily; 7. hungry; 8. angry; 9. thirsty; 1 FCE – Reading and Use of English Part 3
10. careful. 1. capability/capabilities; 2. anxiously; 3. impossible;
4. production; 5. unenthusiastic; 6. careless;
8 7. profitable; 8. valuable.
1. attractive; 2. admirable; 3. lovable/loveable;
4. responsible. 2 FCE – Reading and Use of English Part 3
1. revolutionary; 2. inconvenience; 3. endless;
9 4. enjoyable; 5. availability; 6. allowing;
1. dishonest; 2. immature; 3. irresponsible; 7. intercontinental; 8. improvement.
4. unforgettable; 5. illegal.
B
10
1. careless; 2. restful; 3. harmful; 4. painful; 1
5. harmless. (a)
2. f - swimming pool;
11 3. a - haircut;
1. safety; 2. shyness; 3. independence; 4. difficulty. 4. b - bedroom;
5. h - driving licence;
12 6. g - notebook;
1. collection; 2. preference; 3. performance; 7. e - washing machine;
4. refusal; 5. retirement; 6. appearance. 8. d - headache.
13 (b)
1. prepaid; 2. to oversleep; 3. to rewrite; 1. bedroom; 2. washing machine; 3. haircut;
4. dishonest; 5. to foresee; 6. to misunderstand; 4. swimming pool; 5. driving licence; 6. headache;
7. an outlaw; 8. a non-smoker. 7. greenhouse; 8. notebook.
14 2
1. cheerful; 2. reliable; 3. dangerous; 4. bravely; 1. the car key; 2. a sleeping bag; 3. the kitchen door;
5. helpful; 6. supportive; 7. generosity; 8. careless; 4. the taxi driver; 5. a Christmas present; 6. a toy
9. carelessly; 10. frightened. shop; 7. a birthday party; 8. birthday; 9. a forty-five-
year-old woman; 10. a blue-eyed girl.
15
1. citizenship; 2. emptiness; 3. forecast; 4. freedom; 3
5. misspell; 6. understandable; 7. careful; 8. sharpen. 1. women astronauts; 2. shoe shops; 3. flower pots;
86 Answer Key - Supplementary Sections
4 2
1. una caraffa da latte (lattiera) - una caraffa di latte 1. ; 2. ; 3. analysis; 4. phenomenon; 5. ; 6. ;
2. una tazza da tè - una tazza di tè 7. datum; 8. .
3. una zuccheriera - una ciotola di zucchero
4. un barattolo da marmellata - un barattolo di 3
marmellata (a)
5. un vaso da fiori - un vaso di fiori 1. binoculars; 2. sunglasses; 3. glasses; 4. scissors;
6. una scatola da cioccolatini - una scatola di 5. pyjamas; 6. trousers.
cioccolatini
(b)
1. pyjamas; 2. binoculars; 3. scissors; 4. sunglasses;
C 5. trousers; 6. glasses.
1 4
1. Finland; 2. French, French; 3. Italians; 4. Chinese, 1. savings; 2. earnings; 3. belongings.
Chinese; 5. Dutch; 6. Irishmen; 7. Spaniard; 8. the
Japanese, Arabic; 9. Pakistanis; 10. Scottish; 11. 5
Scots, English; 12. English people; 13. Austrians; 1. are; 2. are; 3. was; 4. is; 5. were; 6. are; 7. is;
14. Welsh, Wales; 15. Danes; 16. Australian; 8. were; 9. is; 10. are; 11. is; 12. is.
17. Scotch.
SECTION 3 Something More About Nouns SECTION 4 Something More About Prepositions
A A-B
1 1
1. poem; 2. suitcases; 3. money; 4. works; 5. job; 1. to; 2. at; 3. with; 4. on; 5. with; 6. with.
6. hotels; 7. some wood; 8. knives and forks;
9. business; 10. travel. 2
1. afraid of; 2. worried about; 3. kind of; 4. tired of;
2 5. good at.
1. a. a (C), b. (U);
2. a. (U), b. a (C); 3
3. a. (U), b. a (C); 1. responsible for; 2. happy about/with;
4. a. (U), b. a (C). 3. dependent on; 4. generous to; 5. angry with.
3 4
1. a. papers b. paper 1. for; 2. on; 3. for; 4. with; 5. for; 6. to; 7. of; 8. to;
2. a. money b. coins 9. to; 10. on.
3. a. music b. song
4. a. poetry b. poem 5
5. a. hotel b. accommodation 1. for these kinds of goods; 2. in prices in the last
few months; 3. with his classmates.
4
1. a. change b. a change
2. a. room b. a room C
3. a. fruits b. fruit
4. a. a job b. works c. work 1
5. a. glass b. a glass 1. at; 2. at; 3. by; 4. To; 5. by; 6. by; 7. on; 8. From;
Answer Key - Supplementary Sections 87
9. On; 10. On; 11. By; 12. by; 13. out-of-; 14. under; Discutine con l’insegnante.)
15. On. 1. What a nice/beautiful dress!
2. I approve of your decision.
2 3. I’m in favour of this war. / I’m against this war.
1. b; 2. i; 3. e; 4. c; 5. d; 6. f; 7. j; 8. a; 9. h; 10. g. 4. I’m so pleased!
5. How stupid of me!
3 6. What on earth are you doing!
1. e - on; 2. d - To; 3. c - to; 4. f - out of; 5. j - on; 6. b 7. With a bit of luck we will be home soon.
- out of; 7. i - out of; 8. h - on; 9. a - by; 10. g - on. 8. It’s a pity that you can’t come.
9. I wish he/she were/was here.
10. If only he/she would listen to me.
11. I’m dying for a glass of water.
SECTION 5 Communicative Functions 12. If only I hadn’t drunk so much. / I wish I hadn’t
drunk so much.
A-B 13. It’s very worrying that he hasn’t phoned yet. I’m
afraid something must have happened.
1 (Possibili soluzioni. Altre soluzioni sono possibili. 14. It’s such a relief to know that he is fine.
Discutine con l’insegnante.) 15. Oh, dear! I’m so sorry.
1. Good morning, Mrs Jones.
2. Hello/Hi, Bob. How are you?
3. Martin, this is Alex / meet Alex. C
4. Good night, Peter. Hope to see you soon. / See
you soon, I hope. 1
5. Bye! See you tomorrow. 1. h; 2. c; 3. d; 4. k; 5. e; 6. f; 7. a; 8. g; 9. b; 10. l;
6. Say hello to Susan. 11. j; 12. i.
7. Congratulations!
8. Thank you (very much). 2
9. You’re welcome. 1. g; 2. c; 3. h; 4. b; 5. e; 6. a; 7. f; 8. d.
10. I’m terribly sorry. / I do apologise.
11. It doesn’t matter. / Oh, that’s all right. 3
12. Speaking. 1. b; 2. a; 3. f; 4. c; 5. g; 6. d; 7. e.
13. Hold the line. I’ll put you through.
14. Sorry, you’ve got the wrong number. 4
15. Yours faithfully, 1. k; 2. d; 3. e; 4. h; 5. f; 6. g; 7. j; 8. a; 9. i; 10. b;
16. Yours, / Love, / Truly yours, 11. c.
17. It’s all right.
18. It doesn’t matter to me. / It’s all the same to me. 5
a, b, d.
2 (Possibili soluzioni. Altre soluzioni sono possibili.
Discutine con l’insegnante.) 6
1. What do you think of jazz? a, c, d.
2. Frankly, I think (that) it’s terrible.
3. Yes, I quite agree (with you). / Yes, you are 7
absolutely right. a, b, c.
4. Are you joking?
5. Excuse me, could I just say something? 8
6. By the way, now that you mention … I’d like … / a, b, d.
Incidentally, that reminds me …
7. Well, actually, there were only 200. 9
8. Sorry? I didn’t understand what you said. Could a, b, d.
you say that again?
9. What exactly do you mean? 10
10. And what’s more, I’ve got a headache / my head a, b, d.
aches.
11
3 (Possibili soluzioni. Altre soluzioni sono possibili. a, b, d.
88 Answer Key - Supplementary Sections
20 24
1. He wasn’t able to speak to the boss. 1. Do you feel like going on a day trip to Bath next
2. Our eyes are capable of seeing only a narrow Saturday?
spectrum of light. 2. The teacher wants the students to stop making
3. Did you really succeed in translating that letter so much noise.
from our Chinese customers? 3. I wish I had a car to drive you to the airport.
4. It was very heavy but he was able to lift it easily. 4. I wish you wouldn’t smoke so much.
5. I know how to drive a lorry. 5. I wish you a Merry Christmas.
6. May I have a look at your newspaper, please? 6. I’d rather go to the cinema than watch a video at
7. Would you mind giving me a hand? home.
8. Can I borrow your dictionary for a second? 7. During the summer holidays my grandfather
9. May I use your computer, please? would take me fishing.
10. Are you allowed to go out if you haven’t finished 8. When Molly was a child she used to take her
your homework? teddy bear to bed with her.
11. The man was not permitted to see his children.
12. I’m not allowed to use Dad’s car.
4 3
1. wait; 2. attend; 3. expecting; 4. expects; 1. need; 2. listening to; 3. trust; 4. played;
5. waiting; 6. attending; 7. expected; 8. waiting. 5. divorced; 6. ask … for; 7. answer; 8. worry about.
5 4
1. rent; 2. rented; 3. hire; 4. met, know; 5. get to 1. How long have you been waiting for me?
know; 6. brought up; 7. grown; 8. grow; 9. putting 2. I miss my boyfriend.
on; 10. wearing; 11. borrow; 12. lend; 13. remember; 3. Did you listen to the radio this morning?
14. Remind; 15. miss; 16. missed; 17. missed; 4. Simon joined our club last month.
18. lost, checked; 19. checked; 20. control; 5. Cut the potatoes into small cubes/pieces.
21. speak; 22. talk; 23. speak; 24. suit; 25. fit. 6. He filled the glass with red wine.
7. Excuse me, can/may I have a look at your
6 newspaper?
1. wearing; 2. check; 3. carry; 4. speak; 5. missed; 8. Mark and Ted are playing cards.
6. took; 7. remember; 8. tastes; 9. watching;
10. control.
E
B 1
1. down; 2. into; 3. out; 4. out; 5. into; 6. up.
1
1. does; 2. make; 3. makes; 4. make; 5. do; 6. did; 2
7. make; 8. did; 9. making; 10. makes; 11. make; 1. back; 2. up; 3. about; 4. up; 5. back; 6. up.
12. done; 13. do; 14. do; 15. making; 16. do;
3
17. make.
1. into; 2. back; 3. round; 4. across; 5. round;
6. back.
2
1. an effort; 2. a test; 3. friends; 4. business; 5. a
4
choice; 6. a translation.
1. off; 2. up; 3. down; 4. out; 5. out; 6. off.
3
5
1. pay; 2. pack; 3. play; 4. went; 5. take.
1. on; 2. away; 3. away; 4. over; 5. on; 6. down.
6
C 1. up; 2. away; 3. in; 4. back; 5. away; 6. out.
1 7
1. D; 2. A; 3. D; 4. B; 5. D; 6. B; 7. D; 8. C. 1. off/out; 2. on; 3. out; 4. off; 5. over; 6. through.
2 8
1. didn’t get the joke; 2. got it; 3. got a lot of antique 1. up; 2. into; 3. after; 4. for; 5. at; 6. forward to.
furniture; 4. got a lot of presents; 5. to get to; 6. get
me a knife. 9
1. on; 2. out; 3. up; 4. aside; 5. off; 6. through.
3
1. sunburnt; 2. bored; 3. arrested; 4. divorced; 10
5. excited; 6. married. 1. out; 2. over; 3. out; 4. into; 5. after; 6. out.
11
D 1. down; 2. off; 3. off; 4. on; 5. up; 6. after.
1 12
1. from; 2. of; 3. in; 4. to, for; 5. on; 6. for; 7. about; 1. down; 2. off; 3. up; 4. up; 5. up; 6. into.
8. for; 9. to; 10. on; 11. on; 12. from; 13. of; 14. of.
13
2 1. out of; 2. for; 3. over; 4. after; 5. forward to; 6. up;
1. ; 2. ; 3. ; 4. at; 5. ; 6. about; 7. ; 8. , on. 7. after; 8. into.
90 Answer Key - Supplementary Sections
14 8
1. round; 2. into; 3. into; 4. across; 5. out; 6. down. 1. for; 2. up; 3. of; 4. of; 5. up; 6. over; 7. out; 8. up;
9. up for; 10. out; 11. away.
15
1. down; 2. off; 3. on; 4. out; 5. up. 9
1. through; 2. up; 3. down to; 4. back, forward;
16 5. down; 6. off; 7. up with; 8. out; 9. off; 10. out;
1. Turn the television down. 11. up.
2.
3. 10
4. I went to the station to pick my friend up. 1. after; 2. across; 3. out of; 4. over; 5. through;
5. 6. for; 7. apart; 8. out; 9. back; 10. off; 11. about;
6. 12. off; 13. up; 14. on.
7.
8. 11
9. 1. for; 2. up; 3. on; 4. in; 5. on; 6. after; 7. up; 8. off;
10. We put our friends up, when they came to 9. up; 10. in; 11. back; 12. off; 13. to.
England.
12
17 1. to; 2. on; 3. up; 4. up; 5. off; 6. away; 7. down;
1. B; 2. A; 3. C; 4. B; 5. A; 6. B; 7. A; 8. C; 9. A; 10. C. 8. around; 9. into; 10. around; 11. over; 12. out for;
13. off; 14. out.
18
1. c; 2. d; 3. j; 4. e; 5. i; 6. h; 7. f; 8. g; 9. a; 10. b.
G
F 1
1. out; 2. up; 3. up; 4. up; 5. in; 6. down; 7. in; 8. in;
1 9. out; 10. apart; 11. out; 12. out; 13. out; 14. up.
1. away; 2. back; 3. in; 4. off; 5. over; 6. up; 7. up;
8. up; 9. down; 10. down; 11. off; 12. up. 2
1. grows up; 2. have grown back; 3. have grown
2 into; 4. has grown out of.
1. for; 2. in at; 3. for; 4. on; 5. on; 6. on; 7. out; 8. off;
9. around; 10. out. 3
1. held back; 2. let … down; 3. log in; 4. hang out;
3 5. hangs up; 6. hold on; 7. log out/off; 8. let … in.
1. across; 2. round; 3. about; 4. out in; 5. round;
6. round; 7. out; 8. in; 9. out; 10. for; 11. for; 12. out; 4
13. in; 14. through. 1. work out; 2. showing off; 3. stick to; 4. think …
over; 5. tore up; 6. sorted out; 7. throw away;
4 8. work out; 9. wore off; 10. stand for; 11. stand up
1. along (also: on); 2. on; 3. away with; 4. away; for; 12. standing for; 13. told … off.
5. down to; 6. over; 7. of; 8. through; 9. across;
10. down; 11. back.
REVISION AND CONSOLIDATION
5
1. back on; 2. on at; 3. on; 4. off; 5. out; 6. over; 7. in Phrasal verbs
for; 8. down; 9. in; 10. out.
1
6 1. got over; 2. get through; 3. got around; 4. got
1. back; 2. off; 3. down; 4. back; 5. from; 6. in; 7. to; away; 5. got away with; 6. get rid of that.
8. on; 9. up with; 10. on; 11. up with.
2
7 1. was looking for the bone; 2. the security guard
1. through; 2. back on; 3. down on; 4. back; 5. out; run after; 3. came into an enormous amount; 4.
6. over; 7. on; 8. out for. was called to put out; 5. takes after; 6. look back
Answer Key - Supplementary Sections 91
4
H-I 1. will not/won’t mix; 2. will/’ll get; 3. wouldn’t have
accepted; 4. is; 5. would you do; 6. would you have
1 done; 7. would have been; 8. would you cope;
1. to be; 2. that he had noticed; 3. stealing; 4. us to 9. wouldn’t let; 10. would have; 11. wouldn’t be;
take; 5. for being; 6. for a taxi to collect us; 7. that 12. will/’ll get.
the flowers should be watered; 8. about having to
do; 9. to put; 10. that he had slept. 5
(a)
2 1. happened; 2. was; 3. was; 4. got; 5. had; 6. had
1. that we should pay; 2. to see; 3. to receive; occurred; 7. was; 8. was raining; 9. had been;
4. having; 5. having; 6. us to cut; 7. that the law is 10. had left; 11. had taken; 12. entered; 13. felt;
obeyed; 8. that you will find; 9. to understand; 14. looked; 15. was; 16. remembered; 17. are;
10. trickling; 11. reading; 12. for causing; 13. to visit; 18. realise; 19. are; 20. will give; 21. were;
14. that it would be. 22. wouldn’t trust; 23. ordered; 24. asked; 25. was
staying; 26. answered; 27. told; 28. were; 29. have
3 you been; 30. asked; 31. ’ve just arrived; 32. are you
1. not to send; 2. that we should go; 3. putting; staying/are you going to stay; 33. wish;
4. dry; 5. to stop; 6. seeing; 7. his coming; 8. that all 34. realised; 35. would have; 36. had; 37. was
the soldiers should attend; 9. to our leaving; watching (also: had been watching); 38. turned;
10. going; 11. that he didn’t mind. 39. made; 40. saw; 41. will never forget; 42. live;
43. was; 44. was looking; 45. was wearing; 46. was;
4 47. noticed; 48. was; 49. had; 50. was; 51. looked;
1. that we should see; 2. to do; 3. me to post; 4. that 52. was; 53. was making; 54. started; 55. said;
I had; 5. losing; 6. to set; 7. hearing; 8. in offending; 56. felt; 57. was; 58. pointed; 59. can’t; 60. said;
9. that I should take; 10. to change. 61. opened; 62. came; 63. wanted; 64. couldn’t;
65. was; 66. felt; 67. turned; 68. saw; 69. was; 70. said;
71. ’ll see; 72. looked; 73. saw; 74. was crackling; 75.
J ticking; 76. was smiling; 77. had happened/happened.
1 (b)
1. is sleeping; 2. drives; 3. isn’t playing, is watching; 1. is; 2. was; 3. drape; 4. inspired; 5. stayed; 6. is;
4. go; 5. is always leaving; 6. Do you have. 7. Would you risk.
VOCABULARY - ANSWER KEY
SECTION 1 Ex. 3
1. wide; 2. narrow; 3. deep; 4. shallow; 5. low;
6. high; 7. tall; 8. short; 9. easy; 10. difficult; 11. big;
Personal Details and Physical 12. small
FILE 1
Description
Ex. 4
Ex. 1 1. dry; 2. wet; 3. dirty; 4. clean; 5. tight; 6. loose
1. old; 2. live; 3. come; 4. job; 5. am; 6. married
Ex. 5
Ex. 2 1. nervous; 2. faithful; 3. dirty; 4. boiling;
1. surname; 2. name; 3. birthday; 4. old; 5. spell; 5. cowardly / afraid; 6. happy; 7. narrow-minded;
6. birth; 7. from; 8. job; 9. number; 10. address 8. low; 9. fat / thick; 10. wide; 11. stupid;
12. strong; 13. boring; 14. fast; 15. careless;
Ex. 3 16. heavy / dark
1. boy; 2. girl; 3. teenager; 4. family; 5. children;
6. woman; 7. man; 8. student Ex. 6
1. tense, relaxed; 2. fat, thin; 3. selfish, mean,
Ex. 4 friendly, generous; 4. hard-working, lazy, unfriendly
1. English, from; 2. Australian, France; 3. Scotland,
Ireland; 4. America, Germany
Ex. 7 Ex. 2
1. a beard; 2. is; 3. take; 4. wear; 5. scar 1. rabbit; 2. CD player; 3. eraser/rubber; 4. puppy;
5. keyboard; 6. trumpet; 7. ruler; 8. sunglasses;
Ex. 8 9. moped; 10. table tennis bat; 11. car; 12. kitten
1. moustache; 2. beard; 3. scar; 4. shoulders;
5. plaits; 6. pony tail; 7. handsome / good-looking; Ex. 3
8. plain; 9. ugly; 10. pretty; 11. married, single; 1. drums; 2. rucksack; 3. watch; 4. skateboard; 5.
12. skinny; 13. well-built laptop; 6. turtle
Ex. 4
1. school bag/rucksack; 2. sunglasses; 3. tennis
FILE 2 Contrastive Adjectives racket; 4. piano; 5. goldfish; 6. watch
Ex. 5
Ex. 1 1. play; 2. send; 3. ride; 4. take; 5. play; 6. drive;
1. straight; 2. crooked; 3. young; 4. old; 5. old; 7. have/’ve; 8. belongs; 9. received; 10. play
6. new
Ex. 6
Ex. 2 1. a/the; 2. a, a; 3. an; 4. a, a, The; 5. a; 6. a
1. cheap; 2. expensive; 3. closed; 4. open; 5. thick;
6. thin; 7. fat; 8. thin; 9. tidy; 10. untidy; 11. fast; Ex. 7
12. slow Open answers
Answer Key - Vocabulary 93
Ex. 8 Ex. 3
1. on; 2. on, in; 3. on; 4. off; 5. at; 6. on; 7. on; 8. off; 1. primary; 2. secondary school; 3. 16, 17 or 18;
9. with; 10. on 4. attend; 5. GCSE; 6. Physics; 7. language;
8. technical; 9. high school; 10. A Levels; 11.
university
Ex. 2 Ex. 1
1. f; 2. d; 3. e; 4. c; 5. h; 6. i; 7. g; 8. a; 9. b; 10. m; 1. ruler; 2. pen; 3. pencil; 4. rubber/eraser; 5. dictionary;
11.n; 12. p; 13. l; 14. q; 15. o; 16. r; 17. j; 18. k 6. pencil-sharpener; 7. Interactive Multimedia;
Whiteboard/smartboard; 8. desk; 9. rucksack; 10. map
Ex. 3
1. d; 2. c; 3. b; 4. f; 5. a; 6. e; 7. h; 8. i; 9. j; 10. l; Ex. 2
11. g; 12. k People: teacher; janitor; headmaster; secretary
Places: library; laboratory; toilet; gym; canteen
Ex. 4 Furniture: desk; chair
1. goes off; 2. wake up; 3. stay; 4. get out; 5. brush; Objects: globe; calculator; map; eraser; chalk
6. get dressed; 7. sleep in
Ex. 3
Ex. 5 1. calculator; 2. chalk; 3. janitor; 4. toilets
1. take; 2. read; 3. start; 4. finish; 5. have a break;
6. have lunch; 7. meet; 8. eat Ex. 4
1. secretary’s office; 2. librarian; 3. teacher; 4. stylus
Ex. 6 / active pen; 5. calculator; 6. cabinet/locker; 7. gym;
1. get back home; 2. go for a walk; 3. call; 4. go; 8. janitor/caretaker
5. meet; 6. have dinner; 7. go to bed; 8. fall asleep;
9. set Ex. 5
1. classmates; 2. classroom; 3. school; 4. canteen;
5. sports centre; 6. atmosphere
Ex. 4 Ex. 3
1. change; 2. cost; 3. borrow; 4. lend; 5. charged; Examples: I’ve got a pair of trousers, shorts,
6. saving; 7. waste earrings, shoes, sandals, etc.
Ex. 5 Ex. 4
1. yes; 2. no; 3. yes; 4. yes; 5. no; 6. no; 7. no 1. got dressed; 2. put on; 3. umbrella; 4. took off;
5. out of fashion; 6. tried; 7. fit; 8. small; 9. size;
Ex. 6 10. buy
1. worth; 2. value; 3. afford; 4. expensive; 5. free;
6. convenient; 7. cheap; 8. lost; 9. miss; 10. lend; 11. Ex. 5
owe 1. suit, tight; 2. enough, too
Ex. 6
1. c; 2. d; 3. a; 4. e; 5. b
FILE 11 Shops and Shopping
Ex. 7
Ex. 1 1. b; 2. a; 3. d; 4. c; 5. e
1. stationery; 2. furniture; 3. toys; 4. periodical
publications; 5. cosmetics; 6. dairy products; Ex. 8
7. clothes; 8. fruit; 9. electrical appliances 1. a gold ring; 2. a flowery blouse; 3. a white and
blue striped T-shirt; 4. a pair of silver earrings;
Ex. 2 5. a yellow and green checked skirt; 6. a plain white
1. greengrocer’s; 2. baker’s/bakery; 3. butcher’s; pullover/jumper
96 Answer Key - Vocabulary
Ex. 3
FILE 13 Food and Drink
1. street; 2. road; 3. motorways; 4. roundabout;
5. crossroads; 6. zebra crossing; 7. junction; 8.
Ex. 1
traffic lights; 9. pavement; 10. bridge.
1. blackberries; 2. apple; 3. eggs; 4. tea-bags; 5. walnuts;
6. oranges; 7. milk; 8. tomato; 9. apricot; 10. coconut
Ex. 4
2 – f – L; 3 – b – D; 4 – g – A; 5 – h – E; 6 – c – C;
Ex. 2
7 – e – F; 8 – j – H; 9 – a – K; 10 – k – G; 11 – l – I;
Examples: 1. pepper, pear; 2. trout, tea; 3. mushrooms,
12 – i – J
melon; 4. cherry, cauliflower; 5. shrimp, sandwich;
6. apple, aubergine.
Ex. 3
1. fruit: flour; 2. drinks: butter; 3. meat: jam; 4. dairy FILE 15 Weather and Seasons
products: soup; 5. vegetables: crisps
Ex. 1
Ex. 4 1. snowing, snowy
Numerabili: melon / banana / apple / egg / tomato / 2. sun, shining, sunny
aubergine 3. raining, rainy
Non numerabili: cheese / rice / milk / wine / meat / 4. clouds, cloudy
pasta 5. wind, blowing, windy
6. fog, foggy
Ex. 5
1. some; 2. any; 3. any; 4. any; 5. some, no Ex. 2
A : winter, cloudy, snows, cold
Ex. 6 B: spring, hot, warm, rains
1. tea, lemon; 2. oranges/lemons/pineapples; C: autumn, cold, cool, clouds, rains, blows
3. cheese, tomato; 4. mineral water; 5. milk, lemon; D: summer, shines, hot, sunny
6. tomato
Ex. 3
Ex. 7 1. It was so hot that;
1. order; 2. have; 3. cut; 4. fry; 5. peel, boil 2. It was so frosty that;
3. It was so rainy that;
Ex. 8 4. It was so snowy that;
1. f; 2. c; 3. b; 4. e; 5. g; 6. a; 7. d 5. It was so dry that;
6. It was so windy that;
Ex. 9 7. It was so foggy that
1. delicious / varied / etc.; 2. disgusting / limited /
tasteless/etc.; 3. bitter; 4. sweet; 5. ripe Ex. 4
1. pouring, cats; 2. shower; 3. thunder,
Ex. 10 lightning, heavy; 4. thick; 5. changes, clouds;
1. take; 2. start; 3. have; 4. like; 5. like; 6. order 6. forecast
Ex. 5
1. breeze → light wind → wind → strong wind →
FILE 14 Places, Roads and Signs
gale → hurricane
2. light rain → rain → heavy rain
Ex. 1
3. freezing cold → cold → chilly → cool → warm →
1. concert hall; 2. skating rink; 3. disco; 4. school;
hot → boiling hot
5. bridge; 6. (real) estate agency; 7. cinema: 8. bus
station; 9. library; 10. car park; 11. café; 12. gym;
13. tennis court; 14. department store; 15. police
station; 16. sports centre
FILE 16 Transport
Ex. 2
1. City Hall; 2. junction; 3. side street; 4. zebra Ex. 1
crossing; 5. signpost; 6. underground; 7. railway 1. van; 2. lorry (US: truck); 3. bus; 4. train; 5. plane;
station; 8. crossroad 6. ship
Answer Key - Vocabulary 97
Ex. 2 Ex. 3
1. engine; 2. bonnet; 3. indicator; 4. headlight; 1. platform; 2. passengers, arrival, arrive; 3. train
5. number-plate; 6. clutch; 7. footbrake;
8. accelerator; 9. ignition; 10. fuel gauge; Ex. 4
11. speedometer; 12. steering-wheel; 13. gear lever; 1. check-in desk; 2. boarding card; 3. seat number;
14. dashboard; 15. windscreen; 16. rear windscreen 4. passport control; 5. departure lounge; 6. duty-free
wiper; 17. boot; 18. rear-light; 19. bumper; shop; 7. take-off; 8. gate number; 9. get on;
20. exhaust-pipe; 21. wing mirror 10. hand luggage; 11. fasten; 12. runway; 13. takes
off; 14. cabin crew; 15. landing card; 16. lands;
Ex. 3 17. get off; 18. luggage; 19. customs; 20. gate
1. bumper; 2. headlight; 3. windscreen wiper; 4. seat
belt; 5. horn; 6. brake
Ex. 4 Ex. 3
1. blush; 2. yawn; 3. scream; 4. nod your head; 1 – c; 2 – a; 3 – h; 4 – b; 5 – e; 6 – d; 7 – f; 8 – g
5. shake your head; 6. cry
Ex. 4
Ex. 5 1. This is Mary. She is my roommate.
1 – d; 2 – b; 3 – e; 4 – f; 5 – a; 6 – c 2. We were classmates, back in 2008, weren’t we?
3. Old Mike still keeps in touch with his old shipmates.
Ex. 6 4. John’s not really a friend, he’s a workmate.
Adjective Noun
Ex. 5
1. furious fury 1. friendly; 2. friendship; 3. friend; 4. Friendless;
2. grateful gratefulness
5. unfriendly
3. anxious anxiety
4. inspired inspiration
Ex. 6
5. ecstatic ecstasy
James Garner and Bob Norton are workmates/
6. confused confusion
7. honest honesty colleagues.
8. frustrated frustration John Miles was once Paula Simon’s husband.
9. cheerful cheerfulness Bob Norton is one of his acquaintances. He is
10. enthusiastic enthusiasm Lisa Ford’s partner/flatmate.
11. apprehensive apprehension Anna Jones was once Bob Norton’s wife.
12. excited excitement Rose Parker is Bob Norton’s partner.
13. delightful delight Jane Hudson was Anna Jones’s classmate.
14. worried worry Bob Norton was once Anna Jones’s husband.
He was Paula Simon’s flatmate. He is Rose
Ex. 7 Parker’s partner. He is James Garner’s workmate/
Possibili risposte: colleague.
1. I felt anxious until I got the results of my Philip Wright was Anna Jones’s acquaintance.
exam. Lisa Ford is John Miles’s partner/flatmate.
2. I felt apprehensive before my trip to Japan.
3. I was grateful to them for giving me the ticket Ex. 7
to the concert. 1. of; 2. to; 3. X; 4. with; 5. along/on; 6. in; 7. about;
4. I felt enthusiastic when my team won the 8. you; 9. for; 10. X
Answer Key - Vocabulary 99
Ex. 1 Ex. 1
1. detective film; 2. adventure film; 3. science fiction Infinitive Past simple Past participle
film; 4. cartoon; 5. horror film; 6. musical; 7. western;
8. comedy; 9. romance; 10. war film to drop dropped dropped
1. to break broke broken
Ex. 2 2. to spill spilt / spilled spilt / spilled
1. films; 2. screen; 3. dubbed; 4. subtitles; 3. to ruin ruined ruined
5. places; 6. set; 7. fiction; 8. future; 9. director; 4. to burn burnt / burned burnt / burned
10. actresses; 11. plays; 12. stage; 13. cast; 5. to run ran run
14. book; 15. audience 6. to miss missed missed
7. to slip slipped slipped
Ex. 3 8. to lose lost lost
1. detective story; 2. sports event; 3. documentary; 9. to leave left left
4. quiz show; 5. current affairs; 6. drama 10. to forget forgot forgotten
11. to brake braked braked
Ex. 4 12. to prevent prevented prevented
1. receive; 2. remote control; 3. broadcasts; 13. to crash crashed crashed
4. television; 5. TV aerial 14. to trip tripped tripped
15. to skid skidded skidded
Ex. 5
1. spectators; 2. audience; 3. competitors; Ex. 2
4. viewers 1. d; 2. a; 3. f; 4. e; 5. c; 6. b
Ex. 3
1. of; 2. with; 3. of; 4. over; 5. on; 6. on, into
Ex. 3 Ex. 6
1. plug; 2. turn; 3. start up; 4. mouse; 5. key in; 1. f; 2. g; 3. d; 4. e; 5. c; 6. a; 7. b
6. click on; 7. deletes; 8. close; 9. off; 10. unplug
Ex. 7
Ex. 4 1. accident; 2. broke down; 3. rush hour; 4. traffic
1. b; 2. e; 3. d; 4. c; 5. f; 6. a; 7. g jam; 5. braked; 6. prevent; 7. crashed into; 8. badly
injured; 9. badly damaged
Ex. 5
1. surfed; 2. sent; 3. downloaded; 4. watched;
5. chatted
FILE 24 The Body and the Senses
Ex. 6
1. printed; 2. save; 3. programs; 4. send; 5. memory;
6. software; 7. cursor; 8. highlight Ex. 1
1. legs; 2. legs; 3. toes; 4. hand; 5. back; 6. hair;
Ex. 7 7. nose; 8. fingers; 9. neck; 10. neck; 11. tongue;
1. information technology; 2. influenced by; 3. have; 12. heart; 13. thumb; 14. feet; 15. nails;
4. on; 5. online 16. forehead; 17. shoulder; 18. leg; 19. shoulders;
20. arms
100 Answer Key - Vocabulary
Ex. 2 Ex. 3
1. A; 2. B; 3. C; 4. B; 5. C; 6. A; 7. B; 8. A; 9. C; 1 – e; 2 – f; 3 – c; 4 – a; 5 – g; 6 – b; 7 – d
10. B; 11. A; 12. C; 13. A
Ex. 4
Ex. 3 1. c; 2. f; 3. a; 4. e; 5. b; 6. d
1. noticed; 2. stared; 3. grabbed; 4. stroked; 5. press;
6. grabbed / snatched; 7. glanced; 8. observed Ex. 5
1. claws; 2. leg; 3. bat; 4. bee, snail; 5. Hedgehogs;
Ex. 4 6. dove; 7. cheetah; 8. gills
1. It sounds brilliant.
2. This tastes delicious. Ex. 6
3. I feel great/fine. 1. snake; 2. donkey; 3. turtle; 4. tortoise; 5. ant;
4. That smells wonderful. 6. bear; 7. monkey; 8. oyster; 9. ostrich;
5. That sounds fantastic. 10. grasshopper; 11. toad; 12. squid; 13. lizard;
6. He smells disgusting. 14. mosquito; 15. wasp; 16. bee
7. You look upset. What’s the matter?
Ex. 7
1. neigh; 2. bleat; 3. quack; 4. buzz; 5. moo;
6. croak; 7. bark; 8. cluck; 9. miaow (anche mew)
Health: Illnesses, Diseases and
FILE 25
Injuries
Ex. 1
Natural Disasters, Environmental
1. sneezing; 2. coughing; 3. blowing FILE 27
and Other Global Problems
Ex. 2
Ex. 1
1. a; 2. X; 3. a; 4. X; 5. a; 6. a; 7. X; 8. a; 9. a, X, X
1. flood; 2. earthquake; 3. volcanic eruption;
Ex. 3 4. drought; 5. hurricane
1. d; 2. e; 3. f; 4. c; 5. b; 6. a
Ex. 2
Ex. 4 1. earthquake; 2. hurricane; 3. volcanic eruption;
1. prescription; 2. a plaster; 3. pain; 4. sore throat; 5. 4. drought
temperature; 6. pain; 7. earache; 8. sneezed;
9. sick; 10. of; 11. with; 12. from; 13. healed; Ex. 3
14. treated; 15. cure; 16. wound 1-d-D; 2-a-B; 3-c-A; 4-b-C
Ex. 5 Ex. 4
1. takes; 2. takes; 3. listening to; 4. looked; 5. will weight 1. leprosy; 2. jungle fever/malaria; 3. cholera /
typhoid; 4. rabies; 5. yellow fever
Ex. 6
1. attack; 2. lung; 3. breathing; 4. disease; 5. illness; Ex.5
6. bruise; 7. burnt; 8. twisted
A
Noun Verb
FILE 26 The World Around Us 1. pollution to pollute
2. waste to waste
Ex. 1 3. protection to protect
1. a country; 2. an island; 3. a group of islands; 4. a 4. damage to damage
lake; 5. a river; 6. a mountain; 7. a sea; 8. a mountain 5. destruction to destroy
range; 9. a desert; 10. a volcano; 11. an ocean 6. threat to threaten
7. recycling to recycle
Ex. 2 8. safety to save
9. punishment to punish
1. whale; 2. zebra; 3. seal; 4. bat; 5. eel; 6. frog;
10. conservation to conserve
7. elephant; 8. crocodile
Answer Key - Vocabulary 101
B
FILE 29 Law & Order
Noun Adjective
1. environment environmental Ex. 1
2. danger dangerous People: witness, police, lawyer, defendant, jury,
3. poison poisonous judge
4. safety safe
Places: court, police station, jail, prison
5. pollution polluted
Ex. 2
Ex. 6
2 – b; 3 – e; 4 – c; 5 – a; 6 – f; 7 – h; 8 – g
1. deforestation; 2. polluted; 3. endangered;
4. chemicals; 5. banned; 6. extinction
Ex. 3
1. arrested; 2. police; 3. alcohol; 4. sell; 5. accompanied;
6. adult; 7. drink; 8. illegal
Ex. 2 Ex. 2
1. robbed, stole; 2. was stolen; 3. are robbed; 4. was 1. Have; 2. have; 3. take; 4. have; 5. give; 6. take;
robbed, stole 7. take; 8. take; 9. have; 10. give
Ex. 3 Ex. 3
1. kidnapped; 2. bribe; 3. smuggle; 4. set fire to; 1. paid; 2. told / didn’t tell; 3. got; 4. caught; 5. spent;
5. hijacked 6. burst
Ex. 4 Ex. 4
1. smuggler; 2. shoplifter; 3. hijacker; 4. murderer; 1. difference; 2. crazy/mad/insane; 3. temper;
5. kidnapper; 6. forger; 7. burglar; 8. hooligan; 4. mess; 5. breath; 6. alone
9. pickpocket; 10. vandal; 11. rapist; 12. blackmailer
Ex. 5
Ex. 5 1. lose; 2. take; 3. high; 4. same; 5. time; 6. tell;
1. drink/drunken driving; 2. illegal parking; 7. pass; 8. again; 9. on; 10. have; 11. hard; 12. by;
3. dangerous/careless driving; 4. speeding; 13. in
5. smuggling; 6. kidnapping; 7. terrorism
Ex. 6
Ex. 6 1. fight for survival; 2. return his call; 3. rent a flat;
1. to commit a crime; 2. to do something illegal; 3. to 4. take a minute; 5. protect your skin; 6. clear a
break the law; 4. to poison; 5. to stab; 6. to shoot space
102 Answer Key - Vocabulary
Ex. 7 Ex. 11
1. afford to; 2. hope to; 3. likely to; 4. forget to; 1. perks; 2. qualifications; 3. pressures
5. willing to; 6. slow to; 7. designed to
Ex. 12
Ex. 8 1. career; 2. job, career; 3. work; 4. work; 5. work,
2. bargain price; 3. seashore; 4. meat dish; job; 6. career; 7. work; 8. job; 9. work; 10. jobs
5. space shuttle; 6. stomach-ache; 7. school report;
8. science fiction Ex. 13
1. switch; 2. embarking on; 3. took off; 4. ruined/
wrecked; 5. pursue; 6. choose
Ex. 14
SECTION 2
1. varied; 2. the height/peak of his career;
3. prospects; 4. promising
Ex. 5 Ex. 20
1 – c; 2 – e; 3 – f; 4 – g; 5 – d; 6 – a; 7 – b 1. lay off; 2. trains; 3. employs; 4. recruiting, taking on
Ex. 6 Ex. 21
1. attractive; 2. helpful; 3. talented; 4. reliable; 1. members; 2. turnover; 3. vacancies; 4. dedication
5. qualified; 6. skilled; 7. accurate; 8. creative;
9. polite; 10. brave Ex. 22
1. carries; 2. include; 3. report; 4. suspended;
Ex. 7 5. failing
1. patient; 2. tactful; 3. determination; 4. imagination;
5. courageous; 6. fitness; 7. efficient; 8. accuracy Ex. 23
1. have; 2. leads; 3. study
Ex. 8
1. selfish; 2. reliable; 3. generous; 4. helpful; Ex. 24
5. stubborn; 6. optimistic; 7. impatient; 8. persistent; 1. lost, look; 2. was out; 3. go for; 4. applied
9. sensitive; 10. sensible
Ex. 25
Ex. 9 1. had; 2. invited; 3. prepare; 4. held; 5. dreading
1. looking; 2. applied; 3. hold; 4. lose; 5. got
Ex. 26
Ex. 10 1. left; 2. resigned; 3. hand ; 4. gave; 5. lost; 6. laid;
1. challenging; 2. stressful; 3. responsible; 7. make; 8. dismissed/fired/asked to leave/given the
4. rewarding; 5. boring sack; 9. got; 10. took; 11. maternity; 12. sick;
Answer Key - Vocabulary 103
Ex. 9
FILE 2 Transport, Travel and Holidays 1. miss; 2. got; 3. called; 4. delayed; 5. cancelled;
6. diverted; 7. catch
Ex. 1
Ex. 10
in the air: helicopter, plane, hot-air balloon, hang-glider
on land: car, moped, lorry, motorcycle, bus, taxi, 1. direct, connecting; 2. scheduled; 3. bumpy;
train, coach 4. smooth
in/on water: ship, boat, raft, canoe, hovercraft
submarine, ferry Ex. 11
1. be subject; 2. faced; 3. plagued; 4. led; 5. avoid;
Ex. 2a 6. apologise
1 – f; 2 – c; 3 – d; 4 – b; 5 – a; 6 – e
Ex. 12
Ex. 2b 1. accommodation; 2. hitch-hike; 3. guest-house;
1. drive; 2. ride, steering; 3. rowed; 4. flying; 5. fly; 4. book; 5. camp-site; 6. vacancy; 7. porter;
6. paddling; 7. fly 8. takes off; 9. claims to be; 10. head for; 11. gear;
12. abroad; 13. luggage; 14. hostel
Ex. 3a
1 – b; 2 – c; 3 – d; 4 – f; 5 – e; 6 – g; 7 – h; 8 – k; Ex. 13
9 – j; 10 – l; 11 – a; 12 – i; 13 – m 1. sandy, crowded, pebbly
2. grassy, steep
Ex. 3b 3. starry, cloudy, moonless, moonlit, gloomy, blue,
1. gears; 2. brake; 3. ignition; 4. boot; 5. rear view bright, grey
mirror; 6. dashboard 4. moonlit, moonless, gloomy, cloudy
5. heavy, light
Ex. 4a 6. strong, light
1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – b ; 4 – h; 5 – e; 6 – f; 7 – c; 8 – g; 7. bright
9 – j; 10 – k; 11 – i 8. heavy, light, thick
Ex. 4b Ex. 14
1. harbour; 2. mast; 3. deck; 4. cabins; 5. purser; 1. historical; 2. ancient; 3. antique; 4. historic;
6. lifeboats 5. old
Ex. 5 Ex. 15
1. crew flight deck / cockpit; 2. business class cabin; 1. reasonable; 2. open; 3. warm; 4. relaxing; 5. local;
3. galley; 4. turbofan engines; 5. retracting wheels; 6. exhausted
6. economy class cabins
Ex. 16
Ex. 6 1. popular; 2. intended; 3. exotic
1 – e; 2 – f; 3 – c; 4 – a; 5 – d; 6 – b
Ex. 17
Ex. 7a 1. regardless; 2. fitness; 3. historical;
A 1. platform; 2. compartments; 3. carriages; 4. adventurous; 5. unfair; 6. enjoyment; 7. pleasure;
4. buffet; 5. refreshments; 6. journey 8. attractive; 9. fully; 10. ensure
B 1. crew; 2. takeoff; 3. luggage; 4. locker;
5. position; 6. seatbelt; 7. equipment; 8. snack; 9. flight Ex. 18
C 1. purser; 2. captain; 3. voyage; 4. anchor; 1. information; 2. reservation; 3. cancellation;
5. harbour; 6. lifebelts; 7. station; 8. cabin 4. accommodation
Ex. 7b Ex. 19
A. railway station; B. plane; C. ship 1. airport; 2. runway; 3. takeoff/take-off; 4. railway
104 Answer Key - Vocabulary
Ex. 20 Ex. 13
1. sunshine; 2. houseboats; 3. campsite; 1. life; 2. war; 3. victim; 4. scene
4. backpack; 5. sidecar; 6. railway; 7. spacecraft
Ex. 14
Ex. 21 1. accusing; 2. arrested; 3. condemned;
1. seashore; 2. seabirds; 3. seaboard; 4. seaman; 4. confessed; 5. admitted; 6. denied; 7. prevent;
5. seaport; 6. seasick; 7. seaside 8. sentenced
Ex. 22 Ex. 15
1. broke down; 2. set off; 3. checked in; 4. heading 1. major; 2. minor; 3. serious; 4. capital; 5. first
for; 5. ran out; 6. looked after; 7. catch up
Ex. 16
1. alleged; 2. convicted; 3. first; 4. persistent;
5. Young, adult
FILE 3 Law, Crime and Punishment
Ex. 17
Ex. 1 1. murder; 2. easy; 3. innocent/helpless
1. enforce; 2. break; 3. annul; 4. become; 5. passed;
6. interpret; 7. obey Ex. 18a
1. the defendant/the accused; 2. lawyer; 3. witness;
Ex. 2 4. judge; 5. jury; 6. solicitor; 7. magistrates;
1. prohibits; 2. applies; 3. states; 4. requires 8. barrister
Ex. 8 Ex. 21
1. drug trafficker; 2. kidnapper; 3. rapist; 4. burglar; 1. acquitted; 2. arrested; 3. pleaded; 4. appear
5. terrorist
Ex. 22
Ex. 9 1. collapsed; 2. ended; 3. awaiting; 4. going;
1. arsonist; 2. hijacker; 3. kidnapper; 4. mugger; 5. brought; 6. received; 7. stand
5. murderer
Ex. 23
Ex. 10 1. gathering; 2. have; 3. give; 4. proves/proved
1. violent; 2. Petty, serious; 3. heinous; 4. terrible
Ex. 24
Ex. 11 1. circumstantial; 2. documentary; 3. forensic;
1. writer; 2. wave; 3. rate 4. false
Ex. 12 Ex. 25
1. commit; 2. organised; 3. accused; 4. charged; 1. consider; 2. reached; 3. deliver; 4. accept;
5. suspected; 6. prevent; 7. convicted; 8. solve 5. appeal; 6. reversed; 7. uphold
Answer Key - Vocabulary 105
Ex. 26 Ex. 11
1. pronounce; 2. received/got; 3. given; 4. serving; 1. drunk; 2. collision; 3. explosion; 4. safety
5. reduce
Ex. 12
Ex. 27 1. was blown down by; 2. is going to snow; 3. has
1. life; 2. away; 3. fined; 4. do; 5. sentence; 6. given; been cancelled; 4. due to the fact
7. warning; 8. prison
Ex. 13
1. drowned; 2. rescued; 3. put out
Ex. 25 Ex. 12
1. prevent; 2. suffered; 3. treated; 4. escape; 1. in; 2. from, with; 3. at, on, with; 4. from; 5. from
5. recover; 6. do; 7. caused; 8. died
Ex. 13
Ex. 26 1. caused; 2. avoid; 3. combating; 4. limit; 5. monitored;
1. reports; 2. extent; 3. series; 4. risk 6. threatening; 7. destroyed; 8. rising; 9. caused
Ex. 27 Ex. 14
horrific; serious; horrendous; appalling; multiple; life- 1. overcome; 2. inhaling; 3. pouring
threatening; head
Ex. 15
1. produced; 2. cleaning up; 3. burn; 4. processes;
5. recycles; 6. managing; 7. reduce; 8. eliminated;
FILE 5 Environment: SOS! 9. exported
Ex. 16
Ex. 1
1. put; 2. collected; 3. clearing; 4. throw; 5. left;
1. environment; 2. environment; 3. habitat;
6. picked
4. environment; 5. habitat
Ex. 2
1. provide; 2. adapted; 3. improve; 4. exploring; 5. protect
FILE 6 Feelings and Emotions
Ex. 3
1. threat; 2. harmony; 3. destruction; 4. damage; 5. effect Ex. 1
1. amazed; 2. brave; 3. calm; 4. disappointed;
Ex. 4 5. friendly; 6. melancholy; 7. thankful
1. environmental; 2. harmful; 3. resources;
4. protection; 5. recycling; 6. damaging; 7. Industrial Ex. 2
1. angry, furious
Ex. 5 2. glad, pleased, delighted, thrilled
1 – C; 2 – H; 3 – E; 4 – A; 5 – F; 6 – D; 7 – B; 8 – G 3. sad, miserable, depressed
4. terrified, frightened, scared
Ex. 6
1. release; 2. pour; 3. drops Ex. 3
1. thrilled; 2. annoyed; 3. delighted; 4. embarrassed;
Ex. 7 5. excited; 6. upset; 7. lucky; 8. indecisive;
1 – b; 2 – d; 3 – e; 4 – c; 5 – a 9. unhappy; 10. enthusiastic
Ex. 8 Ex. 4
1. insects, danger, contaminated, pesticides Adjective Noun
2. hunters, tusks, ivory, ornaments, habitat
3. polluted, fish, reduced, disappeared 1. important importance
4. kill, skins, properties, body 2. ashamed shame
3. guilty guilt
Ex. 9 4. frightened fright
1. extinction; 2. poverty; 3. unaware; 4. safety; 5. optimistic optimism
5. protection; 6. national; 7. Hunters; 8. conservation 6. curious curiosity
7. enraged rage
Ex. 10 8. disillusioned disillusionment
1. prevent; 2. support; 3. destroying; 4. farmland; 9. suspicious suspicion
5. protected; 6. natural; 7. planted; 8. lost; 10. tormented torment
9. encouraging; 10. countries 11. humiliated humiliation
Ex. 11 Ex. 5
1. pollution; 2. damage; 3. encouraged; 4. recycling; 1. guilt; 2. well-being; 3. dissatisfaction;
5. rubbish; 6. resources; 7. transport 4. apprehension; 5. loneliness; 6. freedom
Answer Key - Vocabulary 107
Ex. 6 ìEx. 23
1. intense; 2. positive; 3. hostile; 4. hurt; 1. felt; 2. express; 3. betrayed; 4. cover; 5. feigned;
5. Innermost; 6. mixed; 7. personal; 8. true 6. avoid; 7. doomed; 8. share
Ex. 7 Ex. 24
1. hurt; 2. control; 3. show; 4. hide; 5. suppress 1. string; 2. sense; 3. look
Ex. 8 Ex. 25
1. with; 2. with; 3. for; 4. in; 5. with; 6. To; 7. of; 8. at; 1. was; 2. came; 3. bring; 4. felt; 5. sighed; 6. gave/
9. into; 10. in; 11. with; 12. in; 13. for; 14. in; 15. for breathed/let out
Ex. 9 Ex. 26
1. filled; 2. glowing; 3. cry; 4. found; 5. brings; 1. lacks; 2. gained; 3. have; 4. lose; 5. boost;
6. buy; 7. wish 6. destroyed
Ex. 10 Ex. 27
1. guarantee; 2. key; 3. pursuit 1. showed; 2. feigned; 3. hide; 4. caused; 5. come;
6. had; 7. sprung; 8. be; 9. took
Ex. 11
1. get; 2. was; 3. read; 4. give Ex. 28
1. bad; 2. lazy; 3. defiant; 4. festive; 5. good;
Ex. 12 6. confident
1. endless; 2. simple; 3. unexpected; 4. great; 5. real
Ex. 13
1. feel; 2. express; 3. aroused; 4. subside; 5. control
FILE 7 Education and Learning
Ex. 14
1. surge; 2. outburst; 3. moment Ex. 1
1. excellent; 2. Poor; 3. Compulsory; 4. nursery;
Ex. 15 5. university; 6. professional; 7. all-round; 8. Full-
1. shook; 2. raise; 3. blazed; 4. exploded; time; 9. public; 10. private
5. stamped; 6. held
Ex. 2
Ex. 16 1. give; 2. investing; 3. pay; 4. received
1. feel; 2. paralysed; 3. showed; 4. fuelled;
5. overcome; 6. live Ex. 3
1. right; 2. aim; 3. standard
Ex. 17
1. irrational; 2. constant; 3. sudden; 4. deep Ex. 4
1. education; 2. educated; 3. educational;
Ex. 18 4. educative; 5. educator
1 – c; 2 – a; 3 – b
Ex. 5
Ex. 19 1. kindergarten; 2. university; 3. secondary school;
1. discuss; 2. forget; 3. causing; 4. have 4. primary school
Ex. 20 Ex. 6
1. main; 2. unnecessary; 3. nagging; 4. constant; 1. primary, elementary, secondary, nursery; 2. state;
5. major 3. special; 4. separate, mixed; 5. boarding, day;
6. summer; 7. medical
Ex. 21
1. sick; 2. source; 3. only; 4. least; 5. bit Ex. 7
1. a. lecturer; b. teacher; c. professor; d. tutor
Ex. 22 2. a. headmaster/principal; b. examiner; c. dean
1. provoked; 2. lead; 3. felt; 4. share; 5. cope; 3. a. pupil; b. student; c. graduate; d. classmate
6. reduce; 7. increase; 8. grows; 9. surface 4. a. course; b. lesson/class; c. subject; d. lecture
108 Answer Key - Vocabulary
Ex. 11 Ex. 21
1. fixed; 2. spare; 3. score; 4. professionally; 1. acted out; 2. acted up/clowned about; 3. clowned
5. champion; 6. referee; 7. outdoors; 8. captain about/acted up; 4. play along; 5. put off
Ex. 12
2. boxing - g; 3. swimming - e; 4. football - a; 5.
swimming - j; 6. football - f; FILE 9 Music and Sounds
7. boxing - b; 8. boxing - c; 9. sailing - h;
10. sailing - i Ex. 2
1. songs; 2. music; 3. songs/music; 4. music;
Ex. 13 5. songs; 6. music
1. f; 2. c; 3. b; 4. e; 5. d; 6. a
Ex. 3
Ex. 14 1. d; 2. c; 3. a; 4. e; 5. g; 6. b; 7. f;
1. critics; 2. writer; 3. artists; 4. novelists; 5. poet; 8. j; 9. h; 10. i; 11. l; 12. k
6. conductor; 7. dramatist; 8. film director
Ex. 4
Ex. 15 1. e; 2. c; 3. f; 4. d; 5. h; 6. a; 7. b; 8. g
1. orchestra, cast
2. director, producer Ex. 5a
3. author, screenwriter 1. orchestra; 2. cello player; 3. conductor; 4. band /
4. audience, spectators group; 5. singer; 6. choir; 7. rock star; 8. composer
5. clowns, acrobats
6. conductor, usher Ex. 5b
7. spectator, viewer 1. composer; 2. cello player; 3. orchestra;
4. conductor; 5. singer; 6. band / group; 7. choir;
Ex. 16 8. rock star
1. exciting (funfair)
2. boring (concert) Ex. 7b
3. amazed (amusement arcade) 1. clarinettist; 2. tuba player; 3. saxophonist; 4. viola
4. entertaining (cinema / film) player; 5. piper; 6. horn player
5. convinced (theatre)
6. interesting (museum) Ex. 7c
7. disappointing (ballet) 1. blow; 2. harp, plucks; 3. guitar, guitars; 4. strumming;
8. shocking (zoo) 5. gong; 6. drum; 7. Violin; 8. viola; 9. Bagpipes,
9. thrilling (opera / musical) blowing; 10. piano, keys; 11. lightly; 12. hitting
Ex. 17 Ex. 8
1. amusing; 2. bankable; 3. dramatic; 4. evergreen; 1. extraordinary; 2. mercifully; 3. upbringing;
5. hilarious; 6. moving; 7. predictable; 8. scary; 4. musical; 5. enabled; 6. achievement(s);
9. unmissable 7. relationship(s); 8. incurable
Ex. 18 Ex. 9
1. script; 2. setting; 3. directors; 4. leading ladies; 1. -shaped; 2. cover; 3. writer; 4. hall
5. rehearsals; 6. scenes; 7. cast; 8. antagonist;
9. plot; 10. characters Ex. 10a
1. headphones; 2. MP3 player; 3. wireless
Ex. 19 microphone; 4. electric keyboard; 5. CD player
1. foreground; 2. masterpiece; 3. autobiography;
4. backstage; 5. filmscripts; 6. funfair; 7. paperback; Ex. 10b
8. self-portrait; 9. dress circle; 10. soundtrack 1. CD player; 2. electric keyboard; 3. MP3 player;
4. Headphones; 5. wireless microphone
Ex. 20
1. about; 2. out of; 3. in; 4. on; 5. out of; 6. on; 7. at; Ex. 11b
8. for, in; 9. in; 10. for 1. jam session; 2. chin music; 3. changed his tune;
110 Answer Key - Vocabulary
Ex. 14 Ex. 5
1. whistled; 2. creaked; 3. crashed; 4. creaked; 1. Where there’s life there’s hope.
5. banged; 6. splashed; 7. bang; 8. crash; 9. boom; 2. Where there’s a will there’s a way.
10. whistle; 11. boomed; 12. splash 3. Walls have ears.
4. You are never too old to learn.
Ex. 15 5. Who makes himself a sheep will be eaten by the
1. grunts; 2. hum; 3. croaking; 4. bark; 5. roar; 6. wolves.
grunted; 7. roaring; 8. howled; 9. tweeting; 10. hissing 6. You reap what you sow.
Ex. 16 Ex. 6
1. c; 2. a; 3. i; 4. f; 5. d; 6. e; 7. h; 8. g; 9. j; 10. b 1. b; 2. h; 3. a; 4. f; 5. c; 6. d; 7. e; 8. g
Ex. 17 Ex. 7
1. c; 2. h; 3. j; 4. d; 5. b; 6. e; 7. f; 8. g; 9. a; 10. i 1. f; 2. c; 3. e; 4. h; 5. a; 6. g; 7. d; 8. b
Ex. 18 Ex. 8
1. crackling; 2. ticking; 3. barking; 4. crash; 5. howl; 1. c; 2. a; 3. h; 4. e; 5. f; 6. b; 7. d; 8. g
6. creaking
Ex. 1 Ex. 1
1. An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure. 1. making; 2. gave; 3. take; 4. have; 5. do; 6. having;
2. Birds of a feather flock together. 7. made; 8. gave; 9. taken
3. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
4. Beauty is in the eye of the beholder. Ex. 2
5. All’s well that ends well. 1. enrolled; 2. waste; 3. reach; 4. shook; 5. suit; 6.
tackle; 7. lost; 8. blinked; 9. withdraw
Ex. 2
1. A good beginning makes a good end. Ex. 3
2. Easier said than done. 1. feels deeply; 2. mean exactly; 3. working
3. Grief divided is made lighter. frantically; 4. rained heavily;
4. (A) danger foreseen is half avoided. 5. searched thoroughly; 6. danced gracefully;
5. The die is cast. 7. run efficiently; 8. hardly recognised; 9. focuses
6. A friend in need is a friend indeed. mainly
Answer Key - Vocabulary 111
Ex. 4 Ex. 6
1. seriously overweight; 2. virtually destroyed; 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – b; 4 – h; 5 – j; 6 – e; 7 – f; 8 – c; 9 –
3. blissfully happy; 4. largely created; g; 10 – i
5. ridiculously overpriced; 6. eternally grateful; 7.
radically changed; 8. highly recommended; Ex. 7
9. bitterly disappointed; 10. slightly taller 1. ball is in John’s court; 2. heard on the grapevine;
3. kept the flood waters at bay; 4. in the heat of the
Ex. 5 moment; 5. let the cat out of the bag; 6. make a long
1 – e; 2 – i; 3 – j; 4 – a; 5 – f/b; 6 – c/f; 7 – d; 8 – b/f; story short; 7. once in a blue moon; 8. piece of cake;
9 – g; 10 – h 9. with a grain of salt
TAPESCRIPTS AUDIO
Track 1
At a party
Lucy: Nice party, isn’t it?
John: Yes, it’s great.
L: I’m Lucy, by the way. What’s your name?
J: I’m John, John Stuart. Nice to meet you.
L: Nice to meet you, too. Where are you from? You aren’t English, are you?
J: No, I’m not. I’m Australian. I’m from Sydney.
L: Oh, that’s interesting! Sydney is a beautiful city, isn’t it?
J: Oh, yes, it’s really beautiful.
L: Are your parents there?
J: No, they aren’t. They’re in London. They live here now. What about you? Are you from London?
L: Not exactly. I’m from a small village not far from London. It’s a nice village, but it’s a bit boring in
autumn and winter.
J: What’s your job?
L: I’m a student at London University.
J: Really? How old are you?
L: I’m twenty-one. And you?
J: Well, I’m thirty-four.
L: Thirty-four! Are you really?
J: Yeah!!!
Track 6
Track 7
S: I haven’t got a coat or an anorak with me and I’m cold now. I hope it isn’t very cold in the
mountains today. Is there central heating in their house?
B: Of course there is . It’s a very comfortable house.
S: Has it got a garden?
B: Yes, it has. It isn’t very big but it’s nice.
S: Is it a big house?
B: Yes, it is. It has nine rooms altogether.
S: Wow! Has it really got nine rooms? It’s enormous!
B: They have a big family.
S: How many children have they got?
B: They have four children. By the way, they have two dogs, too.
Are you afraid of dogs?
S: No, I’m not. Are you?
B: Yes, I am. But they usually keep the dogs in the back garden.
S: Has Claire got anybody to help her with the cleaning?
B: No, she hasn’t. In fact she has a lot of work to do, and she never has much free time.
Well, here we are. Their house is the one at the end of the road, on the left.
Tapescripts Audio 113
Track 8
Track 10
Jessica’s day
Jessica is a writer. She writes detective stories and likes her job very much. She gets up very late
in the morning. She has a quick shower, brushes her hair and gets dressed. After that, she has
breakfast and feeds her dog Rex and her cat Felix. At about eleven o’clock she goes for a walk in
the park with Rex. She usually buys a snack or has lunch at a small Chinese restaurant nearby.
She returns home at about three o’clock, says hello to Felix and Rex, and starts working. She
switches on the computer and types. When she is tired, she stops working and relaxes on the sofa.
Sometimes she goes out with friends, but, if she is too tired, she stays at home, watches TV or
reads a book. If it is boring, she falls asleep.
Track 11
Track 12
B: It’s nice but it’s too big. Can you give me a Small size, please?
A: Certainly. Here you are. … It suits you.
B: How much does it cost?
A: £40.50.
B: It’s too expensive. Haven’t you got anything cheaper?
Track 13
Track 14
Guide: It’s about a three minute ride up to the top of the mountain. As we pass the two towers the
cable-car may sway a little.
Man: This thing is safe, right?
Guide: Yes, you don’t have anything to worry about. We do about 100 trips a day up the mountains,
and these tours have been going on for over ten years without any accidents. Keep your eyes open
for wildlife as we ascend. It isn’t uncommon to see deer and even bears.
Man: What’s that mountain to the left called?
Guide: That’s Mount Karen. And to the right of that with the three small points is Mount Brown. Now
if you look up straight ahead, you should be able to see a large eagle’s nest. Does everyone see it
there?
Man: Are there any baby birds?
Guide: That’s a good question. I haven’t seen any yet, but we usually see them around this time of
year.
Man: What’s that lake down there, to the right of the green meadow?
Guide: I’m glad you asked. That’s John Lake. It’s actually a man made pond that was built as part
of a conservation effort over twenty years ago. During the 70s there was a lot of clearcutting of
forests in the area, and much of the wildlife was lost. Since Lake John was built, ducks, swans, and
geese have returned to the area.
Man: Is this the highest mountain in this region?
Guide: No, actually, Mount Heather, which you will be able to see in just a minute or so, has the
highest peak. But, this is the highest mountain for recreational purposes like skiing and guided
tours.
Man: Can you ski throughout the year?
Guide: No, it warms up enough to actually suntan up there in the summer. Oh, look everyone.
There are two deer feeding in the clearing right below us.
Man: Thanks, that should be a great photo. So… what is there to do besides ski at the top of the hill
at this time of year?
Guide: Oh, there’s plenty to do. We have horseback riding, snowmobile tours, and petting zoo for
children. If you look to your left you’ll see the snowmobile trail going through the mountain.
116 Tapescripts Audio
Track 15
Dear diary,
I think Southfield is a really nice place to visit. There are some very interesting things to see and
you can also enjoy a railway trip to Oakwood. You get on the train at the little station in Southfield.
First the train runs past a castle, then it goes into a tunnel. It takes a few minutes to go through the
tunnel, then the train goes over the river and runs towards the coast. It runs along the coast for a
few miles. At one point you can see some rocks on the left. After the rocks, the train turns left again
and travels inland towards Oakwood. You get off at Oakwood station and you can enjoy a pleasant
walk round Oakwood, a traditional English village, with old little houses and narrow streets. I must
tell my friends about Southfield and Oakwood when I return home.
Track 16
Part A
I don’t feel well
Peter: I don’t feel well. I’ve got a sore throat and a temperature.
Jenny: Oh, dear! Perhaps you’ve got flu. Stay at home. Go back to bed and take some tablets.
Peter. Yes, that’s a good idea.
Jenny: Or phone the doctor.
Part B
At the doctor’s
Dr Mason: Open your mouth, please. And now say “Ah”. Good. Yes, you’ve got flu. Stay in bed until
Thursday and take this medicine. Call me tomorrow morning, please, and come and see me again
on Friday. It isn’t serious. You’ll be fine in a few days. Goodbye.
Peter. Thank you doctor. Goodbye.
Track 17
Listen and check your answers. Then practise your pronunciation.
Hi, Jane!
I’m on holiday with my family in Wales and I’m having a great time. We’ve rented a camper
and we’re touring the country. This morning we visited Caernarfon Castle where I bought a few
souvenirs and this postcard for you. I’ve never seen such a wonderful castle! It’s a huge stone
building built in the 13th century by King Edward I. It is located in a fantastic place - on a peninsula
on the River Seiont. Tomorrow we’re driving to Snowdonia National Park. It’s a beautiful mountain
area and we want to climb Mount Snowdon.
What are you doing at the moment? Are you having a holiday too?
See you soon.
Love,
Mark
Track 18
Example
A: May I have a look at your newspaper, Mr Gorman?
B: Yes, of course.
Tapescripts Audio 117
1. A
: Can I listen to your new CD, Ted?
B: Yes, sure.
2. A
: Can I borrow your book, Alice?
B: Sorry but I need it myself.
3. A
: May I have a day off, Mr Johnson?
B: I’m sorry but there’s a lot of work this week.
4. A
: May we leave early this afternoon, Miss Thorpe?
B: Yes, you may leave now, in fact. We’ve finished our work for today.
Track 19
Shopping
Track 21
Track 22
At the police station
Track 23
An unlucky day
Yesterday morning I got up at 6.30 as usual. While I was having a bath, the phone rang . I went to
answer but there was no reply. While I was going back to the bathroom, I slipped and hurt my knee.
After the bath, I sat in the kitchen to have breakfast. While I was having a nice cup of tea, the cup
dropped from my hand and the tea ran down my trousers. I changed but it was late, so I left home
without finishing my breakfast. I was at the bus stop when I realised that I had no money for the
ticket, so I decided to walk. While I was crossing Chester Road, a cyclist ran over me. Nothing too
serious, but I hurt my leg. I was lying on the ground when a car drove over my hat.
What an unlucky day!
Track 24
Track 25
Susan: If we take the flat, you’ll be much nearer to your office. Then the area is certainly more
convenient for the buses and the underground. The bus journey won’t be longer than ten minutes.
George: Yes, it’s a nice flat and convenient too, but the view from the living-room window isn’t very
pleasant.
Susan: But it’s quiet. The street below isn’t noisy. And that’s more important than a good view! The
street below our flat is much noisier.
George: Yes, I agree. A noisy flat is certainly worse than a poor view.
Tapescripts Audio 119
Track 26
Eating out in London
Track 27
Track 28
Linda: Hello, Colin. I’m home. Brrr. It’s rather cold in here.
Colin: I’ve just turned the heating on. I’ve been very busy so I’m not cold. I’ve washed the dishes
and I’ve cleaned the kitchen. I’ve also cleared a lot of papers off my desk, so it looks nice and tidy
now. I’m exhausted. And I’ve just made a pot of tea. Come and have a cup.
Linda: Great! Have you fixed the computer yet?
Colin: No, I haven’t started with the computer yet.
Linda: You’ve worked very hard, Colin! Oh, Colin… I’ve invited Barbara and Gerry for dinner. Have
you cooked dinner?
Colin: No, I haven’t.
Linda: Oh, good! Would you mind preparing a nice meal? You’re a much better cook than me.
Track 29
Track 30
R: Oh, hi, David. You look tanned. Where have you been?
D: I’ve just got back from Florida.
R: Oh, was it fun?
D: Yes, I spent every morning sleeping lazily on the beach.
R: You lucky thing! I went on an activity holiday in England. The camp
staff had a bell to get up us at 7.00 every morning. It rang very loudly.
D: That sounds awful.
R: It was. Let’s talk about Florida instead. What else did you do there?
D: I went to Sea World. It was fantastic.
R: Don’t they treat the animals cruelly?
D: Well, there was a show with whales and dolphins. But I think they
enjoy performing. The dolphins jump so gracefully and the whales make huge splashes.
There are also some great rollercoasters there. Do you like rollercoasters?
R: No, I don’t. I hate rollercoasters. I don’t like travelling quickly, especially not upside down.
D: Anyway, the best thing about the holiday was going on safari.
R: On safari? You didn’t go to Africa, did you?
D: We went on safari in the Everglades, the swamp in southern Florida. If you
move quietly and you are patient, you can see lots of wildlife. You can see
snakes, pelicans, herons and alligators.
R: Snakes and alligators? Isn’t that dangerous? I’m glad I stayed safely at home.
Track 31
Paul: Hello, Lucy. I was in the area and thought I would drop in for a visit. What are you all doing?
Lucy: Oh, hello, Paul. What a surprise! Well, Mark’s is the garage. He’s cleaning the car. In fact he
has been cleaning it for over an hour, but he hasn’t finished yet.
Paul: And where are the children? What are they doing?
Lucy: Well, you can hear what Mandy’s doing. She’s been practising the piano for two hours. And
Alan’s in the back garden. He’s been painting the fence all afternoon. He hates it and he’s painted
very little of it.
Paul: And what are you doing, Lucy? Am I disturbing you?
Lucy: No, no, you’re not disturbing me at all. I’ve been reading a novel since after lunch. It’s one by
Brenda Jones. She’s one of my favourite authors and I’ve read all her novels. Have you ever read
any of her novels?
Paul: No, I haven’t.
Lucy: And what’s Alice doing? Why hasn’t she come with you?
Paul: Well, she’s very busy. In fact, she’s been working all day. She has to finish an important report
for tomorrow.
Lucy: I see. Well, what about a nice cup of tea?
Tapescripts Audio 121
Track 32
At work
Track 33
When Sally saw the beach house for the first time, she couldn’t believe her eyes. The photo
really hadn’t done it justice! It was a charming little cottage on the edge of an empty beach and
surrounded by a lovely garden full of flowers.
She had recently finished her exams and really needed a break. Her aunt had told her she could
stay at her beach house for a month, and Sally had agreed immediately even though she had never
seen it.
She felt happy that she had made such a good decision and relieved that it was such a lovely, cosy
cottage. From the bedroom there was a nice view of the ocean, which reminded her of the beach
holidays she used to have when she was a little girl.
Sally was very tired from the long drive and immediately fell asleep. Later when she woke up it was
night, and through the window she could see millions of stars which were shining above the now
black ocean.
She finally felt relaxed, content and ready for her holiday as if all the stress she had been feeling
was nothing but a bad dream.
Track 34
Interviewer: I’m here with singer and songwriter Hee Young. Impressed with her beautiful music,
we asked her to talk about her music and inspiration. Well, first of all, where were you born, Hee?
Hee: I was born in Korea, Seoul, but moved to New York, Brooklyn, to work as a singer-songwriter. I
released my first album here.
an old church in Long Island. It was a challenge because of the hot weather and because we were
out of our comfort zone, but the result came closest to what I wanted.
Track 35
Hello everyone. My name’s David and I want to tell you about my flight to Australia with my parents
and my older sister Alice last summer. It was a very long way across to the other side of the world
and it was 23 hours of flying each way from London to Sydney. I had never been on a plane before
so I was a bit nervous about going way up above the clouds but also very excited about the whole
experience. My parents were more worried that I wouldn’t be able to sit still for such a long time.
We had to get up much earlier that I am used to so we could get to the airport by 10.30. We had to
be two hours early and our flight was due to take off at 12.30. The queue for check in wasn’t very
long. Mum had all our passports and tickets and we checked in our big suitcases very quickly. I had
my own hand luggage with my wallet, my camera, a book, my MP3 player and of course my Big
Jim. Dad thought it was silly to bring him with me, but I wanted to take lots of selfies with Big Jim
and me all over Australia so I could put them on my blog for all my friends to have a laugh. So Big
Jim had to come, and I certainly wasn’t putting him in my suitcase.
Then we went through security. Mum, my sister and I walked through without any problems but
when Dad walked through, the alarm went off. A security guard scanned his whole body with a
metal detector and they found the problem was his belt buckle. He took the belt off and walked
through again and the alarm didn’t go off this time. So we picked up our bags and walked to the
gate where we waited for half an hour before we boarded the plane.
We were all sitting together in the same row in the plane and Mum let me have the window seat so
I could look out while we were taking off. When the plane left the ground I was so excited, flying for
the first time in my life! I looked out of the window and all the houses and roads were getting smaller
and smaller as we got higher and higher until we couldn’t see them anymore because we were
flying over the clouds. It was an amazing sight. The flight wasn’t direct to Sydney as it was too far
for a plane to go without refuelling, so we were changing planes in Bangkok in Thailand. It was a 12
hour flight.
In front of me in my seat there was my own video screen which I could control myself to watch films
and TV programmes and play games. During the flight I watched two films, three TV shows and
played a word puzzle. I’m really keen on action movies and both the films I watched were fantastic.
We were served hot dinner and later on, breakfast, on little trays and the food was delicious. I
wasn’t tired at all so I didn’t sleep.
Tapescripts Audio 123
When we arrived in Bangkok it was 8 in the morning and it was already hot and humid. All over the
airport they were selling lots of colourful orchids. They come from this part of the world as it is in the
tropics and they were amazing. We only had one hour and 45 minutes between flights so I was still
getting used to all the new sights and sounds when we had to go through security again. Dad took
off his belt this time so no alarms went off. The queue was very long and slow and we made it onto
the second plane just in time.
When we boarded the plane to Sydney, Alice wanted to swap so she could have the window seat
this time. I didn’t mind because I was suddenly very, very tired. Understandably so, as it was the
middle of the night back in England and I’m not really used to staying up late. As soon as the
plane took off, I fell asleep. The next thing I knew I could smell curry and woke up feeling very
hungry. Mum said I had slept for eight hours and we would be landing in Sydney in two. She told
me to have dinner before we landed, and it didn’t take much persuading to eat what was on the
tray in front of me.
No long after, the announcement came from the pilot. We were about to land in Sydney. I tried to
look out the window but it was dark outside. The very long trip was over and our holiday was about
to begin. I pulled Big Jim out of my bag and took a photo of him next to me in the seat.
Track 36
It was ten years ago this summer, and I’ll never forget my first camping experience which changed
my life completely. Now I’ve become a camping veteran, but at that time there was so much I didn’t
know! My dad first decided to take me camping when I was twelve. It was a normal summer day,
school was out and I was watching cartoons on TV. I usually watched TV in the afternoon because
that was the hottest part of the day and I preferred spending it next to the air-conditioning. While I
was watching my favourite programme, my Dad burst in
through the door so quickly that it startled me half to death. He usually worked until much later, and
he was unusually dressed.
I noticed that he was wearing a fishing hat, jeans, and a pair of dark blue hiking boots. He was
carrying a sleeping bag under one arm and the other was holding a smaller pair of identical boots.
He tossed me the sleeping bag and told me to try on the boots. Turning off the TV, I slipped one foot
into a boot and then, still confused, I asked Dad what was going on. After he explained that we were
going camping I felt nervous because I had never been camping before, but this new side of Dad
completely convinced me.
It took about a day and a half to get things ready, but after the necessary preparations we were in
the car speeding towards Yellowstone National Park. Mum and my younger brother were staying
home, so this trip was just the two of us. When we arrived at the campsite, I couldn’t believe how
few people there were. Dad explained that camping is about enjoying nature, so people distanced
themselves from other campers. Setting up the campsite was the best part. Dad showed me how
to set up a tent, start a fire, and gather enough dry wood to keep the fire going for an entire night.
When Dad secured our food from a piece of rope to keep it away from bears, I knew that we really
were in the wild. At night we sat by the fire and Dad explained the different sounds coming from the
darkness. When he told me to come with him away from the fire and into the forest. I was hesitant,
but eventually I followed. He brought me to a big rock and we climbed to the top. Looking up, I
thought that the sky had exploded. I’d never seen so many stars in all my life. It was at that moment
I fell in love with camping. Dad and I continued to go camping every year after that, eventually
bringing Mum and my younger brother along. Now I demonstrate to him exactly like Dad showed
me the first time.
124 Tapescripts Audio
Track 37
Interviewer: Today we welcome Michaela Roberts, a successful portrait and landscape artist from
London. She is going to tell us about how she became an artist.
Michaela: Well, my career in art started quite promisingly. At the age of seven I won a pencil case
in a primary school painting competition. I had always loved colouring in as a child and then it
moved on to an almost obsession with painting and drawing. It wasn’t something my sports-mad
parents thought a child should want to do. They would have preferred it if I had spent all my time
playing netball and although I did play some sport, I was always finding my way back to painting any
chance I got. By the time I was at high school I was spending most of my free time drawing though
I was really mostly interested in the technical aspects of it. I wanted to recreate on paper exactly
what I could see. I wasn’t really that interested in being creative and this didn’t help much at school.
The art teacher wanted me to produce more abstract work and the realistic work that I was trying
to achieve was very unfashionable at the time. I think what I was trying to do actually frightened
my teacher and she just didn’t have the skills herself to help me learn the type of art I was trying
to do. I only just scraped through my Art A-levels. Somehow I managed to get into an art course
at University and I majored in painting. I painted mostly portraits and figures, despite the best
efforts of the tutors to turn me into an Abstract Expressionist. I learnt most of my techniques from
courses in books and magazines. For me, university was really just a place where I could practise
the techniques I was teaching myself. After University, I lived in Germany for a year, working in
bars and teaching English, before I decided that I really wanted to be a painter. It was the best
decision I have ever made. I bought a beaten-up old van, filled it with art material, and spent the
next few years driving through Europe teaching myself to paint industrial landscapes and portraits.
The highlight of this period of time was a year spent in Rome. I devoted myself to painting almost
everything I saw, and I financed myself by drawing street
portraits.
Back in London I had a brief spell of teaching Art in schools, and I began to realise that I needed
to work harder at selling my paintings if I was ever going to call myself a full-time artist. Finding
myself a gallery that would take me on seemed a pretty daunting task, but an American friend
of mine came to London and showed me how to do it, breezing into an art gallery in Kensington
and securing us a two-person exhibition of our landscapes. The exhibition sold out and I’ve been
with the same gallery ever since and I have a show there every year. This was the breakthrough I
needed. It gave me the confidence to believe that it might be possible for me to make a living as an
artist long-term and I quit my job as art teacher shortly after that. Now that I have my own studio,
which has given me the space and silence to work very intensively, my work has become more and
more realistic. My paintings are often mistaken for photographs, though I like to think that I do more
than just recreate images from life. I think I add something more which makes the image even more
intense. It’s difficult to describe; more than one person has told me that my paintings seem to have
their own soul.
The portrait painting side of my work was a bit slower to take off as not many people are keen on
buying portraits of people they don’t know, so having an exhibition of this work was not the way to
go. Instead, I advertised in the back pages of a country-living magazine and got my first job through
that. Since then, though, it’s been pretty much word of mouth. Generally I get these jobs though
personal recommendations. I now have a waiting list of people waiting to sit for me and I paint about
twenty portraits a year. The portrait painting is what gives me most of my income. It’s about 80%,
and it puts me in the 5% of the British artists who actually make their living out of painting. The
advice that I would give to anyone wanting to become a professional artist, apart from constantly
working on your technique, is to put as much energy into it as you possibly can, don’t be afraid to
promote yourself and, above all, just never give up.
Tapescripts Audio 125
Track 38
Track 39
Tom: When we get to the party, Teddy will be watching TV, Jimmy will be making drinks, Alan will
be complaining about his job, and Betty will be dancing by herself.
Bob: Maybe this time they won’t be doing the same things.
Tom: I’m absolutely sure they will be doing the same things. They always do the same things.
Track 40
Jeff: By the time Mark and Jenny finish their trip across Yellowstone National Park, they will have
been hiking for more than six days.
Jill: And they won’t have been in a bed or won’t have had a shower for almost a week!
Jeff: When we pick them up, they will have been eating camping food for days. I’m sure they will be
starving.
Jill: Yes, we should definitely plan on taking them straight to a good restaurant.
Track 41
At a party
Craig: Look, that’s the woman who knows Peter well. Her name’s Sarah Bradford.
Sally: And who’s the man who ’s talking to Betty?
Craig: I think he’s the man who works in Betty’s office.
Sally: And who’s that man in the corner over there?
Craig: That’s Jeff Anderson. He’s the man whose book became a bestseller. We both read it. Do
you remember?
Sally: Oh, yes, I remember. And who’s the woman in the red dress?
Craig: Oh, don’t you know? She’s Martha Baxter, the journalist whose name became famous last
year for the best article. Be careful, Sally. Don’t sit on that chair. It’s the one that’s wet. I spilt wine
on it! I’m going to get some food now.
Sally: Don’t eat too much. Those are all things which will make you fat.
Craig: But I like food which makes me fat.
126 Tapescripts Audio
Track 42
Track 43
Shopping
Mary: Which of these blouses do you like? This one or that one?
Jane: Neither of them. The colours are too bright.
Mary: Well, I like both of them, and neither of them is expensive. I think I’ll try the red one.
Jane: Have you seen these skirts? Which do you like? The red one, the brown one, or the blue
one?
Mary: Oh, yes! They’re nice. I like all of them. How much do they cost?
Jane: They aren’t expensive. None of them costs more than £12.
Track 44
Jennifer: My car has broken down again and I think it will need a new engine.
Martha: Oh, dear! What happened?
Jennifer: Well, yesterday morning, when I started it, I could hear a strange noise and on the way
back home I could see smoke coming from under the bonnet. Then it suddenly stopped, and I
couldn’t start it again. Luckily, a friend of mine drove by. There wasn’t much traffic on the road, so he
was able to stop. Unfortunately, he couldn’t help me, but he gave me the phone number of a garage
nearby. They came and took the car to the garage. They weren’t very busy at the garage, so they
were able to look at the car immediately, but they couldn’t tell me how it would cost. Then I phoned
my brother from the garage. Luckily, he was able to leave work early and drive me home.
Track 45
Childhood obesity
Over the last years, there has been a huge increase in the numbers of children who are obese. This
is a serious concern because it leads to health problems, but also because it will have a knock-on
effect on future generations. We have a number of possible solutions to help tackle the problem.
Most importantly, major fast food companies must stop targeting children with their advertising
campaign. Currently, these companies don’t have to conform to any government regulations, and
this has contributed to today’s high levels of childhood obesity. We believe that if the companies
Tapescripts Audio 127
Track 46
I was always quite cheeky as a kid. To be honest, I wish I had been better behaved because my
teachers used to get angry with me quite often and my mum would often say ‘I wish you wouldn’t
make fun of your teachers like that’. I never really did my homework and I wish I had studied harder
because I got bad marks all through primary school. I am in my last year at school now and I wish
I had more time to hang out with my friends, but my mum is keeping a really strict eye on me and
I wish she would stop nagging at me about homework and tidying my room. If only I were away at
university like my brother!
Track 47
Track 48
Woman: We are pleased to have in the studio with us Harry Davies. Harry is organising a camp for
the summer holidays. So, Harry, how did last year’s camp go?
Harry: Well, we were really happy about the camp we organised last year. It was our first time, and
overall it was a great success, but I have to admit we had a few problems.
Woman: Not serious ones I hope!
Harry: Most of our activities are held outdoors, and last year was the wettest summer in over 100 years.
So as you can imagine, we had to stay indoors a lot of the time and the children got a little bored. This
year though, we are going to put up some huge tents so the children can play outside even if it rains.
Woman: What types of activities will the children be able to do?
Harry: The acting classes were a smash last year, so we are definitely going to repeat that. The
kids performing in the forest under the moonlight was a magical experience. The art and music
workshops that we ran last year will be run again this year. We also plan to do some more physical
activities, like rock climbing and canoeing on the lake. This year we are going to run some cooking
courses in which the children will have to look for edible plants from the forest and then prepare a
meal with them.
Woman: I hope they don’t eat any poisonous mushrooms!
Harry: We will have a forest food specialist who will teach the kids what they can and can’t eat. So
parents won’t have to worry about that. Similar courses were run last year by other organisations
and the kids voted them as their favourite.
Woman: How long does the camp last and who can take part?
128 Tapescripts Audio
Harry: This year it will run from 11 July to the end of August which is 6 weeks. We will be accepting
children from 8 to 14 years old.
Woman: Now, I heard that there are some specific rules at the campsite?
Harry: Electronic devices are forbidden at the camp. Last year we saw a lot of children playing
games on their laptops on a warm, sunny day in the middle of a beautiful field. That definitely will
not be allowed this year. We want children to “switch off” and “switch on” to another, healthier, more
natural way of spending their free time.
Woman: That sounds like a great idea. Do the children have to stay for the whole 6 weeks?
Harry: Not necessarily. There are different options: they have to stay a minimum of 2 weeks, or 4 or
6. It just makes it easier organising activities.
Woman: So how do parents enrol their children, or find out more information about the camp?
Harry: They can enrol directly on our website, www.sensational-summer-camp.co.uk. Everything
about the camp, including reserving special meals for students with allergies, is on the same
website. It also describes the weekly activities taking place, but parents don’t have to tell us which
ones their children want to do: they can decide themselves once they get here. Then they pay a
deposit and pay the rest on the first day of the camp. We recommend parents do it as soon as they
can because there are only limited places left.
Woman: So Harry, tell us why children should enrol in your summer camp and not the hundreds of
other ones organised at the same time?
Harry: It’s definitely because of the enthusiasm of the staff and the wide range of fun and creative
activities we will organise during the camp. Our facilities are new and modern and it’s a great way to
make new friends, try some new things, and of course enjoy being in the great outdoors!
Woman: Thank you speaking to us, Harry. I hope the summer camp is a great success!
Track 49
Coventry High School
As you all know the trip to Madrid will be from the 13th to the 18th May. We will be flying from Luton
airport to Madrid-Barajas Airport. There will be a coach to take us to the airport. I’m afraid it will
be leaving rather early. We must be away by 6.30am so all participants must be here at school by
6.00am on the 13th. We expect to be back here at school on the 18th of May at around 7.30pm. We
should arrive in Madrid at 12.40. Lunch will be provided on the plane. We plan to visit the city by
coach on the first afternoon. In Madrid we will be staying in a 3-star hotel called The Siesta. You’ll
find the address and phone number on the accompanying sheet.
We will be having breakfast and our evening meal at the hotel. Lunch will be a packed lunch
provided by the hotel.
The programme is on the second page of the sheet. You’ll find it very varied and quite interesting.
As we have a large number of participants we have decided to split them up into two groups on
Monday and Wednesday. These are the days when we will be visiting the Royal Palace and the
Cibeles Palace. This is just to reduce the length of time spent on queuing for these activities which
unfortunately we cannot book in advance. On Tuesday when we are visiting the Prado Museum
and on Friday when we are going to La Granja de San Ildefonso outside Madrid, the group will stay
together and guided tours have already been arranged.
A word about money. Please don’t give your children too much money to carry around - and
possibly to lose. They will have a shopping day on Thursday, but on the other days they will need
money only for an occasional ice-cream or a soft drink. Please make sure that they bring suitable
clothes for this kind of trip. I don’t need to say we won’t be going to any discotheques. We will
on the other hand be doing a lot of walking so a pair of trainers or other comfortable shoes is
essential. Please make sure they also have some kind of waterproof clothing just in case it might
rain. On page two of the sheet, you will also find information about travel documents, luggage,
and dangerous items which are banned on the aircraft. Well, I can’t think of anything else at the
moment. If you have any questions, …
Tapescripts Audio 129
Track 50
Speaker 1: I really don’t think there’s any limit to what’s going to be invented in the future. Just
looking at what’s happened in the last twenty years it’s not hard to imagine us all never having to
work again and having robots to do everything for us. This could be just around the corner actually,
technology is moving so fast. I must say I wouldn’t mind that as I can’t stand my job, so the sooner
the better as far as I’m concerned. I’d love to have a robot bring me a cup of tea in the morning and
then decide what I’m going to do with my day.
Speaker 2: Medically speaking, I think the next fifty years are going to be absolutely amazing. What
scientists are currently working on is using stem cell technology to make replacement parts for our
organs. Once this starts happening people will probably live for much longer and we will probably
have become immortal by the end of the century. The downside might be a population explosion
though, so we will really need to be ready to cope with that. I suppose it will all be too late for me
though, so I don’t need to worry about that.
Speaker 3: The thing I can’t wait for is flying cars. Imagine not being stuck in traffic and going
where ever you want really quickly. It might be a bit dangerous though if the drivers are human.
Perhaps if the cars were controlled by an automatic navigation system that was linked to all the
cars in the air, the skies would be a lot safer. It needs to be safe technology, so it’s worth the wait.
Hopefully they won’t be noisy either. It’s probably a long way off but I hope that I might see it in my
lifetime. Perhaps I’ll be driving one when I’m in my eighties.
Speaker 4: If inventions carry on the way they are going I can’t see much hope for the future.
Constant access to the internet means that people socialise less and work more, often alone. I can’t
see how this is going to get any better. Even though the population is getting bigger and bigger every
day, our dependence on technology means this is probably going to turn into a very lonely planet. I
hope that something is invented that will mean we are less dependent on technology. If only people
were able to look up from their screens and see what they are missing out on in the real world.
Speaker 5: Hopefully better agricultural methods will be invented soon. I’ve decided that I want
to work in this area after university. We use so much land and water and other resources raising
animals and growing crops and it all has an effect on our planet. What I’d like to see is most of the
farmland turned back into forest and wilderness areas. It would give the wild animals more room to
live and the trees would give us the oxygen that we so badly need. We young people seem to be
more aware of what is happening, so hopefully, all these problems will be solved when we are in
charge of everything. Nothing much has been done to change the situation yet, so it’s up to us to
take the lead as soon as we can.
Track 51
The history of animation
Animation refers to the creation of a sequence of images that change over time to portray the
illusion of motion.
Animated movies have changed a lot over the last 100 years.
In the early 1900s, Winsor McCay, who is considered the father of animation, animated his films by
himself. At the time, every picture was drawn and photographed separately. Hundreds of pictures
were needed to make a one-minute film.
In 1914, the development of celluloid, a transparent material, made animation easier. Instead of
drawing each picture separately, the animator could make a drawing of the background, which
remained motionless, while only the characters in the foreground moved.
Walt Disney took animation to a higher level. He created Mickey Mouse, added sound and music to
his films, and produced the first full-length animated film, ‘Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs’.
Today most animated films are not drawn by hand. The animation is done by computer software.
Also special effects for movies are done by computer animation.
To create the illusion of movement, an image is put on the computer and then quickly replaced by a
130 Tapescripts Audio
similar image with a very small change. This technique is similar to hand-drawn animation, but the
work is done much faster by computer. In fact, anyone with a home computer and special software
can create a simple animation.
Track 52
Track 53
A The first student, Susan Parker, was a second year medicine student. She said that her parents
lived in London, so she had spent the first year at home. She said that it had been cheap and
convenient, but that she had felt like a schoolgirl and not like a student. She said that nothing really
had changed, so she had moved into a university flat with three other girls. She said it was fun and
that for the first time she felt she was running her own life.
B The second student, Naomi Moore, said that she lived in a hall of residence. She said she had
her own room and didn’t have to cook or clean, but she added that living in a hall of residence
also had some disadvantages. She explained that you had to eat at certain times or you didn’t get
any food. She said that last year she had shared a bedsitter with a friend. It had been great fun
but they hadn’t studied very much. She said that she had moved into hall to have more time for
her studies.
C The third student, Derek Thorpe, told me that he had just moved out of lodgings because he
had had some problems with his landlady. He said he was in a flat with four friends, but it was too
small for them. He told me that next year they might move into a house, which would give him more
freedom. He said that, although he expects that house rents will go up again, a house is still the
best type of accommodation.
Track 54
Social Media and the News
More than ever, young people are using social media to find out what’s happening in the world. Recent
studies have shown that almost fifty per cent of British citizens under the age of twenty-five learn about
the news from their favourite social media sites. This has caused some concern, as over half of news
consumers report reading a story on social media that later turned out to be exaggerated or false.
On the other hand, the speed of online communication means that new stories often ‘break’ on
social media hours before they appear in traditional media outlets such as newspapers, radio and
television. Furthermore, technological advances like the Internet and smartphone cameras mean
that everyone can be a journalist, making the news increasingly inclusive and democratic.
Despite the fact that it can be unreliable, it is clear that social media is here to stay as the news
source for the digital generation.
Tapescripts Audio 131
Track 55
Being a travel guide
Did you ever dream of becoming a travel guide when you were young?
Although there are many advantages, being a travel guide also has its drawbacks.
One of the main advantages of being a travel guide is that it is exciting because you can travel
round the world, see lots of beautiful places and meet lots of different people. Furthermore, it is
interesting because you have the opportunity to make contact with different cultures and visit lots of
museums all over the world.
However, there are also disadvantages to doing this kind of job. Firstly, it is very tiring because
you have to work long hours and you may have to spend long periods away from your family and
friends. Secondly, it is stressful because you must always be ready to listen to the people you are
guiding and help them solve their problems.
All things considered, becoming a travel guide is not a bad idea, as long as you are aware of the
drawbacks this kind of job involves.
Track 56
Car pollution will continue to be a problem as long as governments let people use private
vehicles in an unlimited way including when they only want to travel 500 metres down the road. We
should consider limiting car use at busy times and heavy fines for those who fail to follow the new
regulations. The new rules should also involve establishing which groups of people deserve to use
their cars at any time because they are performing jobs that are essential to society.
Track 57
You will hear a boy talking on the radio about a visit to an interesting place. For each question, fill in
the missing information in the numbered spaces.
An interesting place to visit
Hello, my name’s Miguel, and I want to tell you about a fantastic place I visited last spring - the
Ambersham Kangaroo Wildlife Park. I had seen a documentary on TV about Australian animals and
fell in love with kangaroos! What really interested me was that we could feed them ourselves. I had
never done anything like that before. I organised a visit with my classmates from my English class.
When we got to the Park, the ranger told us some dos and don’ts and spoke about how amazed the
first British settlers were when they saw the kangaroo for the first time at the end of the 1770s. She
said that animals like that had never been seen before anywhere in the world and that they were an
important part of the diet of the first British settlers when they first arrived in Australia.
She told us that kangaroos were really friendly and asked us if we had seen the cartoon of a
boxing kangaroo. We all laughed at that and agreed that we were easily influenced by what we
saw on TV, even if it was just a cartoon! This made people more relaxed as they didn’t know what
to expect.
The ranger then took us into a field so we could feed the kangaroos and we were told not to give
them biscuits or bread as that was equivalent to junk food for them. She told us to only feed them
with the grass that was provided by the rangers.
Feeding them up close was a great experience. I was surprised by how soft their fur was.
Although what I really enjoyed was taking selfies with the kangaroo and learning about their
migratory patterns.
She then told us that kangaroos were wild animals, and that it was against to law to keep them as
pets. What really shocked me was when she said that kangaroo meat is quite common in some
Australian restaurants.
I really enjoyed the visit, as I feel I have had a once-in-a-lifetime experience.
132 Tapescripts Audio
Track 58
Speaker: Judy Moon made a huge impact on the red carpet last night at the Oscars in a very, very
short Versace gown with a plunging neckline. The colour was fantastic, a bright orange which really
suited her dark skin tones. It was, though, more of a dress for a rock and roll awards night than the
Oscars. It could have been really stunning, but as far as I’m concerned there just wasn’t enough of
it. It would have been much more stylish if there had been more length to it, which there was when
the same dress was on the catwalk in Milan earlier this year. Call me old fashioned if you must,
I much prefer to see traditional gown on big nights like this, rather than those who rely on shock
tactics. Cover up next time Judy Moon!
2. You hear an English teacher talking about crime in Britain in the 19th century.
During the early part of the nineteenth century, huge numbers of farm workers moved to the
cities, particularly London. Most of them were extremely poor and because they could not find
work they were often forced to turn to crime to survive. Pickpockets and house robbers, forgers
and petty thieves, many of them still children, filled the courts and prisons of England causing
great overcrowding. To overcome this, many who had committed lesser crimes were sent to the
colonies as convicts for life, and never returned to their homes and families. This situation was
the subject of a number of novels by Charles Dickens who championed the poor and called for
social reform.
For all passengers flying on LH 2485 from London Heathrow to Cologne Scheduled for 6.40, the
flight has been delayed. Due to heavy snowfalls at Cologne Airport, there will be no flights landing
for at least three hours. Passengers are please asked to go to the Lufthansa information desk,
where you will receive a breakfast voucher and further information. Should the snow continue and
the flight be cancelled, staff at the information desk will inform passengers. Please do not proceed
to the gate as the scheduled gate D15 has been cancelled.
Hello, yes, I’m just calling to see if my car has been fully repaired yet… the name is Johnson, Bruce
Johnson… Yes, exactly, a black four door sedan, I brought it in last Wednesday… What? I’ll have to
pick it up tomorrow morning? It still isn’t ready? How is that possible? You told me last week that I
would have it in three days, and just yesterday you told me that it would be ready by this afternoon,
after all I only wanted to change the tires. Then you decided that it needed work on the engine too…
You’ve found another problem with the engine? How can that be? My car is only 6 months old… No,
No, don’t do anything else to my car, I’m picking it up today and taking it to another mechanic, which
is surely a waste of time… Goodbye.
Man: Hi, Paul. I’m just calling to confirm that you’re coming over on Saturday. It’s a good day for
me because I have the day off. Our kids have a football match, but that doesn’t start until late in
the afternoon: I really would appreciate your help. Right now nothing works, and there are wires
Tapescripts Audio 133
everywhere. I can’t figure out which switch turns on the lights, and which gives power to the TV. I
should have my new refrigerator installed by then, so hopefully you can get that to work too. Call me
if you have any problems. Thanks!
I do swimming training five days a week for two hours each time I go. That’s a total of ten hours. I
wake up at 5am every weekday, swim from 5.30 to 7.30 and get to school by nine o’clock. I have to
be pretty organised and it means being in bed by nine o’clock every evening. It also means no TV
or Internet for me after school as I don’t have much time to do my homework if I want to get to bed
early. If I really want to become competitive my coach says I will probably need to double my time in
the pool, but my parents aren’t too happy about that and say I’m already doing enough. I’m not sure
if I want to sacrifice that much of my life, but what’s the use of doing it at all unless I’m going to be a
champion? It’s all or nothing really, isn’t it?
Attention students, due to the current weather conditions all outdoor athletic activities except tennis
will take place in the gymnasium. Your coaches have had spaces assigned to them for each sport,
so report directly to them after you’ve changed into your athletic clothing. Tennis practice has
been cancelled because there aren’t any indoor courts. Unless your coaches decide differently, all
activities will run the normal two hours, there will be no shortened practices. Thank you and have a
nice day.
Announcer: Social media depression is a new type of illness which has developed only in the last
ten years. In February this year, a study by the University of Missouri in the US confirmed what
most of us already knew – that scrolling through Facebook can make us feel envious of others. But
the findings took things one step further and concluded that some users actually experience acute
symptoms of depression as a result. This comes on top of another report published in the journal
Computers in Human Behaviour that found the longer you’re on Facebook, the worse you feel. The
reason? More so than other areas of Internet surfing, Facebook makes you feel as though you’re
wasting your life.
Track 59
Speaker 1
Male: I can’t believe my mom let me get it! This game has it all. Killing zombies, guns, bombs, and
even tanks! It’s only one-player, so my friends and I have to take turns, but it’s worth it. It takes
place in a post-apocalyptic world filled with zombies. You have to travel from place to place looking
for food and shelter, all while trying to avoid being killed and eaten by zombies. The other humans
sometimes threaten your existence, so you have to go against them too.
Speaker 2
Female: My mom and I just back from the video game shop and I can’t wait to play my new game!
It’s not your usual video game because it combines problem solving and mythical creatures. It’s a
sort of fantasy Sherlock Holmes mystery game. You wake up in this new world and you’re trying
to get back to Earth. You find plans to a spaceship that can take you home, but all of the parts are
134 Tapescripts Audio
concealed in temples and protected by guardians. By correctly answering the clues you gain access
and get one step closer to home.
Speaker 3
Male: I don’t tend to buy many video games because they are so expensive, so when I do, I make
sure it’s a good one. I know I can never go wrong when I get this sports game. It’s the same football
game that they make year after year, only with updated rosters and better graphics. I love it so
much! This is the third year in a row that I’ve bought it, and I’m likely to continue this trend for many
years to come.
Speaker 4
Male: I’ve got my last two weeks of vacation planned for me now. You start off as a nation
in medieval times, and continue up to the present day and future by upgrading your nation’s
technology. Each step forward brings on greater risks from other nations. With this new game, I’m
hooked the minute I start playing. This game is so addictive that I barely stop to sleep, let alone eat
and exercise. I asked my mom to limit how many hours I play each day, otherwise this game could
really ruin your life.
Speaker 5
Female: I tried this game last week at my friend’s house and I knew I just had to have it. The game
has you battle against your opponents by using cartoon animals and throwing food and fruits at
each other. It sounds stupid but it’s so much fun! It’s only one-player, but I’m able to link up with my
friends online for one enormous battle. All of my friends have this game and love it as much as me,
the only problem is that you aren’t actually in the same room as them so it’s good to invite a friend
and then take turns.
Track 60
Interviewer: Today on Job Talk we are talking to Jason Hamilton about being a vet. Hello Jason.
How would you describe what you do?
Jason: I treat sick animals and I put up with people. In veterinary medicine you’ve got to do two
things. You treat
the animal, and then you’ve got to deal with the owner. I love animals but it’s not always easy to like
their owners. If a vet can’t deal with people that are very demanding, that read
the Internet too much, that think they know everything, that complain about the bill… if you can’t
look past those people, and, bite your tongue at times, you won’t get very far. You
have to try to remember they are worried about an animal they love.
Interviewer: How did you decide to become a veterinarian?
Jason: I grew up on a farm and I enjoyed working with the animals there. I worked farm animals, I
worked for people, I did routine healthcare for sheep and cattle and
things, and I just kind of migrated that way. At some point I finally decided that was what I wanted to
do for my life’s work. I knew it when I was fourteen or fifteen years old,
which I suppose is quite young to know what you want to do in life but since then I’ve never really
considered doing anything else.
Interviewer: What does your work entail?
Jason: I come in at 7:30 and have a clinic for sick animals until 10:00. Then I spend two hours
doing surgery. Most are routine surgeries: spays and neuters and ear trims and tail docks, de-claws,
whatever anybody wants done to their animals. And then you have your emergency surgeries that
are things that are more of a medical need rather than the routine stuff. And then after lunch, I
spend from 1:00 until 5:00 doing routine health care for animals. That’s when I have my clinics. I’m
Tapescripts Audio 135
here about eight or nine hours a day, and I try to put everything I can do into eight hours, and that’s
Monday through Friday, though sometimes I have emergencies at night. I try not to do any surgeries
on the weekend, but sometimes it’s unavoidable. On weekends, hopefully, I can spend some time
with my own dogs.
Interviewer: What do you like about what you do?
Jason: When some little old lady comes in and gives you a hug because you have saved her
animal’s life. That’s what it’s all about. Some people don’t think it is. Some people think it’s money.
The most rewarding thing to me though is what I do for the animal. I also like the things that we do
to make animals live longer. Now our cats are living to seventeen or eighteen years of age, and our
dogs are fifteen and sixteen, and when I started practice, if you had a fourteen-year old cat, it was
old.
Interviewer: What is challenging?
Jason: Diagnosing sick animals is the most challenging part of it all. The animal has very little
ability to tell you where it hurts, whether they’re feeling better or whether you’re doing the right
thing. I usually spend about fifteen or twenty minutes with the owner getting a history. I can’t have
somebody come in with a sick dog, drop it off and say, “Here, fix it,” because I’ve got to have a
whole lot more information than that. As I said before, probably the biggest thing I dislike about
being a vet is having to put up with the general public. But you can’t have a pet without an owner,
can you? I really need to work on my people skills.
Interviewer: What advice would you offer someone considering this career?
Jason: Not everything will come to you at once. It takes eight years to get through veterinary
school. I’d say that most vet graduates leave university about $150,000 in debt. You just
don’t come out of veterinary school and say, “Here I am. I’m a veterinarian,” you know, and you’re
going to get this big salary, and life is going to be great. It’s not. The person needs
to have patience, be willing to work long hours, and have a desire to build a practice. And of course,
you have to love working with animals.
Interviewer: Thank you, Jason.
Jason: A pleasure.
TAPESCRIPTS VIDEOS
Most of us have had a favourite sport ever since we were children, and some of us began playing it
at a very young age. As we grow up we can either continue playing just for fun or simply choose to
become a fan of a certain team or league.
The most played sports differ from country to country. In Europe and South America soccer is the
most played and followed by its citizens, but there is a very large following for rugby in Great Britain,
much like in South Africa, Australia and New Zealand.
Cycling is watched by many in Italy, France and Spain, but is less popular in other countries. In
North America there are many sports, like basketball, that have even spread to and become popular
in Europe. Other northern American sports like baseball, American football or hockey, have millions
of passionate followers but only in the US or Canada.
Some less practised sports are hugely popular in certain countries of the world. In India for example
there is a huge following for cricket, which has English origins. In Japan, sumo wrestling and martial
arts like judo and karate boast a large fan base. In the mountainous regions of Europe and the US,
skiing and snowboarding are popular, while curling seems to be practised only in Canada despite
originating from Scotland.
Then there are sports practised throughout the world like swimming or diving, or various events for
track-and-field.
In conclusion there are very many sports and each of us needs to choose and play the one that
fits their characteristics. Although being a fan is nice, being a player, even if you aren’t a world
champion, is infinitely better.
At school
School has changed a great deal over the years. The subjects we study have changed too, as well as
the way we study them. Nevertheless, there are some things at school that haven’t changed.
Of course there are still classes, labs, libraries, and gyms in a modern school, as well as offices, staff
rooms, and changing rooms just like years ago. Yet today even if we no longer have ink wells to dip
our fountain pens in, we still don’t always find all the modern tools and equipment like interactive
whiteboards with large screens to watch videos like this one, or even computers.
Would it be better to have old maps hanging on the walls or would you prefer large screens for videos
and PowerPoint presentations?
Should all books be available in an electronic format or are you more comfortable using conventional
printed books?
Is it better to take notes and write essays with a pen or do you prefer typing on a computer or a
touchscreen?
Tapescripts Videos 137
Whatever your preferences, it is definitely true that the best environment is one that makes it easier
to pay attention, follow and understand lessons. But maybe the only thing that is truly indispensable
is the desire to learn.
We should all recognize that school represents a once in a lifetime opportunity to shape your own
culture and to prepare yourself for life. That preparation is not only valuable for the work you will
choose as a career, but for adulthood as well.
Eating is necessary for all living organisms, but there’s a key difference between humans and other
living creatures. Human beings eat not only for nutrition, they also eat because eating gives them
pleasure.
Tasting food that we like gives us pleasure even if the food we eat isn’t exactly healthy. On the
contrary, the food we often eat most is considered junk food, food which is high in sugar and fat
which negatively affects our health. In the long run these foods can cause heart disease, diabetes
or obesity.
On the other hand extreme dieting is just as damaging, and trying to look like certain fashion models
is definitely dangerous.
So what food do you like most? Everyone has their own distinct tastes. Some like meat, some
are vegetarians. Some prefer exotic cuisine and love discovering new flavours, while some prefer
dishes that they already know and love.
In Italy an extraordinary variety of dishes exist, and Italian cuisine is considered the best in the
world with very good reason.
Every region can boast fantastic recipes that were created by taking advantage of food produced
in that region. For example, tortellini wouldn’t have been made without the meat from pigs bred in
Emilia, just like pizza wouldn’t have been created without tomatoes and mozzarella cheese from
Campania. Lamb from Lazio is produced from the pastures of that region, just like polenta, from
Veneto, was made by cultivating corn.
138 Tapescripts Videos
Side by side with traditional Italian food there are hundreds of delicious wines produced throughout
the country. In fact Italy is one of the top wine producers in the world.
Everyone has their favourite Italian dish, even though now in many cities it’s really easy to try
different cuisines from all over the world.
Our cities have restaurants to suit many different palates: Chinese, Mexican, Japanese, Indian,
Brazilian, and African. Our shops offer exotic ingredients from faraway lands. And tasting those
dishes puts us in contact with those cultures.
But these days it’s never been easier to cook. You don’t need to be a great chef, all you need is
the internet and you have millions of recipes from all over the world at your fingertips. If you’re not
already familiar with it, why not step into the kitchen and have a go?
But if we want to know what the weather will be like tomorrow we’ve got to take a look at the
weather reports. Most people follow forecasts on television.
Even if we hear more and more about climate change, we still know that winter in Europe is the
coldest season, with temperatures often dropping to below zero. It is also the season when it snows
and when winter sports on snow and ice are played (skiing, snowboarding, skating, etc.).
Spring is the season in which it is nice to enjoy the first warm weather, nature comes back to life
and we are able to take walks, go for bike rides, and have picnics.
Summer is the hottest and driest season of the year and we usually associate it with holidays and
time for relaxation. Italians especially love to go to the seaside or for excursions in the mountains.
Autumn is the season in which the leaves change colour.
Red, orange and yellow leaves often make beautiful natural landscapes quite stunning.
Taking a holiday can be an important part of a person’s life. Sometimes you discover new cultures
or cuisines. It allows you to meet new people, or it can just be some time away from work to relax
and have fun. So where do you like going on holiday?
Do you like going to a seaside resort so that you can lie on the beach and sunbathe? Or would you
rather go to a campsite and spend a few days outdoors? Do you usually get a package tour so that
you don’t have to worry about organizing your holiday? Or are you an independent person and you
like to choose every aspect of the trip yourself?
There are always many things to do no matter where you go. Some places have fantastic guided
tours to provide you with information about the sights. If you’re adventurous there are expeditions to
explore the area. You can buy a guidebook to learn about and find the most interesting sights and
the best restaurants. Although every now and then the best way to see a city is just by getting lost!
When deciding on where to go an important step is how to get there. If it’s nearby then by train or
car could be the easiest and cheapest option. But if your destination is overseas or thousands of
miles away, the only option might be by plane.
Tapescripts Videos 139
Of course travelling by plane is faster for longer distances, but there are other things to consider.
First, you need to be more careful when packing your luggage because of higher security controls.
Then, finding the right gate before take-off is difficult in some airports. If you’re afraid of flying, this
probably isn’t the choice for you.
The train could be a better option as it’s cheaper. However, trains can be late or cancelled, and train
timetables are confusing for first-time users. Be sure to find the right platform!
However and wherever you go on holiday, if your travelling companions are with you, you’re
guaranteed to have a good time.
Theatre is perhaps our oldest form of entertainment. It began in ancient Greece thanks to great
playwrights such as Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. We have evidence of performances
dating back to the 6th century B.C., and amazingly, the theatres used for such performances still
exist today.
This type of entertainment naturally changed through the centuries; the genre developed thanks
to the likes of William Shakespeare, Molière, Samuel Beckett, Bertolt Brecht, Carlo Goldoni, and
Luigi Pirandello. These great playwrights wrote tragedies and comedies which are still performed
today. More recently, new genres such as the musical have continued to change the theatrical
form.
Cinema was officially born on 28th December 1895 with the first projection of a film produced
by Louis and Auguste Lumière. The first films were silent and in black and white. Only on 6th
October 1927 was the first auditory film projected with a spoken dialogue: The Jazz Singer by
Alan Crosland.
From there cinema changed a great deal; Technicolor was invented and over time special effects
were added to develop many different genres such as action, war, western, horror, romance, and
fantasy. Now we have the modern 3D cinema.
On 2nd November 1936 Great Britain inaugurated the first television service in the world. The
programmes were naturally in black and white, and the devices used to receive them were very
different from those we use today.
At the end of the 1940s an American company, Zenith, invented the first remote control for the
television set. It was at first connected to the set by a wire, but in 1955 the first wireless remote
controls arrived. Along with TV came the advent of advertising known as commercials. The very
first transmission of a commercial from an American TV lasted a mere 10 seconds and simply
said: “America runs on Bulova time”.
The evolution of television of course has continued. In the 1970s colour television arrived in the
shops, even if the types of television programmes haven’t changed all that much. Just as it was
80 years ago there are sports, quiz shows, soap operas, chat shows, films, and TV series. Will
television look the same in another 80 years?
If we make a list of all the possible natural disasters (volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, floods,
hurricanes, etc.), it is obvious that the world is not a calm place; it was like this even in the distant
past - just think about the great Biblical flood. In fact, even if these phenomena frequently occur,
by sheer luck they are rarely serious enough to cause enormous damage or affect thousands of
people.
In fact, the most serious historical catastrophes are remembered for centuries.
For example, hurricane Katrina, which hit the Southern coast of the United States in 2005, was the
140 Tapescripts Videos
most serious in terms of economic damage, more than $100 million, and one of the most serious
when considering the total number of deaths, which equalled more than 1,800.
Or the tsunami that in 2004 affected an inestimable number of victims (somewhere between
200,000 and 400,000) on the coast of the Indian ocean, mostly in Indonesia.
Then there was the earthquake that hit Haiti in 2010 causing 316,000 deaths, or the one in
Messina in 1908 that left 120,000 dead.
Or even the eruption of the Icelandic volcano, Eyjafjallajokul, in 2010 that created a column of
smoke and ash, which spread to France, bringing air transport in Europe to its knees.
Or when the Indonesian volcano Tambora erupted in 1815, which caused around 100,000 deaths,
including the famine that followed due to the dust that remained in the atmosphere for months
after the eruption.
This dust impeded the solar rays from reaching the ground, which resulted in a notable cooling of
the planet. This led to very cold winters and no summer at all the next year, which in fact became
known as the year without summer.
However even the less dramatic disasters clearly cause huge inconvenience to local populations.
Human behaviour has a direct influence on some of these phenomena; for example, the
destruction of the ozone layer, deforestation, and pollution have conditional climatic effects which
can cause floods or drought.
In short, none of us can stop an earthquake or a volcanic eruption but all of us can do something
to limit pollution and our harmful effects on the environment. For example, by reducing our use
of cars as much as possible we can lower our dependence on fossil fuels and help protect our
planet.
You’ve probably been asked what you wanted to do when you were a grown-up ever since you
were little. It happened when you chose which high school to attend and it will happen again when
you choose whether or not to go to college or university. What are you going to study?
You’ve probably changed your mind over the years, maybe even a few times. As a child, we often
try to imitate our heroes; we want to become astronauts, doctors, dancers, pirates, world champions
or police officers.
As we grow up our interests change. It would be great to pursue a career as an airline pilot, a fire-
fighter, or even a famous footballer, rock star or film star.
In the end our original dreams get replaced by the reality of our personal inclinations that we dis-
cover as we grow up. So those of us who love writing or communication dream of becoming writers
or journalists. Those who love technology will study to become computer programmers. Those who
love nature will want to become naturalists, and the same goes for those who choose to become
mechanics or doctors, scientists or plumbers, engineers or chefs.
It’s right to have hopes, dreams and goals, and it’s important to try and reach them. Yet you need to
be willing to change your mind and ideas the moment you realize that what we used to dream about
is no longer exactly what we are really going to do.
TESTING GRAMMAR 1
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53
Testing Grammar
Pagina 109
NAME
NAME …………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………… CLASS
CLASS ……………
…………… DATE
DATE ……………………
…………………… 1
6
TESTING GRAMMAR
It is/There is/There are. Mark e Jane hanno deciso di andare a vivere insieme e stanno cercando casa.
Grammar Files: Files 1 - 5
1
Jane è andata a vederne una. Completa la conversazione tra Mark e Jane con it is o there is/there are
nella forma corretta (affermativa, interrogativa, negativa). (J = Jane; M = Mark)
M:1 So Jane,
To behow
- Present
is the Simple.
house? Completa le frasi con la forma corretta del present simple di to be.
J: Oh, (1) …… nice and
1. “……… the bank open today?” big. (2) “No,
………….. it ……… a kitchen, a dining
. “ 2. Peter and room,
I ……… a living
twins.room, two bathrooms
We ……… 17 years and
old.
four bedrooms.
3. Vancouver ……… in Canada. Where ……… Boston? 4. “……… you tired?” “Yes, I ……… .” 5.
M: (3) ……………..
“……… a garden?
Jennifer English?” “ No, she ……… . She ……… Australian.” 6. “How ……… Mary?” “She
J : Of course (4) ………………
……….. fine, thank you.” 7. “What . In………
fact (5)wrong?”
…………… “ We two:
……… a front garden
thirsty.” and a back
8. “……… garden.
Tom and Mark
M: (6) ………………… a garage?
students?” “No, they ……… .” 9. You ……… wrong. Vancouver ……… in the USA. It ……… in Canada.
J: “………
10. Yes, (7) ………………
you thirsty?” “No, one,I but
……… (8) …………..
. I ………..a hungry.”
bit small 11.
for Paul
two cars, I’m afraid.
and Mark aren’t English, ………
M: Oh well, my car is old. I can park
they? 12. That skirt is expensive, ……… it? it in the street. (9) ………… a sports centre nearby?
J: No, (10) ……………. , but (11) …………… a wonderful park where we can go jogging.
M: That’s great! (12) ………….. only one problem. Where to get the money.
2 Paesi e nazionalità. Riscrivi le frasi come nell’esempio.
7
➔ She’s Preposizioni
from Norway.semplici, di stato in luogo e usi particolari
/ She’s Norwegian. 5. We’re from delle preposizioni.
Hungary. / ..........................................
Testing Grammar
Testing Grammar
1. ………………………………………………………………..?
television is …… the corner …… the window and the fireplace. -15. Lucy and Paul
George and Tomare American.
are …… work. 16. The
2. ………………………………………………………………..?
fireplace is (dirimpetto) …… the door. 17. There is a helicopter flying - Yes, I’m
……English.
the town. 18. Grandma is sitting
3.
…… ……………………………………………………….……….?
a comfortable armchair. 19. It’s hot today. It’s 30° …… zero. - No,
20. she
Turnisn’t
lefta……doctor.theShe’s
traffica lights.
nurse.
4. ………………………………………………………………..? - Tom? He’s at the cinema.
5. …………………………………………………………….….?
8 - Paul? He’s fine, I suppose.
Pronomi personali soggetto e complemento. Completa ciascun spazio con il pronome personale
6. ………………………………………………………………..? - She isn’t at work because she isn’t well.
soggetto o complemento adeguato.
7. …………………………………………………………….….? - Bill and Sue? They’re my cousins.
8.
1. …………………………………………………………….….?
“Is Jane with Mark and Tom?” “Yes, she’s with ………… .”-2.My “Ishair
thatisparcel
blonde.for me?” “No, it isn’t for
……… .” 3. “Are these flowers for Margaret? “ “Yes, they’re for ……… .” 4. “Is Paul with you and your
brother?”
4 “Yes, he’s
Singolare with ………
o plurale? Completa .” 5. le “Are
frasithese
con is CDs for David?” “Yes, they’re for ……… .” 6. “Is this
o are.
postcard for ……… ?” “Yes, it’s for you.” 7. “Michael, is your brother with …………?” “ Yes, ……… is
1. The furniture
here.” 8. “Sarah…… is anvery old. 2.woman,
attractive My hairisn’t ……………?” too long.“Yes,
3. This
……… spaghetti ……
is, and fantastic.
Tom is in love 4. Mice
with …… …… .” 9.
rodents.
“Today is 5. Paul’s
…… the SmithsIsonthis
birthday. holiday?
present6.for The………?”children “Yes,
…… at …… the is.”
funfair. 7. The news
10. “There’s …… good
a postcard on thetoday.
coffee8.
The
table.money
Is ……. …… fromin the purse.
Mark and 9. My feet“Yes,
Susan?” …………’s aching. 10. ………
from Why …… .” the police here? 11. The thief …… in
prison. 12. The luggage …… near the door. 13. …… your homework difficult?
9 To have - Present Simple. Completa le frasi con la forma corretta del present simple del verbo to have.
5 Il singolare e il plurale - Dimostrativi. Volgi le seguenti frasi al singolare o al plurale. Effettua tutti
1. I’m an only child. I (not)
i cambiamenti ………… got any brothers or sisters. 2. “My aunt and uncle ………… got a farm.”
necessari.
“(they) …………… got any animals?” “Yes, they ………… . 3. “(Sandra) …………… got a piano?” “Yes,
sheThat
1. ……… .” 4. “(you
is a fireman. / not) …..………… got time for4.a These
.................................................. drink?”boys
“No,areI ……….…… .” 5. Our bathroom is
very tall. .......................................
very
2. small.
This is myWe………….. got a shower, but we (not) 5.
hobby. ................................................. …………….. got girl.
That is a pretty a bath. 6. “You haven’t got a pet,
..............................................
…………
3. you?” “No,
Those beaches unfortunately,
are fabulous. I ………… .”
................................. 6. This is a smart dress. ............................................
10 108
Some / any / no / none / a / an. Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1. We’ve got some / a meat but we haven’t got no / any vegetables. 2. Would you like any / some orange juice?
3. There’s a / some glass of wine on the table. 4. Can I have an / some information, please? 5. “Have we got
any / some cheese?” “ Sorry, there isn’t any / none left.” 6. We haven’t got any / some bread.” “Yes, we’ve
got any / some. There’s a / some loaf of bread in the cupboard.”
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 109
6 It is/There is/There are. Mark e Jane hanno deciso di andare a vivere insieme e stanno cercando casa.
Jane è andata a vederne una. Completa la conversazione tra Mark e Jane con it is o there is/there are
nella forma corretta (affermativa, interrogativa, negativa). (J = Jane; M = Mark)
M: So Jane, how is the house?
J: Oh, (1) …… nice and big. (2) ………….. a kitchen, a dining room, a living room, two bathrooms and
four bedrooms.
M: (3) …………….. a garden?
J : Of course (4) ……………… . In fact (5) …………… two: a front garden and a back garden.
M: (6) ………………… a garage?
J: Yes, (7) ……………… one, but (8) ………….. a bit small for two cars, I’m afraid.
M: Oh well, my car is old. I can park it in the street. (9) ………… a sports centre nearby?
J: No, (10) ……………. , but (11) …………… a wonderful park where we can go jogging.
M: That’s great! (12) ………….. only one problem. Where to get the money.
Testing Grammar
television is …… the corner …… the window and the fireplace. 15. George and Tom are …… work. 16. The
fireplace is (dirimpetto) …… the door. 17. There is a helicopter flying …… the town. 18. Grandma is sitting
…… a comfortable armchair. 19. It’s hot today. It’s 30° …… zero. 20. Turn left …… the traffic lights.
8 Pronomi personali soggetto e complemento. Completa ciascun spazio con il pronome personale
soggetto o complemento adeguato.
1. “Is Jane with Mark and Tom?” “Yes, she’s with ………… .” 2. “Is that parcel for me?” “No, it isn’t for
……… .” 3. “Are these flowers for Margaret? “ “Yes, they’re for ……… .” 4. “Is Paul with you and your
brother?” “Yes, he’s with ……… .” 5. “Are these CDs for David?” “Yes, they’re for ……… .” 6. “Is this
postcard for ……… ?” “Yes, it’s for you.” 7. “Michael, is your brother with …………?” “ Yes, ……… is
here.” 8. “Sarah is an attractive woman, isn’t ………?” “Yes, ……… is, and Tom is in love with …… .” 9.
“Today is Paul’s birthday. Is this present for ………?” “Yes, …… is.” 10. “There’s a postcard on the coffee
table. Is ……. from Mark and Susan?” “Yes, ……’s from ……… .”
9 To have - Present Simple. Completa le frasi con la forma corretta del present simple del verbo to have.
1. I’m an only child. I (not) ………… got any brothers or sisters. 2. “My aunt and uncle ………… got a farm.”
“(they) …………… got any animals?” “Yes, they ………… . 3. “(Sandra) …………… got a piano?” “Yes,
she ……… .” 4. “(you / not) …..………… got time for a drink?” “No, I ……….…… .” 5. Our bathroom is
very small. We………….. got a shower, but we (not) …………….. got a bath. 6. “You haven’t got a pet,
………… you?” “No, unfortunately, I ………… .”
109
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 110
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 6 - 10
2
1 Pronomi personali soggetto e complemento, aggettivi e pronomi possessivi.
Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente.
1. That’s John’s sister. …… name’s Sheila. My boyfriend is …… desk mate. 2. “Tom, is this …… cap?” “No,
…… isn’t …….. .” “ Are you sure it isn’t …… ?” 3. Joanne and Mark have got two children. ……… names
are Brian and Margaret. 4. The dog has lost ……… collar. 5. …… isn’t a good idea to run across the road. 6.
“Is that hot dog for Brian?” “No, ……. isn’t for …….. .” “Are you sure it isn’t for ……… ?” “Yes, ………
am.” 7. “Are those flowers for mum?” “Yes, ………’re for ……… .” 8. “Where’s Peter?” “……..’s at the
cinema with ……… friends.” 9. “Jane, is that Mark’s dog?” “Yes, …….. ’s ……. .” 10. “Is Sally with you and
John?” “Yes, ……..’s with ……… .” 11. We’re at the shopping mall with ………… parents. 12. “Michael and
Peter, are those bicycles ………?” “No, ……… aren’t ………. .” 13. We’re going to the cinema. Why don’t
you come with ……… ? 14. Mr and Mrs Jones often go to the theatre with some friends of …… . 15. Julia
sometimes goes to the gym with some colleagues of …… .
2 Genitivo sassone. Rispondi alle domande utilizzando il genitivo sassone e i suggerimenti tra parentesi,
come nell’esempio.
➔ Is that Tom’s moped? (David) No, that’s David’s moped.
1. Are these your suitcases? (my parents) ……………………………..
2. Is that Richard’s father? (Robert and Mark) ……………………………..
Testing Grammar
5 Numeri ordinali - La data. Scrivi le seguenti date utilizzando correttamente i numeri ordinali.
110
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 111
9 Present Simple. Metti i verbi tra parentesi alla forma corretta del present simple e colloca gli avverbi
di frequenza (quando sono forniti tra parentesi) nella posizione corretta.
1. “How long (it / take) …………………….. you to get to school?” “It (take) ………………… me twenty
minutes by bus.” 2. “What (you / think) …………………. of Janet’s new coat?” “I (not / like)
………………….. it . I (think) ………………… it (be) ……………… horrible.” 3. Where (he / usually /
spend) ……………………… his holidays” “I (not / know) …………………, but I (know) …………………
that he (travel) …………………… a lot.” 4. “(they / like) ……………….. classical music?” “No, they (find)
……………… it boring.” 5. “What (you / usually / do) ………………………… on Sunday afternoons?” “We
Testing Grammar
(usually / go) ……………………….. for a walk along the river when the weather (be) ……………… good.”
6. He (always / watch) ……………….. TV after dinner. 7. He (never / be) ……….……… tired.
10 Risposte brevi e question tags. Completa correttamente le risposte brevi e le question tags. Fai
attenzione ai diversi tipi di verbo.
1. “You like tea, …………….?” “Yes, …………… .”
2. “She doesn’t like playing tennis, ……………… ?” “No, …………… .”
3. “They aren’t English, …………..?” “No, …………… .”
4. “You’ve got a brother, ……………?” “Yes, …………… .”
5. “He doesn’t usually have a big lunch, ……………?” “No, ………… .”
111
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 112
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 11 - 14
3
1 Present Simple / Present Continuous. Leggi il testo e completa ciascun spazio con la forma
corretta del present simple o del present continuous del verbo tra parentesi.
Today it 26) (rain) ……………….. and they 27) (not / be) …………….. in the garden. What 28) (they /
do) ……………………… then? They 29) (play) ………………….. chess. They 30) (like) ……………
playing chess very much.
3 Le domande. Scrivi le domande adeguate alle risposte fornite. Considera in particolare le parti sottolineate.
1. …………………………………………………? - I’m watching TV.
2. …………………………………………………? - She usually gets up at 8.00.
3. …………………………………………………? - They’re eating cherries.
4. …………………………………………………? - They live in New York.
5. …………………………………………………? - On Saturday afternoons? I go shopping.
6. …………………………………………………? - I go to the gym twice a week.
7. …………………………………………………? - My mother? She usually goes to work by car.
8. …………………………………………………? - No, she isn’t doing her homework at the moment.
9. …………………………………………………? - Yes, she works in a very big supermarket.
10. ………………………………………………..? - He isn’t studying because he doesn’t feel well.
112
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 113
4 Costruzione con doppio accusativo. Decidi quali frasi sono corrette (C) e quali sbagliate (S).
Riscrivi le frasi sbagliate correttamente (A volte è possibile più di una soluzione corretta).
1. That’s Peter’s dictionary. Give him it. ( … ) ……………………..………
2. It’s my sister’s birthday tomorrow. I’m giving her this T-shirt. ( … ) ……………………………..
3. John is sending a bunch of roses his girlfriend. ( … ) ……………………………..
4. I have to confess you the truth. ( … ) ……………………………..
5. Can you show me those photos? ( … ) ……………………………..
6. What about buying a pipe for uncle Frank? ( … ) ……………………………..
7. Why don’t we give to the children some pocket money? ( … ) ……………………………..
8. Describe me your sister. ( … ) ……………………………..
Testing Grammar
12. I don’t agree with you. I’m afraid you’re rather / quite / very wrong!
8 Articoli. Completa ciascuna frase con the, a o an. Metti una X quando non è richiesto alcun articolo.
1. What …… beautiful day! 2. …… football match starts at 3 p.m. 3. Where is …… telephone directory? I
don’t remember …… Mrs White’s phone number. 4. Can you pass me …… salt, please? 5. London is ……
capital of …… United Kingdom. 6. “There’s …… man I don’t know at …… door. Do you know him?” “Don’t
worry. It’s …… postman.” 7. My brother is …… university student. He studies ……. Chemistry. 8. John is in
…… hospital. He’s got …… pneumonia. 9. Skiing in …… Alps can be very expensive. 10. ……
Mediterranean Sea is polluted. 11. I speak two foreign languages: ……. French and …… Spanish. 12. When
in New York, we always go for a stroll in …… Central Park. 13. …… Buckingham Palace is the residence of
…… Queen. 14. We go to …… theatre once …… month. 15. She’s got …… long nose.
113
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 114
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 15 - 18
4
1 Modali: can. Completa ciascuna frase con la forma corretta del verbo modale can.
1. Alan is a very good swimmer. He ……… swim very well.
2. “Mary ………… ride a horse, can she?” “No, she ……….. .”
3. “What (we) ………… do to help John?” “Unfortunately we ……….. do anything.”
4. “(you) …………… lend me your grammar book, Peter?” “Sorry, I ……… just now. I need it myself.”
5. I ………… understand why she is so worried. There’s nothing to worry about.
6. That man ……… be Mr Jordan. Mr Jordan doesn’t wear glasses!
2 Modali: may. Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente con may o may not.
1. He hasn’t studied much. He ………… fail the exam.
2. Let’s buy Peter a tie for his birthday. He …………… have one.
3. George has just phoned to say he missed the bus. He ………… be late for the meeting.
4. David isn’t well. He ………….. come to our party.
5. She’s very accurate. She ………… be the person we’re looking for.
6. Excuse me, ………… we take photographs in here?
3 Modali: can / may. Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente con can o may.
1. “…………… I use your mobile, Peter?” “Yes, sure.”
Testing Grammar
5 Modali: will / would / shall. Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente con will, would o shall.
1. “Where ………….. we go on holiday?” “Why don’t we go to Greece?”
2. “……………… you get me some food from the shops?” “Yes, sure.”
3. “……………… you like to go to the theatre tonight?” “Yes, I’d love to.”
4. “……………… you help me open the car door, please?”
5. “……………… I phone your mother to say that you’re on your way back?”
6. “……………… you stop talking, please?”
7. “ ……………... you have some more tea?” “Yes, please, but just a little.”
8. “What ………….. I buy for dinner?” “We need some meat and some vegetables.”
114
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 115
6 Modali e let’s. Completa il dialogo adeguatamente con: can, must, would, ’d, shall, let’s.
(D = David; J = Jackie)
D: Listen, Jackie. Are you free tomorrow evening?
J: Yes, I am. Why?
D: Well, it’s my birthday tomorrow and I (1) ………….. like to go out for dinner with some friends.
(2) ………… you like to come?
J: Oh yes, I (3) …………. love to. What a lovely idea!
D: I’m glad you’re coming.
J: Where (4) ………….. we go? I mean, which restaurant?
D: I (5) ………… like to go to an Italian restaurant. There’s a good one in Baker Street, just in front of the
Red Bull pub.
J: Great! (6) ………… go there. Where and when (7) ………… we meet?
D: (8) ………… meet outside the restaurant at 7.30. Is that OK for you?
J: That’s fine.
D: Then we (9) ………..… go to the Red Bull after the restaurant.
J: Great! I (10) ………….. go now. See you tomorrow evening, then. Bye-bye.
D: Bye.
Testing Grammar
4. I want that you come / you to come to the seaside with us on Sunday.
5. Do you want to invite Richard / Richard to invite to the party?
6. Do you like / Would you like a sandwich?
8 Past Simple. Completa il seguente testo con il past simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
Last Sunday Miss Murphy 1) (go) ………….… to London on business by train. She 2) (leave) …………… at
6.30 a.m and 3) (get) ……………… to Victoria Station at 8.30. From there she 4) (walk) …………… to her
hotel. On the way she 5) (buy) …………….. a newspaper and 6) (go) ………… to a bar. She 7) (drink)
………….. a cup of coffee and she 8) (read) …………….. her newspaper there. She 9) (do) ………………
nothing all morning because she 10) (have) …………….. her first meeting in the afternoon.
9 Past Simple. Completa i dialoghi con la forma corretta del past simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
1. A: “Where (you / be) ……………… yesterday afternoon at 5.30, Jack?”
B: “I (be) …………… at the gym.”
2. A: Where (you / go) …………………….. on holiday last summer?
B: We (go) …………………………… to Crete.
A: (you / have) ………………………… a good time?
B: Well, I (enjoy) ……………………….. myself a lot, but David (not / like) …………… it there very
much. He (think) ……………… there (be) …………….. too many tourists.
3. A: (Sheila / do) ……………………….. the washing-up last night?
B: I don’t think so. She (not / have) ………………….. much time.
4. A: Tom (feel) …………………… terrible after the accident.
B: Why? What (he / do) ……………………?
A: He (fall) ……………… off his bicycle on his way to school. A cat (run) …………….. in front of
him as he (come) ………………… round the corner.
115
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 116
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 19 - 22
5
1 Aggettivi e avverbi. Modifica ciascuna frase come nell’esempio o viceversa.
➔ Jenny is a bad singer. Jenny sings badly.
1. Ann dances wonderfully. ……………………
2. Edward is an accurate writer. ………………..
3. George is a good worker. …………………….
4. Sarah smokes secretly. ………………………
5. James is a fast runner. ……………………….
6. Norman is a careful driver. …………………..
7. David works hard. ……………………………
8. Jane is a quick reader. ………………………..
2 Avverbi. Leggi il testo e completa ciascun spazio con l’avverbio corretto scegliendo tra quelli forniti
nel riquadro.
loudly David’s wife yawned (1) …………………… as she stood at the front door. “Goodbye,
tightly David. Drive (2) ……………..……..,” she said. David got into the car. It was a wet and cold
politely morning, so he closed the windows (3) ……………… . As he drove along he smiled (4)
happily ……………… . That was his first day in his new job. (5) ……….……….., the car skidded
suddenly on the icy road. David screamed (6) ……………..…… as his car crashed into a wall.
Testing Grammar
carefully Someone called an ambulance, which soon arrived. The driver ran (7) …………..………..
quickly towards David. “Are you alright, sir?” he asked (8) …………..……… . “Yes,” said David.
sleepily “But I don’t think my car is.”
116
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 117
8 Aggettivi terminanti in -ed e in -ing. Completa ciascuna frase scegliendo l’aggettivo adeguato tra
Testing Grammar
quelli forniti nel riquadro.
embarrassed / embarrassing 1. The film wasn’t as good as we expected. It was really ………………… .
disappointed / disappointing 2. It’s raining again. This weather make me ………………….. .
excited / exciting 3. Tom passed the exam. Everybody was very ……………………
depressing / depressed 4. Jane is going to America next week. It will be an …………… experience.
surprised / surprising 5. It is ………………… when you have to ask people for money.
10 Past Simple / Past Continuous. Completa adeguatamente le seguenti frasi con la forma corretta del
past simple o del past continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.
1. When we (go) …………… out, it (rain) ……………… . 2. The postman (come) ……………. while I (have)
…………..….. breakfast. 3. I (get) ……………… up at 7 o’clock. The sun (shine) ………………, so I (go)
……………… for a walk. 4. “What (you /do) ………………… at 9.30 on Friday evening?” “I (watch)
………………… a film on TV.” 5. I (not /do) ………………… anything special when Jack (phone)
……………….. , so I (be) ………………… pleased to help him. 6. The child (fall) ……………… and (hit)
…………………… his head while he (run) ………………… in the park. 7. Tom (hurt) ……….………
himself while he (ride) ……………… his bike. 8. I was late but Susan (wait) ……………… for me when I
(arrive) ……………… . 9. Charles (not / be) …………… at home when I (go) …………… to see him. He
(work) ……………… . 10. (they / sit) ……………..… in the garden when it (start) ………..…… to rain?
117
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 118
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 23 - 25
6
1 Present perfect simple. Usa i suggerimenti forniti per formare delle frasi con il present perfect
simple. Ricorda di inserire l’avverbio nella posizione corretta.
1. you / ever / read / “King Lear” / ? …………………………………………………………
2. I / never / travel / by plane. …………………………………………………………
3. I / not / yet / study / geography. …………………………………………………………
4. she / do / the washing-up / yet / ? …………………………………………………………
5. they / ever / eat / in a Chinese restaurant / ? …………………………………………………………
6. you / be / recently / to the theatre / ? …………………………………………………………
7. we / already / visit / the cathedral. …………………………………………………………
8. Tom / just / break / his leg. …………………………………………………………
3 Present perfect simple / Past simple. Completa le frasi con la forma corretta del present perfect
Testing Grammar
4 Present simple / Present continuous / Past simple / Present perfect simple. Leggi la lettera e
completa ciascun spazio con il tempo verbale corretto del verbo tra parentesi.
Dear Jackie,
Greetings from Paris! The weather 1) (be) ……………… warm and sunny and I 2) (have)
………………… a wonderful time. I 3) (stay) ………….. with my friend Mary who 4) (live) …………… in
the Latin Quarter.
I 5) (already / visit) ………………… the Louvre. I 6) (buy) ………………… some postcards there. I 7) (also
/ go) …………………… to the Galeries Lafayette. My friend 8) (take) ………………… me there yesterday,
but I 9) (not / buy) ……………………… anything. I 10) (eat) …………………….. at a Japanese restaurant
too! We 11) (go) ………………… there last night and we 12) (have) ……………….. “sushi”! I 13) (also /
see) ……………………. the Eiffel Tower. Mary and I 14) (go) ……………….. there two days ago, but we
15) (not / go) …………………… up it.
There are a lot of things I 16) (not / do) ………………… yet. I 17) (not / go) ……………… to Les Halles
or Le Marais yet. We 18) (want) ………………… to go there tomorrow.
Paris is an amazing city – you must visit it one day! Anyway I’m coming back to England on 16th August,
so I’ll call you then.
Love,
Helen
118
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 119
5 Present perfect simple / Present perfect continuous. Completa i mini dialoghi con la forma
corretta del present perfect simple o del present perfect continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.
1. “Has Jane lost weight?” “Yes, she (exercise) ……….………………………… for five months.”
2. “Where’s Paul?” “He (just / leave) …………………………….…… for work.”
3. “Let’s go out to eat tonight.” “What about tomorrow night? I (already / cook) …………………. dinner.”
4. “Does Peter work at Johnson & Smith?” “Yes, he (work) ………………………… at that company for two
years.”
5. “Is David studying in his room?” “Yes, he (study) ……………………..…………… for two hours.”
6. “How is Pamela?” “I don’t know. I (not / speak) …………………..…………… to her since Friday.”
7. “Betty is impossible these days.” “(she / fall) ………………………………… in love again.?”
8. “Why are you tired?” “I (play) ……………………………… football.”
7 Past simple / Present perfect simple / Present perfect continuous. Leggi il testo e completa ciascun
spazio con il tempo verbale corretto
Margaret Evans 1) (graduate) ……………….. from university in 1997. She 2) (study) ………………… Law
Testing Grammar
but she 3) (never / work) …………………….. as a lawyer. When she 4) (finish) ………………… her studies
she 5) (decide) …………………… to become an actress. She 6) (think) ………………… that acting 7) (make)
…………………… her really happy, so she 8) (start) ……………… taking drama lessons and 9) (apply)
…………………… to all the London West End Theatres.
In 1998 she 10) (get) ……………. a minor role in The Mouse Trap, an Agatha Christie play, and 11)
(distinguish) ……………… herself as a very good actress. Margaret 12) (act) …………………… for more
than ten years and so far she 13) (receive) ……………………… quite a few awards. For the last two months
Margaret 14) (play) …………………… the role of Lady Macbeth in Macbeth, the famous Shakespearean
tragedy, at The Globe. She 15) (become) …………… a big theatre star.
8 Le domande. Scrivi le domande adeguate alle risposte sottolineate. Usa le corrette question words e
fai attenzione ai tempi verbali.
1. …………………………………………………? - They have known each other for ten years.
2. …………………………………………………? - She graduated in 1999.
3. …………………………………………………? - He has been learning English for three years.
4. …………………………………………………? - They have lived in that house since they got married.
5. …………………………………………………? - They got married two months ago.
9 Past simple / Present perfect simple / Present perfect continuous / Past perfect simple / Past
perfect continuous. Completa le seguenti frasi con il tempo verbale corretto.
1. By the time I (get) ……………….. to the university, the lecture (already / start) ………………..…… .
2. I (not / see) …………… John for such a long time that, at first, I (not / recognise) ………………………
him.
3. She was very hungry. She (not / eat) …………………….………… since the day before.
4. When Jenny turned up we (wait) ………….…………………… for her for over an hour.
5. It (rain) …………………………….……………… for two days now. When will it stop?
6. “How long (you / have) …………………………….…… that car?” “Since last January.”
119
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 120
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 26 - 27
7
1 Present continuous: riferimento al futuro o al presente. Completa ciascuna frase con la forma
corretta del present continuous. Poi indica le frasi che hanno un significato presente (P) e quelle che
hanno un significato futuro (F).
1. (you / do) …………………………… anything on Saturday? Do you want to come to a party? (…)
2. “Where’s Peter?” “In the sitting room. He (read) ……………………… the newspaper.” (…)
3. Hurry up, Michael. Everyone (wait) ……………………… for you. (…)
4. They (leave) ………………………...… at 5.00 tomorrow morning. (…)
2 Present continuous / Be going to / Future simple. Correggi ciascuna frase per esprimere il futuro
nel modo più appropriato.
1. I’ve bought my ticket. I’ll leave tomorrow. ...................................................................................................
2. We’ll go to a concert tonight. Do you want to come? ...................................................................................
3. Look out! That boy will fall into the pool! ....................................................................................................
4. Sorry. I can’t meet you. I will go to the dentist’s this afternoon. ..................................................................
5. Bye for now. I’m going to see you tomorrow. ...............................................................................................
6. Look at those dark clouds. It will rain. ..........................................................................................................
7. Don’t worry, I’m helping you. ......................................................................................................................
8. Can you wait, please? I’m being ready in a minute. .....................................................................................
Testing Grammar
3 Present continuous / Be going to / Future simple. Completa ciascuna frase mettendo il verbo tra
parentesi alla forma corretta del present continuous, be going to o del future simple per esprimere il
futuro nel modo più appropriato.
1. I love Madrid. I (probably / go) …………………………………… there next summer.
2. This is my last day in London. I (go) ………………………………… back to Italy tomorrow.
3. Your horoscope says that you (become) ……………………………………… rich and famous.
4. The repairman (come) ………………………….… to fix the washing machine tomorrow afternoon.
5. “I’m cold.” “I (get) …………………………… you an extra blanket.”
6. My daughter (be) …………………………….. six in July.
7. I’m sure you (enjoy) ……………………….. this book.
8. (you / do) …………………………….. the washing up, please?
9. You (remember) …………………………….. to lock the front door, won’t you?
10. “It’s quite cold today.” “Yes, it is. It (snow) ……………………………… .”
11. “This music is too loud!” “Okay, I (turn) ………………………..… the volume down.”
12. I promise I (not / forget) ……………………….. to call this time.
13. I don’t expect they (be) …………………..………….. back before the end of the week.
14. Get out of my pub or I (call) ……………….…………… the police.
15. I’m busy this evening. A friend (come) ……………………..……….. to dinner.
4 Question tags e risposte brevi. Completa le frasi con le question tags e le risposte brevi.
1. “You aren’t leaving tomorrow, ……………….. ?” “No, ………………. .”
2. “It’s going to rain, ………………?” “Yes, ………………. .”
3. “He won’t win the first prize, ………………?” “No, ……………… .”
4. “They will be able to find the treasure, …………………?” “Yes, ……………… .”
5. “You won’t forget to send me a postcard, ………………?” “No, ……………… .”
120
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 121
5 Present simple / Present continuous / Be going to / Future simple. Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1. We’ve got plans for the weekend. We will go / go / are going to Edinburgh.
2. “I need some help in the kitchen.” “Don’t worry, I give / ’ll give / ’m giving you a hand.”
3. What are you going to do / will you do / do you do when you go on holiday next month?
4. You can’t go out in this weather. You ’re catching / catch / ’ll catch a cold.
5. The French lesson is going to start / starts / is starting at 10.00.
6. Sorry, on Sunday at 3 o’clock I meet / ’m meeting / ’ll meet my friend Simon.
7. “What time does the train leave / will the train leave / is the train leaving?” “At 5.30.”
8. We will leave / leave / are leaving in ten minutes.
9. I hope it will stop / is going to stop / is stopping raining in the afternoon.
10. I’ll stay until you are coming / will come / come back.
11. If you are going to miss / miss / will miss the 8.30 bus, you will miss your plane.
12. I wonder when they will open / are opening / open the new library to the public.
13. You will regret your decision when you will be / are going to be / are older.
14. Water turns into ice when the temperature goes / will go / is going to go below zero.
15. I’ll contact you as soon as I will get off / am getting off / get off the plane in Lisbon.
6 Periodo ipotetico di 1° tipo. Completa ciascuna frase con la forma corretta dei verbi tra parentesi.
1. If Carol (not / leave) …………………………….. now, she (miss) ……………………… the train.
2. She (not / pass) …………………….. her exam if she (not / work) …………………….. hard.
3. If it (rain) ………………… we (go) ………………………… into a department store.
Testing Grammar
4. If it (rain) ………………… tomorrow, we (not / go) ………………………… to the seaside.
5. You (not / improve) …………………….. your French, if you (not / practise) ……………………. .
7 Periodo ipotetico di 1° tipo. Scrivi le possibili conseguenze delle seguenti situazioni usando il
periodo ipotetico di 1° tipo. Segui l’esempio.
➔ You want to leave the disco now. Your friend doesn’t want to. You are worried about missing the last bus.
You say: “ If we don’t leave the disco now, we’ll miss the last bus.”
1. A school mate wants to play football in the classroom. You are worried about breaking the window.
You say: “……………………………………………………………………..…………………… .”
2. Your cat scratches people. Your friend wants to stroke the cat.
You say: “…………………………………………………………………………………………. .”
3. You want to take the bus to school. Your friends wants to walk. You are worried about getting to school late.
You say. “………………………………………………………………………………………….. .”
4. It has just started to rain. You want to go into a shop. Your friend doesn’t agree with you. You are worried
about getting wet.
You say: “ ………………………………………………………………………………………… .”
121
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 122
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 28 - 30
8
1 Pronomi relativi. Completa le frasi con who, which, whose. Metti il pronome relativo tra parentesi
dove è possibile ometterlo.
1. A teacher is someone …………… teaches children.
2. That is the man ……….. rented us this flat.
3. Isn’t he the boy ………… mother went into hospital last week?
4. Have we received the catalogue …………… we ordered two weeks ago?
5. On the way back home we had to push a car ………….. battery was flat.
6. The American girl …………… I met at the seaside last month is coming to visit us.
7. The boy ………….. took me home was very nice.
8. Paul, ………… is my best friend, is going out with Alice.
9. The English test was very difficult. Even Paolo, …………… is very good at English, failed it.
10. The blue car, ……………… you see in front of the bank, is mine.
2 Pronomi relativi. Unisci le due frasi usando un pronome relativo. Ometti il pronome relativo quando
è possibile.
1. That’s the singer. Jane likes him so much. ....................................................................................................
2. Show me the present. You received it for your birthday. ..............................................................................
3. Who took the book? It was on my bed. .........................................................................................................
4. Here is the magazine. You were looking for it. .............................................................................................
Testing Grammar
3 When / Where / Why / Which / That / What / . Completa adeguatamente ciascuna frase con when,
where, why, which, that, what.
1. This is the place …………… I first met John. 2. Is there any reason …………… you refused to help Tom?
3. August is the month ………….. most people go on holiday. 4. That is the church ………….. David and I
got married. 5. Do you remember the summer ………….. we got lost in the mountains? 6. I believed him,
……………… was silly of me. 7. We can’t afford to buy a house with ………… we earn. 8. My parents are
always criticising everything ………… I do.
4 Pronomi relativi - Possibili omissioni. Elimina da ciascuna frase tutto ciò che è possibile omettere,
ma in modo che la frase mantenga lo stesso significato.
1. We couldn’t enjoy the film because the two women who were sitting behind us talked all the time.
2. That’s the man who we paid £50 to.
3. Whose is the bicycle which is standing in front of the shop entrance?
4. Have you seen the book that I borrowed from the library?
5. The painting which was stolen from the museum was a Modigliani.
122
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 123
6 Indefiniti composti con some, any, no, every . Completa le frasi con i corretti indefiniti composti di
some, any, no, every.
1. Would you like ………………… to eat? 2. He lives ……………… near Jim. 3. Does …………………
mind if I smoke? 4. There’s …………………… at the door. Can you go and see who it is? 5. “Where are you
going next summer?” “……………………… . I’m staying at home.” 6. Can you come here, John? There’s
…………………. I want to tell you. 7. I’m sorry. There isn’t ………………… I can do to help you. 8.
……………………….. has hidden my cap. Come on! Who was it? 9. All the lights are off. There’s
……………………….. in the house. 10. “Where can I put all this rubbish?” “Put ………………….. in that
rubbish bin over there.” 11. The wind had blown in the sand from the beach. There was sand …………… . 12.
We never go …………………… for our holidays.
8 Future simple / Future continuous / Future perfect simple. Completa adeguatamente ciascuna frase
Testing Grammar
con la forma corretta del future simple, future continuous o del future perfect simple del verbo tra
parentesi
1. They usually have dinner at 7. It’s 7.40, so they (have) ………………………………… dinner.
2. David is still decorating the sitting room. Do you think he (finish) ………………….…… by Saturday?
3. I promise I (call) ……………………….. you tomorrow.
4. It’s very late. By the time we get there the film (already / start) ……………………………… .
5. In three days’ I (be) ……………………………….. eighteen.
6. Just think. This time tomorrow we (fly) ……………………………….. to the Maldives.
9 Future continuous / Future perfect simple / Future perfect continuous. Leggi le situazioni e
completa ciascuna frase con il future continuous, il future perfect simple o il future perfect continuous.
1. Tom is going to study from 3 o’clock until 6 o’clock this afternoon.
So at 4.30 this afternoon Tom (study) …………………………………………… .
2. Alan always goes to bed at 10 o’clock. Jim is going to visit him at 10.30.
So when Jim arrives, Alan (already / go) ……………………………………………………… to bed.
3. Lucy and Mark are on holiday. They have very little money and they are spending too much too quickly.
So before the end of their holiday, they (spend) …………………………………… all their money.
4. David is going to watch television from 8 until 9.30 this evening.
So at 9 o’clock he (watch) ………………………………… television.
5. Richard came to London from Ireland nearly four years ago. Next Friday it will be exactly four years
since he arrived in London.
Next Friday he (be) …………………………………………….. in London exactly for four years.
6. Alison is going shopping. You want her to buy some fruit for you.
You say: “(you / pass) ……………………………………… by the greengrocer’s when you’re in town?”
7. Ted has been sailing for two months. He will complete his crossing in a month’s time.
If Ted completes his crossing, in a month’s time he (sail) …………………………… for three months.
8. Pamela went to a disco last night. It’s midday and she is still asleep.
You say: “She (dance) ………………………………………….…….. all night.”
123
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 124
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 31 - 35
9
1 Can / May / Could / Might. Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1. Michael has travelled a lot. He may / can speak four languages. 2. We could / might see the sea from the
balcony. It was amazing! 3. The fog is so thick that we may not / can’t see anything. 4. They couldn’t / might
not catch the 7.30 train because Tim was late. 5. “Is Alan taking part in the project?” “I’m not sure, but he may
not / can’t.”
2 To be able to. Completa le frasi con il tempo e la forma corretti di to be able to.
1. So far I (not) ………………………… visit aunt Mary in hospital, but I hope to go soon. 2. I’m sorry I (not)
…………………………… come for a walk tomorrow afternoon. I’ve got an appointment at the doctor’s. 3.
After queuing for over an hour, at last I ………………………… check in. 4. (you) …………………… catch
your train back home yesterday?
3 Could / Couldn’t / Was/Were able to. Completa le frasi con could, couldn’t o was/were able to.
1. I can’t sing now but I ………………… sing well when I was a child. 2. “Did you persuade him?” “Yes, it
was difficult but I ………………………….. persuade him.” 3. Tom can’t run very fast now but when he was
at school he ……………….… run faster that anyone else. 4. David had hurt his leg so he
……………………… walk very well. 5. They didn’t have any potatoes in the shop I went to, but I
………………… get some in the supermarket. 6. They girl fell into the swimming pool. She ………………
Testing Grammar
4 To be allowed to. Completa le frasi con il tempo e la forma corretti di to be allowed to.
1. After Jim finished his homework, he …………………… go out with his friends. 2. Before he was eighteen,
Tom ……….. never ………………… go on holiday with his friends. 3. Next summer I ……………………
use my father’s car. 4. Excuse me, (we) …………………… park our bikes here?
6 To have to. Completa le frasi con il tempo e la forma corretti di to have to.
1. “How long (you) ………………… wait for them?” “They were half an hour late.” 2. “The doctor said my
elbow will soon be better.” “Good! So you (not) ……………………… give up playing tennis.” 3. Susan hates
driving. Nevertheless she ……………………… drive every day since her husband had a car accident. 4. The
flight was direct so we (not) ………………… stop over in Paris. 5. My parents are going away next weekend
so I ……………… baby-sit. 6. Help! This is the first time I …………….…... change a tyre!
124
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 125
8 Infinito con to, infinito senza to, forma in -ing. Completa ciascuna frase con la forma corretta del
verbo tra parentesi.
1. You oughtn’t (be) ………… so impatient. 2. The weather should (improve) …………… in the afternoon. 3.
David needs (see) ………… you urgently. 4. We needn’t (hurry) ………… . 5. You’d better (take) …………
an umbrella. It may (rain) ………… . 6. He appeared hardly capable of (conduct) …………… a coherent
conversation. 7. The bakery was shut so I didn’t manage (get) ………… any bread. 8. Well done, David, with
a single remark you’ve succeeded in (offend) ………….… just about everybody in the room! 9. He really
knows how (sing) …………! 10. He’s unlikely (agree) ………… . 11. I won’t allow her (use) ………… my
bike. 12. Please, Dad, let me (use) ………… your car! 13. You will need permission from the council (extend)
…………… your garage. 14. You aren’t allowed (chew) ……………… gum in class. 15. As a school boy he
was compelled (wear) ………… shorts even in winter. 16. It is forbidden (take) ………..… photos in a
museum. 17. Muslims are not supposed (eat) ……..…… pork. 18. I wasn’t expected (work) …………… in
the evening, but I sometimes did. 19. No one is (enter) …………… the laboratory without permission.
Testing Grammar
7. Susan should have been working / must have been working in the garden because her clothes are dirty.
8. Tom didn’t phone last night. He might forget / might have forgotten my phone number.
9. I didn’t need to walk / needn’t have walked to school as Mark gave me a lift.
10. We didn’t need to book / needn’t have booked seats in advance as there were not many people at the
concert.
10 Periodi ipotetici. Completa i seguenti periodi ipotetici di 1°, 2° e 3° tipo con la forma corretta dei
verbi tra parentesi.
1. If I (miss) ………………… the bus, I’ll be late for work. 2. If Mr Collins had won the lottery, he (buy)
………………………..… a boat. 3. What (you / do) …………….……… if he invited you out for dinner? 4.
If she (know) ……………………… a second language, she would find a better job. 5. We (not / miss)
…………………… the bus if we hurry. 6. I’m sure Pamela would have sent you a postcard if she (not / leave)
……………………… your address at home. 7. If you had studied harder, you (not / fail)
………………………...…… your final exams. 8. If I were you, I (not / stay) …………………….. here.
11 Wish / Would rather / Had better /It’s (high/about) time. Sottolinea l’opzione corretta.
1. Jane has failed most of her exams and now she wishes she studied / would study / had studied harder. 2.
I have to catch the bus to go to school every day. I wish I had / have / had had my own car. 3. The weather
is awful. I wish it is / were / would be a bit warmer. 4. I can’t speak French. I wish I would be able to / can
/ could speak it. 5. His parents criticise him very often. He wishes they hadn’t criticised / don’t criticise /
wouldn’t criticise him so often. 6. I’d rather to stay / staying / stay at home tonight. 7. “Shall I invite Sarah
and Frank, too?” “ I’d rather you don’t / didn’t / wouldn’t invite them.” 8. I’d rather you called / had called
/ call them now. 9. You’d better take / to take / took a taxi if you want to get there on time. 10. You haven’t
bought a coat for a long time. Isn’t it about time you bought / buy / would buy a new one?
125
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 126
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 36 - 38
10
1 Forma passiva: present simple e past simple. Riscrivi le frasi nella forma passiva.
1. Somebody stole my bag in the shop. ➔.........................................................................................................
2. The bill includes service. ➔...........................................................................................................................
3. People don’t use this path very often.➔ ........................................................................................................
4. They cancelled all flights because of fog. ➔.................................................................................................
5. They accused him of stealing the money. ➔ .................................................................................................
6. When did they build that church? ➔ .............................................................................................................
7. Who designed that building? ➔ .....................................................................................................................
8. Last night someone broke into our house. ➔ ................................................................................................
9. Did anyone invite Ann to the party? ➔ .........................................................................................................
10. Listen when people speak to you. ➔ ...........................................................................................................
2 Forma passiva: altri tempi verbali. Metti i verbi tra parentesi al tempo e alla forma passiva corretti.
1. The rubbish (already / collect) ……………………………………………..…… when I left for work.
2. You needn’t water these plants. They (already / water) ………………………………………………. .
3. “Have they cleaned the kitchen yet?” “No, the kitchen (clean) ………………………… tomorrow.”
4. “Have they served dinner yet?” “It (serve) ………………………………………… at the moment.”
5. The teachers couldn’t use the staff room because it (clean) …………………………………… .
Testing Grammar
3 Forma passiva con i modali. Metti i verbi tra parentesi alla forma passiva presente o passata.
1. “Do you know who has written this poem?” “It (must / write) ……………………………… by Keats.”
2. “Where is my camera?” “It (may / borrow) …………………………………….. by James.”
3. “Where can we buy souvenirs?” “Nice souvenirs (can / buy) ………………………….. from the museum
bookshop.”
4. Photographs (should / take) …………………………… outdoors so that you don’t have to use a flash.
5. Remember, Clare, this letter (must / type) ………………………………… with accuracy.
4 Forma passiva: costruzioni particolari. Riscrivi le frasi nella forma passiva iniziando come indicato.
1. They gave me two hours to make my decision. // I ……………………………….………………………
2. They didn’t offer Mark the job. // Mark ………………………………………….………………………
3. They didn’t tell us anything about the results of the survey. // We ………………………………………
4. It is said that many people are homeless after the earthquake. // Many people ………………………….
5. It is expected that the strike will begin tomorrow. // The strike …………………………………………
6. It is reported that three people were killed in the explosion. // Three people ……………………………
7. Everybody knows that the climate is changing. // The climate …………………………………………..
8. It is thought that the prisoner escaped by climbing over the wall. // The prisoner ……..………………..
5 Particolare significato passivo con need e want. Completa le frasi adeguatamente utilizzando i verbi
forniti nel riquadro nella forma più comunemente usata.
revise 1. My trousers are wrinkled. They need …………………………….. .
fill 2. The dogs are hungry. They need ……………………………
iron 3. We’ve run out of petrol. The tank needs …………………………….
feed 4. There is a hole in the roof. The roof wants ……………………………..
fix 5. You’ve made a lot of mistakes. These grammar points need ……………………..
126
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 127
6 Forma passiva. Leggi il testo e completalo adeguatamente con i verbi forniti in ordine sparso.
has been fixed • can be read • have been planted • is haunted • was killed •
has been seen • have been painted • can’t be starved • have been repaired
Last year George and Joanne bought an old house which has required a lot of work. All the walls (1)
…………………………….., the windows and the gate (2) ……………………….; some flowers (3)
…………………………….. in the garden, and the roof (4) ……………………….. as there were some
holes in it. It is much better now, but it has been impossible to get rid of the ghost. The ghost? That’s right
– the ghost.
You must know that the house (5) ……………………….. by a ghost who eats all the food he finds. A
man (6) ……………………… in that house many years ago and since then a ghost (7)
…………………… eating in the kitchen many times.
George and Joanne knew about the strange guest of the house but they had decided to buy the house
despite the ghost because it was very cheap. They thought the ghost would have left the house, but it still
hasn’t. This year they have tried to get rid of him in many ways. Once they didn’t buy any food for over
a week, but a ghost (8) ……………………………… to death, of course.
Now a big sign (9) ………………………… on the gate.
7 Far fare. Completa le frasi con have, let, make o get nel tempo e nella forma corretti.
Testing Grammar
1. John is at the dentist’s. He ………………… a tooth taken out. 2. “Does Pamela cook her meals herself?”
“No, she ……………….. them cooked.” 3. At school we were ………………… to learn poems by heart. 4.
When she told me the joke she ………………… me laugh. 5. ……………… them have this catalogue. 6. My
brother has bought a new computer but he doesn’t ……………….. me use it. 7. Paul has managed to
………………… his parents to buy him a motorbike. 8. She couldn’t speak English well but she
………………… herself understood.
8 Far fare. Completa le frasi adeguatamente con i verbi forniti nel riquadro nel tempo e nella forma corretti.
show 1. I’m really angry with Paul. Yesterday he ………………… me waiting half an hour in the rain!
hurt 2. I can’t get that song out of my head. It ……………………… me crazy.
make 3. Could you …………………… me know what time the early train to London leaves?
drive 4. Don’t ……………….… the ash on the carpet!
drop 5. How much did the hairdresser ………………………. you for your haircut?
let 6. Can you ………………….… me that photo?
charge 7. George fell down the stairs last week and his leg still …………………….. .
keep 8. He couldn’t ……………………… himself heard without a microphone.
9 Infinito con to, infinito senza to, forma in -ing, participio passato. Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1. James was made to sit out / sit out of the second game. 2. We were not allowed leave / to leave the room.
3. David had his scooter respray / resprayed. 4. He can make himself respected / to respect. 5. We saw a
tramp to sleep / sleeping in the supermarket doorway. 6. The old man was seen to sit / sit down on a bench.
7. I could feel my heart beating / beaten faster and faster. 8. The boy was seen throw / throwing stones to the
other children. 9. At last I got him to apologise / apologise to Susan. 10. He made me to cry / cry.
127
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 128
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: File 39
11
1 To say / To tell. Completa ciascuna frase con say o tell nel tempo e nella forma corretti.
1. I’m sure she …………… us the truth yesterday morning. 2. You can’t ………….. lies, can you? 3. He kissed
me and ………….… goodbye. 4. John …………… that he was tired. 5. John …………… to his wife: “I may
be late for dinner.” 6. Who ………….. you that I was ill?
128
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 129
5 Alcuni verbi introduttivi. Completa ciascuna frase con il verbo adeguato tra quelli forniti nel riquadro.
6 I modali nel discorso indiretto. Trasforma le frasi al discorso indiretto iniziando come suggerito.
1. “I can’t drive.” Paul said that ...........................................................................
2. “We may be late for dinner.” They said that ..........................................................................
3. “I must go home at once.” Carol said that .........................................................................
4. “We must start next month.” They said that ..........................................................................
5. “He must be eighteen.” She said that ............................................................................
6. “What time shall we leave?” She asked .................................................................................
7. “I could run very fast when I was young.” He said that ..............................................................................
7 Periodi ipotetici, had better, would rather, wish nel discorso indiretto. Trasforma le frasi al discorso
indiretto iniziando come suggerito.
1. “If you try hard, you will do better.” The teacher told the girl that ...................................................
2. “If there were more facilities, life in this town wouldn’t be so boring.”
He complained that .........................................................................................................................................
Testing Grammar
3. “If I had more free time, I would go to the gym more often.”
Jane said that ...................................................................................................................................................
4. “You’d better answer that ad immediately.” Mary told me that ....................................................................
5. “I’d rather go to the theatre.” She replied that ........................................................................
6. “I wish I had curly hair.” Alice said that ..........................................................................
7. “I wish he wouldn’t chew gum all the time.” She said that ............................................................................
Mark greeted Tom and asked him what he was doing there. Tom answered that he was leaving for
Scotland. Mark asked Tom if he was still living in London and Tom answered he was. Then Mark asked
him what he had done after leaving school. Tom said that he had gone to university where he had graduated
in computer science. He added that after that he had started working for a big insurance company. Then
Tom asked Mark what he had done after school.
Mark answered that he had found a job in a travel agency and then he had got married. He added that he
had two children. Then Tom suggested meeting one evening. Mark said that was a good idea and gave Tom
his new phone number. Tom said that he had to go and catch the train. Then he added that he would call
Mark soon. Finally, he said goodbye and Mark said goodbye, too.
129
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 130
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Files 40 - 42
12
1 Connettivi. Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1. I went downstairs after / to making my bed.
2. She was in the kitchen while / when she heard a strange noise.
3. You won’t pass the exam unless / if you don’t study hard.
4. You can borrow my book unless / as long as you give it back tomorrow.
5. I’m doubtful about whether / if she will accept our offer.
6. I’m calling to / so that enquire about the hotel rates.
7. I didn’t go out in case / if John phoned.
8. You should have done like / as I showed you.
9. He talks too much. I can’t stand people as / like him.
10. She behaves as though / like she were better than us.
11. Because / Owing to the fog a lot of flights will be cancelled.
12. Since / In order to we were half an hour early we decided to stop for a quick snack.
13. However / Although it was snowing, it wasn’t very cold.
14. Even though / Even if there was a bus strike this morning, we got to school on time.
15. Jane had studied hard. She failed the exam, whereas / though.
16. She shut the window for fear that / so that it might rain.
17. She stood on a chair so / in order to reach the top shelf.
18. He stayed at home due to / as he had no car.
Testing Grammar
19. Despite the fact that / In spite he had a cold, he still played football.
20. The little boy could either / neither read nor write.
2 Connettivi. Riscrivi le frasi usando i connettivi tra parentesi. Effettua tutti i cambiamenti necessari.
1. I’ll be happy to have you with me for the weekend, only don’t bring your cat. (as long as)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I never watch a football match if I’m not forced to. (unless)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. I’ll help you in the kitchen if you help me with my homework. (on condition that)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. The policeman stopped the traffic. He wanted the children to cross the road safely. (so that)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. John had a pain in his foot. He couldn’t finish the football match. (because)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. I can’t advise you. I don’t know much about it. (since)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. The film had a good review in the paper. We all went to see it. (such … that)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. The dog was aggressive. The postman refused to deliver the letters. (so … that)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. They are generous. They are very poor. (although)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. He looked strong and healthy. He hadn’t eaten for days. (however)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
11. Dogs are friendly. Dogs are loyal (not only)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
12. Forests are in danger. Animals are in danger too. (both … and)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
130
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 131
3 Connettivi. Scegli il connettivo adeguato per collegare le frasi. Poi riscrivi le frasi effettuando tutti i
cambiamenti necessari.
1. Many young people decide to stay in youth hostels when travelling. Youth hostels are cheaper than hotels.
(on the other hand / because)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Studying abroad can be a very valuable experience. It can be very costly. (however / in addition)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. People in the city-centre are complaining. The air is very polluted. (due to the fact that / despite the fact that)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Traffic in the city-centre is awful during the rush hour. Most people use private transport. (moreover / as)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4 Infinito con to, infinito senza to, forma in -ing. Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1. The teacher told us to stop to talk / talk / talking at once. 2. After wait / to wait / waiting for hours, they
decided to leave. 3. That book is worth reading / to read / read. 4. I miss to sleep / sleeping / sleep in my bed
when I’m on holiday. 5. I was not expected coming / to come / come back before 7 pm. 6. We’d better wearing
/ to wear / wear warm clothes. 7. They agreed call / calling / to call off the meeting. 8. It was very kind of you
help / helping / to help the old man with his suitcase. 9. It’s advisable for them to leave / leave / leaving today.
10. Has he managed qualify / to qualify / qualifying for the race? 11. I’m looking forward to meet / to meet /
meeting your parents. 12. I don’t feel like go / to go / going out. 13. The children are excited about go / going
/ to go on holiday. 14. You must calling / call / to call your mother immediately. 15. I was made clean / cleaning
Testing Grammar
/ to clean the room. 16. I can’t get used to living / live / to live in such cold country. 17. I can’t stand to watch
/ watching / watch violent films. 18. My parents let me stay / to stay / staying out until midnight on Fridays.
19. The students had difficulty in understand / to understand / understanding this. 20. Despite be / to be /
being seriously ill, he went to work. 21. Dogs are friendly in addition to be / to be / being loyal. 22. Besides to
be / be / being overcrowded, this town is also polluted. 23. Do you mind to wait / waiting / wait? 24. I can’t
afford go / going / to go to the cinema once a week. 25. I can’t help to love / loving / to love you.
5 Infinito con to, infinito senza to, forma in -ing. Metti il verbo tra parentesi alla forma corretta.
1. Alice suddenly realized she had forgotten (lock) ………………………… the front door.
2. I remember (visit) …………………………… that castle a few years ago.
3. On the way back we stopped (have) ……………………… lunch at a restaurant.
4. Will you stop (talk) …………………………, please?
5. Telling the truth would mean (hurt) ………………………… her feelings.
6. I didn’t mean (say) ………………………….. that.
7. I don’t like (go) …………………………… to bed early.
8. I’d like (try) ……………………………. the new Indian restaurant.
9. He was starting (get) ………………………… angry.
10. I hate (tell) …………………………you that you failed your exam.
11. We regret (announce) ………………………….. that flight BA432 to Paris has been delayed by an hour.
12. He might go on (work) ………………………… all afternoon if you don’t tell him to take a break.
13. After introducing himself, he went on (discuss) ………………………… his project.
14. The little girl tried (reach) ……………………….. the top shelf, but it was too high for her.
15. If you have a cough, try (take) ………………………….. these pills.
16. My nails need (cut) ………………………… .
17. He recommended (read) ……………………..… that book.
18. She advised us (take) ………………………….. the underground.
19. It’s no use (talk) ……………………….. about it.
20. It’s no good (tell) ……………………….. her.
131
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 132
TESTING GRAMMAR
Grammar Files: Section 6 - SOS Verbs!
13
1 To do / To make. Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1. Sarah always makes / does her bed before going to school.
2. Can you do / make me a favour?
3. Are you doing / making fun of me or are you just joking?
4. She didn’t make / do any phone calls.
5. I’m sorry! I didn’t want to make / do any harm!
6. He’ll do / make a lot of money if he can do / make business with that American company.
7. Jane doesn’t like doing / making the washing-up, but she quite likes making / doing the ironing.
8. My sister makes / does most of the cooking in our house.
8. Lucy is not very clever, but I’m sure she’s …………………… her best.
9. There will be an important meeting at the end of the month so we’re already …………… arrangements.
10. You haven’t ………………… any progress.
3 Verbi seguiti/non seguiti da preposizione. Completa ciascuna frase con la preposizione corretta.
Metti una X dove non è richiesta alcuna preposizione.
132
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 133
4 Phrasal verbs. Abbina ciascuna frase in A alla frase in B che ha un significato simile.
A B
1. I think I will enjoy my holiday. a. I look like him. 1…
2. I’ve stopped smoking. b, I looked it up. 2…
3. I tried to find a word in a dictionary. c. I get on well with him. 3…
4. I have a good relationship with my husband. d. I’m looking forward to it. 4…
5. I haven’t got any more petrol. e. I’ve given it up. 5…
6. I take after my father. f. I ran into him. 6…
7. I met Peter by chance. g. I looked for it. 7…
8. I tried to find my hat. h. I looked after him. 8…
9. I took care of my brother. i. I put it off. 9…
10. I postponed the meeting. j. I’ve run out of it. 10…
A B
1. to call off a. to visit for a short time 1…
2. to put off b. to begin operating electrical equipment 2…
3. to put out c. to provide accommodation in sb’s house 3…
4. to put up d. to enter by force 4…
5. to take up e. to recover from 5…
6. to break into f. to cancel 6…
Testing Grammar
7. to turn on g. to postpone 7…
8. to get away h. to extinguish 8…
9. to set off i. to escape 9…
10. to turn up j. to inherit 10…
11. to call on k. to start a hobby or activity 11…
12. to get over l. to investigate 12…
13. to take off m. to begin a journey 13…
14. to come into n. to arrive, often unexpectedly 14…
15. to look into o. to leave the ground 15…
8 Tempi verbali. Completa le frasi con i verbi tra parentesi nel tempo e nella forma corretti.
Testing Grammar
Testing Grammar
TOWARDS PET
NAME ………………………………………………………………………… CLASS …………… DATE …………………… 1
1 READING – Multiple choice cloze. Read the text below and choose the correct word or words for each
space. For each question, mark the correct letter A, B, C or D. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
MY HOMETOWN
Hi! My name’s Rachel, I (0) ……… sixteen years old and I’m from Southfield, UK.
Southfield is a very small town. It is a quiet place, sometimes too quiet. (1) ……… many places where
young people can meet. When the weather is good we meet in the park or in the square (2) ……… the
town hall, and (3) ……… winter we meet at (4) ……… houses or in the cafés along the main street. I
know almost everybody in town, which is cool, - I like the fact that I can talk to everyone.
(5) ……… a small cinema here but we (6) ……… good films. If we want to see a good film, we have to
go to Liverpool, about 25 kilometres from here. Southfield (7) ……… got a tennis club, a football ground
and a swimming pool. That’s all.
I think living in a small town (8) ……… a bit boring. Living in a big city is probably more fun. There are
lots of sporting facilities, great shops, lots of things to do. Of course there are disadvantages, for example,
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards PET
people (9) ……… very friendly, there are dangerous neighbourhoods, people are always (10) ……… a hurry.
Maybe the solution is somewhere in the middle like living in a big town or a small city.
2 WRITING – Sentence transformations. For each question, complete the second sentence so that it
means the same as the first. Use no more than three words. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
135
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 136
1 READING – Multiple choice cloze. Read the text below and choose the correct word or words for each
space. For each question, mark the correct letter A, B, C or D. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
0. A per B at C a ■ D in
1. A of B with C from D for
2. A it B these C there D they
3. A occurs B needs C wants D takes
4. A in B at C during D on
5. A in B after C on D at
6. A any B the C a D some
7. A This B These C Those D A
8. A they B their C them D theirs
9. A drank B drink C drinking D are drinking
10. A don’t have often B don’t often have C don’t never have D don’t have always
2 WRITING – Sentence transformations. For each question, complete the second sentence so that it
means the same as the first. Use no more than three words. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
WHAT A NUISANCE!
Mr and Mrs White go (0) …… the supermarket on Saturday mornings. Mr White never (1) …… these
visits. While his wife goes shopping, he (2) …… on a box and (3) …… for her. This morning there (4)
…… more noise (5) …… usual and everyone was in a hurry. Mrs White (6) …… some fish, a lot of meat,
fruit and vegetables. An hour passed and then a man (7) …… to Mr White. “Excuse me,” he (8) …… ,
“is your name White? Your wife has finished shopping now, but her bags are (9) …… heavy. She would
like (10) …… them home for her.”
TESTING GRAMMAR
7. A came up C comes up D was coming up
towards PET
B is coming up
8. A saw B said C answered D spoke
9. A a lot B too much C enough D very
10. A you carrying B that you carry C you carry D you to carry
0. There aren’t many students at school today. ➔ There are only a few students at school today.
1. The eggs aren’t enough to make a cake. ➔ We haven’t got .................................................. to make a cake.
2. They are too young to get married. ➔ They aren’t ................................................................. to get married.
3. There is plenty of food in the fridge. ➔ There is a .................................................................... in the fridge.
4. There’s very little money left. ➔ There isn’t ........................................................................................... left.
5. The film was so boring that I fell asleep. ➔ It was ..................................................... film that I fell asleep.
6. What a happy time we had! ➔ We had .................................................................................................. time!
7. How ugly her sisters are! ➔ She has got ............................................................................................. sisters!
8. People are not allowed to use this exit. ➔ People may ........................................................................... exit.
9. Do you want me to make some tea? ➔ Shall I ........................................................................................ tea?
10. Do you want a cup of coffee? ➔ Would ............................................................................. a cup of coffee?
137
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 138
138
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 139
Never enough
(0) …… I went out to lunch with my friend Michael. Michael is (1) …… fat. He likes good food – and
(2) …… it. We (3) …… at a table in a restaurant and the waiter (4) …… us a tray full of delicious things.
(5) …… a big meal we (6) …… some cheese and (7) …… some coffee, too.
“ We really must go now Michael,” I said. “ We (8) …… here (9) …… nearly three hours. It’s ten to four.”
“What (10) ……?” asked Michael in surprise. “We can’t leave now. It’s time for tea!”
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards PET
7. A were drinking B drunk C drank D have drunk
8. A were B been C ’ve been D are
9. A since B from C at D for
10. A mean you B did you meant C meant you D do you mean
0. I’ve never met a less sincere person than Claire. ➔ Claire is the least sincere person I’ve ever met.
1. Gold is more precious than silver. ➔ Silver isn’t ................................................................................... gold.
2. In my class there aren’t as many students as in yours. ➔ My class ............................... numerous as yours.
3. It’s two days since they left. ➔ They ....................................................................................................... ago.
4. I haven’t seen Paul for three weeks. ➔ The last time I ................................................ was three weeks ago.
5. I have a pullover. I bought it three months ago. ➔ I ..................................... this pullover for three months.
6. Mary is English. Susan is English too. ➔ Both .......................................................................... are English.
7. All the boys were wearing a cap. ➔ Every ........................................................................................... a cap.
8. They were all nervous before the exam. ➔ Everybody ....................................................... before the exam.
9. They have never been to the ballet before. ➔ It’s the first time ................................................ to the ballet.
10. I never drink coffee. ➔ I’m not ......................................................................................................... coffee.
139
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 140
A terrible mistake
One Friday afternoon a motorist (0) …… two men walking along a lonely country road. They (1) ……
heavy bags, so he at once (2) …… the police. That morning he (3) …… on the radio that there (4) ……
a robbery at a post office not too far from there. Two men (5) …… two mail-bags (6) …… a lot of money
and the police were asking for information which might lead to the arrest of the thieves. The police soon
arrived on the scene. They questioned (7) …… men but (8) …… of them could speak English. The two
men tried hard to resist arrest and refused to say (9) …… . When the police opened the bags, they realized
that they (10) …… a terrible mistake. The two men were German potato-sellers and their bags were full
of potatoes!
0. It was silly of me to believe her. ➔ I believed her, which was silly of me.
1. The office Peter works in is in that building. ➔ The office ................................... works is in that building.
2. I never drink alcohol. ➔ I’m not used ............................................................................................... alcohol.
3. “I’m sorry I’m late” he said. ➔ He apologised ....................................................................................... late.
4. We always spent our summer holidays in Spain. ➔ We used ............................. summer holidays in Spain.
5. There’s nothing I can do for her. ➔ There isn’t ............................................................................. do for her.
6. Shall we go to another place? ➔ Shall we ............................................................................................. else?
7. That’s the kennel in which the dog sleeps. ➔ That’s the kennel ................................................................ in.
8. The two girls are coming to see us next week. We met them in Paris.
➔ The two girls .................................................................................. Paris are coming to see us next week.
9. It’s surprising that this kind of magazines is so popular.
➔ This kind of magazines is very popular, ................................................................................... surprising.
10. There isn’t anything good on TV tonight. ➔ There’s ................................................................ TV tonight.
140
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 141
IN THE FUTURE
Genetic engineering (0) …… us to create the perfect human. Parents (1) …… a baby as they want it.
After 2082 winter Olympics, some babies will be created aerodynamic, so they can (2) …… ski jumpers.
Also, genetic engineering will allow us to mix plants and animals.
Over the next 20 to 50 years, it (3) …… hard to tell the difference (4) …… the human and the machine.
All body parts will be replaceable. We will then be able to create a machine duplicate of ourselves (maybe
by 2070). Naturally, (5) …… duplicates (6) …… around there will be a food problem. Things probably
(7) …… easy.
Miniature nanorobots will travel through our blood and (8) …… damage when we are sick. When we
have stomach-ache, we will swallow a very small cherry-tasting robot which (9) …… through our
stomach taking a video of the problem. Then we can replay the video to help the doctor diagnose (10)
……. problem.
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards PET
2. A became B to become C become D will become
3. A is becoming B will become C going to become D becoming
4. A among B behind C between D over
5. A why B where C how D when
6. A are going B goes C went D going
7. A won’t be B willn’t be C will D want to be
8. A to repair B repaired C are repairing D repair
9. A will travels B will travel C travelling D going to travel
10. A its B our C ours D us
0. I’ll wait here until it stops raining. ➔ When it stops raining, I’ll leave.
1. George has come to stay for the weekend. ➔ George ........................................... with me for the weekend.
2. Are you free tonight? ➔ Are ............................................................................................... anything tonight?
3. We promise not to make too much noise. ➔ We promise we ............................................... too much noise.
4. I plan to study engineering in the USA. ➔ I’m ....................................................... engineering in the USA.
5. My party is next Saturday. ➔ I .................................................................................... a party next Saturday.
6. There’s a possibility of rain tomorrow. ➔ I think ................................................................... rain tomorrow.
7. I predict a score of 2-0. ➔ The score ....................................................................................................... 2-0.
8. You won’t get promotion if you don’t work hard. ➔ You won’t get promotion unless ........................ hard.
9. I’m determined not to speak to her any more. ➔ I’m not .................................................... to her any more.
10. I won’t leave the office before receiving your e-mail.
➔ I won’t leave the office until ................................................................................................. your e-mail.
141
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 142
WEATHER OUTLOOK
General situation to midnight tonight
The bulk of England and Wales (0) …… have another warm or hot day with (1) …… again picking at
30°C (86°F) in one or two central and eastern areas. (2) ……. will be plenty of (3) …… to start off with,
but scattered heavy thunder-storms with hail will push in locally from the south as the day goes on.
Cloudier skies with outbreaks of rain (4) …… eastern parts of Ireland, the western half of Scotland,
western parts of (5) …… and the far south west of England at various times (6) …… the day. Western
parts of Ireland will be (7) …… than these cloudier areas and (8) …… warm (9) …… England and
Wales. The weather here (10) ……. a mixture of sunshine and one or two showers.
0. The weather was so bad that we couldn’t leave the hotel for two days.
➔ We couldn’t leave the hotel for two days because the weather was very bad.
1. The film was so boring that I fell asleep. ➔ It was ..................................................... film that I fell asleep.
2. We left early so that we could get there on time. ➔ We wanted to get there on time .......................... early.
3. I’m going to London next summer. I want to improve my English.
➔ I’m going to London next summer ......................................................................................... my English.
4. We can’t come to your party because of previous engagements.
➔ We can’t come to your party .................................................................................. previous engagements.
5. We can take the bus. We can take the train. ➔ We can go either ..................................................... by train.
6. A gas leak caused the explosion. ➔ The explosion was ............................................................ to a gas leak.
7. Don’t come home late. Dad will be angry. ➔ If you ......................................................., Dad will be angry.
8. Will the police arrest the robbers? Nobody knows.
➔ We all wonder if the police ...................................................................................................... the robbers.
9. She will phone me when she gets to the airport. ➔ She will phone me as soon ..................... to the airport.
10. I won’t forgive him unless he apologises. ➔ I won’t forgive him ............................................... apologise.
142
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 143
A frightening experience
(0) …… midday, the small party of students, led (1) …… one of their teachers, had reached a height of
2460 feet. At this point one of the students, Paul Martin, a boy of sixteen, felt seriously ill, so the party
(2) …… to stop climbing. The only thing the teacher (3) …… do was to return to the hut where they (4)
…… the night, because mobile phones didn’t work in that area. From the hut, he (5) …… the police. As
no rescue team (6) …… reach the student quickly enough, a helicopter, with a doctor on board, (7) ……
to the scene. The helicopter soon arrived, but the sides of the mountain were so steep that it (8) …… land.
The pilot, therefore kept the helicopter in the air with only one wheel touching the mountain-side while
the party (9) …… the boy on board.
It was such a frightening experience for the boy that he will never forget it. “I (10) …… I hadn’t been
on that excursion,” said poor Paul Martin when he was interviewed at General Hospital a few days later.
0. A From B By ■ C Until D On
1. A from B of C by D with
2. A must B should C has D had
3. A should B may C could D might
TESTING GRAMMAR
4. A were spent B had spent C are spending D are going to spend
towards PET
5. A telephoned B was called C asked D rung
6. A couldn’t B could C was able D wasn’t allowed
7. A was sent B was invited C sent D was sending
8. A can’t B couldn’t C might not D wasn’t able
9. A carried B was carried C carrying D carryed
10. A hope B like C want D wish
0. Do not enter this area. ➔ You must not enter this area.
1. I’m sure there’s a solution to this problem. ➔ There ........................................... a solution to this problem.
2. It’s possible that we won’t find any seats at the theatre. ➔ We may ........................ any seats at the theatre.
3. Perhaps we will be late for dinner. ➔ We ...................................................................................... for dinner.
4. You may not smoke in here. ➔ You aren’t ......................................................................................... in here.
5. It’s essential to get there before 7.00 pm. ➔ We ......................................................... there before 7.00 pm.
6. It’s advisable for motorcyclists not to take this road in bad weather.
➔ Motorcyclists had ................................................................................................ this road in bad weather.
7. Is it necessary for us to spend the night there? ➔ Do ................................................. spend the night there?
8. It is not permitted to park bicycles in front of the school entrance.
➔ Pupils .................................................................................. their bicycles in front of the school entrance.
9. Our car was broken so we were obliged to travel by train.
➔ We .................................................................................................... by train because our car was broken.
10. If we go to Kenya, will it be necessary for us to be vaccinated?
➔ If we go to Kenya, will we .................................................................................................... vaccinated?
143
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 144
T R AV E L L E R S ’ T I P S
Holiday health advice from your local pharmacist
We all look forward (0) …… our summer holiday – it’s the one time of the year when we (1) …… to
feel fit and relaxed. But sunburn, travel sickness, insect bites and stomach upsets (2) …… all spoil your
annual two weeks’ fun in the sun. Even when it’s not too serious, there’s (3) …… more likely to spoil
your holiday fun (4) …… minor accidents and illnesses. The good news is that you can (5) …… for
anything, if you (6) ……your local pharmacy your first stop for personalised and confidential (7) ……
on travel and holiday health. Your local pharmacist can (8) …… all your problems – and can (9) ……
you on practical, common-sense precautions and effective remedies (10) …… ensure you have a happy
– and healthy – holiday this year!
0. A on B to ■ C for D of
1. A ought B should C must D might
2. A are able B are allowed C can D ought
3. A nothing B anything C everything D something
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards PET
4. A as B of C than D then
5. A to be prepared B preparing C being prepared D be prepared
6. A will make B had made C make D would make
7. A news B advice C things D wish
8. A ask B give C inform D answer
9. A give B advise C recommend D say
10. A to B for C because D why
144
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 145
TESTING GRAMMAR
6. A made C were made D are made
towards PET
B make
7. A were played B played C are played D is played
8. A dancing B were dancing C were danced D danced
9. A were set off B was set off C will be set off D have set off
10. A has been B would be C was D been
0. They serve dinner from 7.00 to 9.00 pm. ➔ Dinner is served from 7.00 to 9.00 pm.
1. Two masked men broke into the bank early this morning.
➔ The bank ..................................................................................... by two masked men early this morning.
2. They offered Jane a job in Manchester. ➔ Jane ............................................................. a job in Manchester.
3. They give you a certificate after the course. ➔ You ......................................... a certificate after the course.
4. People say that Miss Sullivan is an excellent pianist.
➔ Miss Sullivan ......................................................................................................... be an excellent pianist.
5. Newspapers report that the two bank robbers are somewhere in town.
➔ It ................................................................................. that the two bank robbers are somewhere in town.
6. Didn’t they invite you to the party? ➔ Weren’t .............................................................................. the party?
7. We were told to take warm clothes on the excursion.
➔ The organizers .................................................................................. take warm clothes on the excursion.
8. What caused the fire? ➔ What ...................................................................................................... caused by?
9. You can order a copy of the book from the school bookshop.
➔ A copy of the book .......................................................................................... from the school bookshop.
10. The optician tested George’s eyes yesterday. ➔ George had ....................................................... yesterday.
145
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 146
How embarrassing!
Last month an old friend from France, who was going to stay with me for a few days, (0) …… from the
airport to (1) …… me that he (2) …… . I was still at work at the time, so, after (3) …… where my new
flat was, I (4) …… him that I (5) …… the key under the door-mat. I also advised him (6) …… into the
kitchen and help himself to food and drink as I was likely to be home rather late.
Three hours later my friend telephoned me from the flat. At the moment, he (7) ……, he was listening
to some of my CDs after having had a wonderful meal. When I asked him (8) …… he had reached the
flat without difficulty, he answered that he (9) …… to find the key under the door-mat, but fortunately
the kitchen window just by the apple tree had been left open so he had climbed in. I was astonished: there
is no apple tree in front of my kitchen, but there’s one in front of my neighbours’! Of course I (10) ……
to telephone my neighbours immediately and explain what had happened. It was so embarrassing!
0. “I’ve never been on a plane before” he said. ➔ He said that he had never been on a plane before.
1. “I’ll fix the television tomorrow,” the repairman said.
➔ The repairman said that ................................................................................... the television the day after.
2. “I’m sorry I didn’t telephone you last night,” Tom said.
➔ Tom apologised .......................................................................................................... me the night before.
3. “Which path did the two men take after the robbery?” the policeman asked.
➔ The policeman asked which path the two men ............................................................... after the robbery.
4. “What is Mark doing?” Jane asked. ➔ Jane asked me ......................................................................... doing.
5. “Are you good at dealing with people?” the interviewer asked.
➔ I was asked .................................................................................................... good at dealing with people.
6. “I won’t be late again.” James said. ➔ James promised not ................................................................ again.
7. “You caused the accident.” ➔ They accused him ...................................................................... the accident.
8. “No, I didn’t rob the bank. Believe me!” ➔ The man ..................................................................... the bank.
9. “I want to speak to the director immediately,” Mrs Jenkins said.
➔ Mrs Jenkins insisted ........................................................................................... the director immediately.
10. “OK. I made a mistake,” said Paul. ➔ Paul admitted ..................................................................... mistake.
146
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 147
Testing Grammar
TOWARDS FCE
NAME ………………………………………………………………………… CLASS …………… DATE …………………… 1
1 MULTIPLE-CHOICE CLOZE. Read the letter below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D)
best fits each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
Dear Julia,
I’m sorry I (0) ……… for such a long time, but I (1) ……… very busy lately especially
with my new job as a hotel receptionist.
I (2) ……… at a lovely hotel in the city centre. I (3) ……… there for a month. The job
involves answering the phone, making bookings and answering guests’ questions – you know the
TESTING GRAMMAR
sort of thing, I’m sure. Besides, I (4) ……… French lessons (5) ……… the last three weeks -
towards FCE
there are a lot of French tourists in this area and I really (6) ……… to improve my French.
As for George, he (7) ……… still production manager at Johnson & Johnson. He is
working very hard and he is very tired when he (8) ……… home at night.
Jennifer (9) ……… with us at home any more. She (10) ……… to live on her own two
months ago. Her boutique is doing very well and she is travelling abroad a lot, so we (11) ………
much of her. She is in Italy at the moment visiting one of the most important fashion fairs in Milan.
Anyway, that’s all our news for the moment, but I (12) ……… I’ll write again soon. I hope
you and your family are well. Keep in touch!
Best wishes,
Linda
147
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 148
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
1 OPEN CLOZE. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one
word in each gap. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
GUGLIELMO MARCONI
A biographical account
Guglielmo Marconi, (0) the Italian physicist, (1) ………… was born in Bologna in 1874, is famous as the
inventor of a system of radio telegraphy and for his work on shortwave wireless communication, (2)
……….. forms the basis of modern radio transmission.
Marconi, (3) …………… mother was Irish, studied in Italy and began (4) ………… experiments on his
father’s estate, near Bologna, in 1894. In 1896 he went to England (5) ……….. he was assisted by the chief
engineer of the Post Office, Sir William Preece. He was soon able to send signals several kilometres, and three
years (6) ……………. set up a wireless station capable of transmitting across the English Channel.
His greatest achievement, however, came in 1901, (7) ………….. he succeeded in transmitting signals
across the Atlantic, (8) ………….. disproved the theory that the Earth being curved would limit radio
communication to a few hundred kilometres. Marconi gradually perfected his system in the following years
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards FCE
and in 1918 he was able to send the first radio message (9) …………. England to Australia.
In the meantime, he also carried out his researches on shortwave wireless communication (10) …………..
led to the establishment of radio stations in the 1920s and to the instalment of the first radio telephone
between Vatican city and the Pope’s palace at Castel Gandolfo in 1932.
Marconi, (11) …………… received many honours during his life, among them the Nobel Prize for Physics
in 1909, was also the Italian delegate to the Versailles Peace Conference in 1919, (12) ………… he signed
the peace treaties with Austria and Bulgaria. He died in Rome in 1937.
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
149
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 150
3 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
150
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 151
1 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the letter below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best
fits each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
Dear Jenny,
Great news! () ……… tomorrow, I () ……… to the Bahamas. I () ………
there to attend an intensive course on marketing.
The company car () ……… me up from my house tomorrow morning at and
by pm I () ……… on the beach enjoying my first Bahamian sunset. The course ()
……… on Friday afternoon but my flight () ……… until Sunday so I () ……… the
whole weekend swimming, sunbathing and sightseeing. If you () ……… David
tomorrow, can you tell him the good news?
Well, I’d better finish now because I () ……… Sarah in town in half an hour.
She is helping me shop for some new clothes and a bathing suit.
I promise I () ……… you a nice souvenir and send you a postcard.
I () ……… you as soon as I () ……… back.
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards FCE
Take care of yourself.
Love,
Colin
151
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 152
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
152
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 153
TESTING GRAMMAR
Modal verbs 31, 32
4 TOWARDS FCE Modal verbs: past reference 34/D
Functions Section 5
1 OPEN CLOZE. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one
word in each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
TESTING GRAMMAR
The theory that human beings killed the dinosaur is also wrong. Human beings (8) ……….……
towards FCE
have killed the dinosaur because they didn’t exist until millions of years after the dinosaur had
disappeared. Acid rain, surprisingly, is another theory. It is (9) ………………. that pollution from
acid rain was caused by a meteor crashing into the earth. Changes in climate (10) ……..……… also
have been responsible. Either an ice age or an increase in world temperatures could (11)
………..…… been enough to kill the dinosaurs.
Anyway, there is a lesson here. If the dinosaurs can all disappear, so (12) ……..……… human
beings.
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
153
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 154
3 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
0. You’re getting too fat. I think you should start a diet immediately.
had You’re getting too fat. I think you had better start a diet immediately.
1. Do I need to get a visa to visit Australia?
necessary Is it .................................................................................................... a visa to visit Australia?
2. It’s a good idea to wash your hands before every meal.
should You ............................................................................................................ before every meal.
3. There’s a possibility that Harry will be at the meeting.
might Harry ................................................................................................................ at the meeting.
4. Having respect for the elderly is the right thing to do.
ought You ................................................................................................................... for the elderly.
5. I’m sure that the dog is in the garden somewhere.
be The dog ................................................................................................................ somewhere.
6. It is forbidden to students to talk to one another during the test.
must Students ....................................................................................... one another during the test.
7. I am sure that Peter is not the arsonist.
be Peter ..................................................................................................................... the arsonist.
8. All teachers will assemble in the main hall at 10.00.
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards FCE
154
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 155
1 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best
fits each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
TESTING GRAMMAR
On their way back, the weather (8) ……… worse, and two of the men died during a terrible
towards FCE
storm. Towards the end of March, only a few miles from the depot, the three survivors met
another storm, which lasted nine days and confined them to their tent, where they (9) ………
of exhaustion. Scott’s diary, in which all these events were recorded, was found with their
bodies several months later.
Scott was a heroic, but stubborn man. If he (10) ……… to the advice of others, he (11)
……… reached the South Pole first, but he would probably not (12) ……… such a tragic
death.
155
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 156
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
1 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best
fits each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
DANTE’S PEAK
By Dewey Gram
About the book - Summary
Dante’s Peak (0) ……… by Dewey Gram in 1997 as a novelisation of the film of the same name.
Dante’s Peak is a small town in the north west of the United States, situated on the side of a volcano that
(1) ……… inactive for thousands of years. When the mountain starts showing signs of activity, Harry
Dalton, an expert on volcanoes, (2) ……… to investigate the movement. Harry finds a volcano which he
believes is going to erupt in a very short time, but he finds that no one in the town is willing to listen to
him. Even his own boss feels that he is exaggerating the danger, and that Harry is over-reacting because
his girlfriend (3) ……… in a volcanic eruption some months previously. Then the volcano (4) ……… to
erupt, and everyone realises that Harry was right.
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards FCE
(5) ……… and the descriptions and scenes of the volcanic eruption (6) ……… to be very accurate, as
well as very exciting and dramatic.
Background
The placement of the town Dante’s Peak in the Cascade Mountains of Oregon and Washington States
(USA) was no accident. It was in this area that the United States (7) ……… one of its worst ever volcanic
eruptions when Mount St Helens erupted in May 1980. The top of the mountain (8) ……… off by the
force of the explosion and its height (9) ……… by about 400 metres. The volcanic cloud was so large
and dark that it was said (10) ……… day into night. Several people (11) ………, more than sixty people
died and an area of 600 square metres (12) ……… . The volcano continues to spit steam and ash today.
The book is therefore based on a reality which people in that area of the United States know very well.
157
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 158
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
158
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 159
TESTING GRAMMAR
7 TOWARDS FCE Reported Speech 39
1 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best
fits each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
AN UNPLEASANT JOURNEY
I had (0) ……… to Nuneaton last Thursday. Our client there suggested that I (1) ……… the fast
afternoon train to Glasgow, which only stops once before Nuneaton, at Watford Junction. He said he (2)
……… me at the station and take my to my hotel. Then we could have dinner together and discuss the
project before I visited his factory on Friday morning.
There was nobody else in the compartment when we left Euston Station. I thought I (3) ……… to spread
my papers on the seat and work quietly but when we got to Watford Junction a strange middle-aged
woman with a heavy suitcase opened the door and sat down opposite me.
I thought she (4) ……… from the USA because her case was covered with labels from places like San
Francisco and she was wearing an enormous hat, but when she spoke I realised that she was Scottish.
“I bought that hat in Texas,” she (5) ……… loudly, throwing it on the rack. I offered (6) ……… my
papers so she could put her case on the rack, but she said it wasn’t necessary, because she (7) ………
getting out at Nuneaton.
She saw I was working, but she wanted to talk. “Have you ever been to Las Vegas?” she asked, and before
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards FCE
I had time to answer, added, “You should go. It’s great.” After that she (8) ……… that she had been all
over the USA. She described New York and Los Angeles, but she was obviously annoyed that I didn’t
show much interest.
”It’s too hot,” she said. Then she got up and opened the window. The wind blew my papers all over the
floor, but she didn’t (9) ……… . When I stood up after picking my papers, I accidentally knocked her
hat off the rack, but before I had time to replace it, she stared at me angrily and accused me (10) ………
it on purpose.
“I’m going to sleep now. Wake me up at Nuneaton,” she said.
About half an hour later, we were approaching Nuneaton. I could hear the woman snoring underneath her
hat. I wondered (11) ……… I could get out of the compartment without waking her. I had already put
my papers back in my case, so I picked it up, climbed silently over her case, and slid the door to one side.
When the train came to a halt, I saw Mr Burton, our client, waiting for me on the platform. When I got
out of the train he greeted me. We stood talking on the platform and he asked me if I (12) ……… a
pleasant journey. Then the whistle blew, and as the train went by, I saw the woman still fast asleep in the
compartment. I hope she went all the way to Glasgow!
0. A go B went C to go ■ D gone
1. A would take B should take C will take D taking
2. A will meet B shall meet C met D would meet
3. A would be able B could C would D was able
4. A has just come B had just come C just had come D just came
5. A told B said C added D warned
6. A me to move B move C to move D moving
7. A was B would C might D will
8. A exclaimed B explained C reported D confessed
9. A complain B apologise C wonder D sorry
10. A doing B on doing C of doing D to do
11. A if B unless C about D why
12. A did have B would have had C was having D had had
159
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 160
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
160
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 161
TESTING GRAMMAR
8 TOWARDS FCE Linking words 40, 41
1 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best
fits each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
B I C YC L E S A N D M O TO R B I K E S
About forty years ago, most teenagers had bicycles, but now they are comparatively rare.
(0) ………, motorbikes are very common. At first sight, this may seem a sign of progress (1)
…….. the change is not necessarily for the better.
It is easy to see why young people prefer motorbikes. In the first (2) ………, they are much
faster and do not require much physical effort. (3) ………, they give young people a feeling
of independence, (4) ……… they can travel further and impress their friends. (5) ………,
the disadvantages are equally obvious. (6) ………, motorbikes are more expensive to buy and
to maintain. (7) ………, greater freedom brings danger (8) ……… speed encourages young
people to take risks. (9) ……… motorbikes are involved in more accidents, and the
TESTING GRAMMAR
accidents are generally more serious.
towards FCE
Bicycles are generally considered to be safer and easier to control. (10) ………, the fact is
that bicycles are not very safe, (11) ………, in cities these days because there are more cars
and drivers do not make allowances for them. (12) ………, those who are old enough to ride
motorbikes naturally prefer them, but they should realise that they are the most dangerous
form of transport on the road. Those who are too young or cannot afford to buy a motorbike
probably find bicycles slow and uncomfortable and riding a bicycle requires more experience of
traffic than before. On balance, the change has been for the worse. The only safe solution
would be to have more special lanes for cyclists.
0. A At the other end B On the contrary ■ C On the other hand D On the opposite
1. A but B and C or D as well
2. A view B reference C place D thing
3. A Although B Altogether C For example D Furthermore
4. A because B because of C due to D owing to
5. A Moreover B In addition C However D Besides
6. A Next B First of all C Secondly D Finally
7. A Despite B In spite C As well D Secondly
8. A consequently B similarly C but D because
9. A As a result B For this C In conclusion D Although
10. A In contrast B Nevertheless C While D Whereas
11. A as well as B neither C either D also
12. A Lastly B In the end C To sum up D On top of that
161
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 162
2 OPEN CLOZE. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one
word in each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
Yesterday afternoon, (0) after lunch, George, left home to go to the appointment with Mr Walker at the
“Johnson & Johnson” head office in Bond Street.
(1) ……….. he left, he prepared his “Curriculum Vitae” and tried to get ready to answer all possible
questions. (2) ……… he was writing, Helen came into the room and asked him (3) ………. he could help
her with the gardening, (4) ……… he told her that he couldn’t.
At 3 o’clock George went out, took a number 25 bus to Bond Street and sat down on the top deck. A few
minutes after the bus had left, there was a car accident. The bus had to stop. George got off the bus and
started walking (5) ……… it was getting late.
(6) ……… he was walking along, it began to rain, (7) ……… he decided to take a taxi. (8) ……. he had
got into the taxi, he told the driver where he wanted to go and the driver started out. (9) ……… he was
driving, George got his wallet out (10) ……… he would be ready to pay when they arrived . (11) ………
the taxi had stopped outside “Johnson and Johnson”, he paid the driver and got out.
(12) …………., he went into “Johnson &Johnson” for his job interview.
3 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
0. I didn’t go on holiday because I wanted to save money.
order I didn’t go on holiday in order to save money.
1. I put the coke in the fridge because I wanted it to get cold.
TESTING GRAMMAR
162
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 163
TESTING GRAMMAR
9 TOWARDS FCE Infinitive (with and without “to”), -ing Form 42
1 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the letter below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best
fits each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
Dear Mary,
It may seem a bit silly (0) ………to say “thank you” for the lovely weekend when we live so
close and we’ll be seeing each other on Sunday, but I thought I should (1) ……… for one or two
things that happened. I was too embarrassed (2) ………on about it in front of the other guests.
(3) ……… with, I’ve been to your house before so I can’t imagine how I got lost and kept
you all (4) ……… for dinner on Friday night. I suppose I was very tired after (5) ………on night-
shift all week. After that, I felt I had made a bad impression from the beginning, and when I
woke up next morning and realised I had overslept and you had all had breakfast, I felt even
worse. So I was just trying (6) ……… for it by (7) ……… something bright and cheerful when I
saw Paul (8) ……… a book about computers and said: “How can you read a book about computers
on a lovely day like this? Are you a computer scientist or something?” I had completely forgotten
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards FCE
that you said he was one when you introduced us. T hen, in the afternoon, when Lucy started (9)
……… the Health Service because of her sister’s operation, I kept (10) ……… myself to shut up but
I just couldn’t help (11) ……… involved. I hope she didn’t take what I said personally.
So all I can say is that I’m really sorry if I did anything to spoil the atmosphere you had
worked so hard to create. I really did enjoy myself very much. I look forward (12) ……… you
here on Sunday afternoon. T hank God I’m not on night-shift this week, so I won’t be so tired.
Love,
Joanne
163
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 164
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
164
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 165
1 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
TESTING GRAMMAR
towards FCE
7. David doesn’t want to play football any more.
interest David has ............................................................................................ football anymore.
8. She likes disco music very much.
crazy She ............................................................................................................... disco music.
9. “Well done, David, you have passed the exam,” said Colin.
congratulated Colin ................................................................................................................ the exam.
10. I ate my lunch too fast and now I’ve got stomach-ache.
suffering I ................................................................. indigestion because I ate my lunch too fast.
11. I’ve bought these clothes and I’ve spent all my money.
spent I’ve ............................................................................................................. these clothes.
12. Tom will help you. He’s trustworthy.
rely You can ................................................................................................................... Tom.
13. I don’t want to have roast beef for dinner again.
fed I’m .................................................................................................................. roast beef.
14. My sister’s husband is a famous architect.
married My sister ........................................................................................... a famous architect.
15. The firemen managed to put out the fire.
succeeded The firemen ........................................................................................................ the fire.
16. They hadn’t agreed to meet last Sunday.
met They .................................................................................................................... chance.
17. I didn’t do it on purpose.
did I .......................................................................................................................... mistake.
18. I met George while I was going home.
way I met George .......................................................................................................... home.
19. This telephone doesn’t work.
out This telephone ........................................................................................................ order.
20. I’m unemployed at the moment.
work I’m ........................................................................................................... at the moment.
165
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 166
2 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
PHRASAL VERBS
166
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 167
1 1. Is, isn’t; 2. are, are/’re; 3. is/’s, is/’s; 1 1. Her, her; 2. your, it, mine, yours; 3. Their;
4. Are, am; 5. Is, isn’t, is/’s; 6. is/ ’s, is/’s; 4. its; 5. It; 6. it, him; him, I; 7. they, her; 8.
7. ’s, ’re; 8. Are, aren’t; 9. are/’re, isn’t, is/’s; He, his; 9. it, his; 10. she, us; 11. our; 12.
10. Are, ’m not, ’m; 11. are; 12. isn’t yours, they, ours; 13. us; 14. theirs; 15. hers
2 1. They’re Chinese. 2. She’s Egyptian. 3. 2 1. No, these are my parents’ suitcases.
They’re Irish. 4. She’s Swiss. 5. We’re 2. No, that’s Robert and Mark’s father.
Hungarian. 6. They’re French. 7. She’s 3. No, that’s the children’s bedroom.
Polish. 8. They’re Spanish. 9. He’s Swedish. 4. No, these are Paul’s and Alan’s tennis rackets.
5. No, that’s the ladies’ changing room.
3 1. What nationality are Lucy and Paul?
2. Are you English? 3 13. thirteen; 33. thirty-three; 86. eighty-six;
3. Is she a doctor? 450. four hundred and fifty; 12. twelve; 20.
4. Where’s Tom? twenty; 5,910. five thousand nine hundred and
5. How’s Paul? ten; 855. eight hundred and fifty-five
6. Why isn’t she at work?
4 a. twenty to eight; b. a quarter to nine; c. ten
7. Who are Bill and Sue?
8. What colour is your hair? to ten; d. twenty past three; e. half past
eleven; f. seven o’clock.
4 1. is; 2. is; 3. is; 4. are; 5. Are; 6. are; 7. is; 8.
5 a. 25th December; b. 18th September; c. 13th
is; 9. are; 10. are; 11. is; 12. is; 13. Is
August; d. 2nd May; e. 12th March; f. 11th June;
5 1. Those are firemen. g. 23rd November; h. 3rd January; i. 1st February;
2. These are my hobbies. j. 4th October; k. 31st July; l. 22nd April
3. That beach is fabulous.
6 a. Tuesday; b. Thursday; c. Saturday; d.
4. This boy is very tall.
5. Those are pretty girls. Wednesday; e. Friday; f. Sunday; g. Monday
6. These are smart dresses. 7 1. on, at, after; 2. in, on; 3. from, to; 4. in; 5.
6 1. it is; 2. There is; 3. Is there; 4. there is; 5. in, in, at; 6. on; 7. on; 8. in, before
there are; 6. Is there; 7. there is; 8. it is; 9. Is 8 1. within; 2. throughout; 3. at; 4. during; 5.
there; 10. there isn’t; 11. there is; 12. There is
till; 6. by; 7. on; 8. with; 9. in
7 1. about; 2. for; 3. of; 4. with, without; 5. of; 6. 9 1. does it take, takes; 2. do you think, don’t
from; 7. at; 8. in, in; 9. at; 10. on; 11. behind;
like, think, is; 3. does he usually spend, don’t
12. upstairs; 13. on; 14. in, between; 15. at; 16.
know, know, travels; 4. Do they like, find; 5.
opposite; 17. over; 18. in; 19. above; 20. at
do you usually do, usually go, is; 6. always
8 1. them; 2. you; 3. her; 4. us; 5. him; 6. me; 7. watches; 7. is never
you, he; 8. she, she, her; 9. him, it; 10. it, it, them 10 1. don’t you, I do; 2. does she, she doesn’t; 3.
9 1. haven’t; 2. have, Have they, have; 3. Has are they, they aren’t; 4. haven’t you, I have;
Sandra, has; 4. Haven’t you, haven’t; 5. have, 5. does he, he doesn’t
haven’t; 6. have, haven’t 11 1. How much are those shoes? /
10 How much do those shoes cost? /
1. some, any; 2. some; 3. a; 4. some; 5. any,
What’s the price of those shoes?
any; 6. any, some, a
2. What time does she usually get up?
3. Where do Jane and Peter live?
4. Whose cap is that? / Whose is that cap?
167
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 168
168
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 169
6. Norman drives carefully. 3. Have you ever visited, went; 4. have grown,
7. David is a hard worker. preferred; 5. has done, played, was; 6. haven’t
8. Jane reads quickly. finished, Have you finished, finished
2 1. sleepily; 2. carefully; 3. tightly; 4. happily; 4 1. is; 2. ’m having; 3. ’m staying; 4. lives; 5.
5. Suddenly; 6. loudly; 7. quickly; 8. politely have/’ve already visited; 6. bought; 7.
have/’ve also been; 8. took; 9. didn’t buy; 10.
3 1. more fashionable than; 2. the best, of; 3. the have/’ve eaten; 11. went; 12. had; 13. have/’ve
friendliest, in; 4. slimmer than; 5. better than; also seen; 14. went; 15. didn’t go; 16. haven’t
6. the most beautiful, in; 7. the worst, in; 8. the done; 17. haven’t been; 18. want
biggest, in; 9. dirtier than; 10. more difficult
than; 11. farther/further than; 12. worse, than 5 1. has been exercising; 2. has just left; 3. have
already cooked; 4. has been working; 5. has
4 1. better than; 2. worse than; 3. more accurately been studying; 6. haven’t spoken; 7. Has she
than; 4. the hardest of; 5. the best of; 6. the most fallen; 8. have been playing
carefully of
6 1. yet; 2. yet; 3. for; 4. since; 5. for; 6. just; 7.
5 1. the most; 2. more; 3. more; 4. more; 5. the recently; 8. since
most
7 1. graduated; 2. studied; 3. has never worked;
6 1. less; 2. fewer; 3. the fewest; 4. as much; 5. 4. finished; 5. decided; 6. thought; 7. made; 8.
as much; 6. the least; 7. as; 8. hotter and hotter; started; 9. applied; 10. got; 11. distinguished;
9. The less, the better; 10. The more, the fatter 12. has been acting, 13. has received; 14. has
7 been playing. 15. has become
1. much; 2. many; 3. by far; 4. little; 5. far; 6. no
8 1. How long have they known each other?
8 1. disappointing; 2. depressed; 3. surprised;
2. When did she graduate?
4. exciting; 5. embarrassing
3. How long has he been learning English?
9 1. before; 2. instead of; 3. without; 4. in; 5. 4. How long have they lived in that house?
to; 6. to; 7. on; 8. up; 9. on; 10. of 5. When did they get married?/
How long ago did they get married?
10 1. went, was raining; 2. came, was having; 3.
9 1. got, had already started; 2. hadn’t seen,
got, was shining, went; 4. were you doing, was
watching; 5. wasn’t doing, phoned, was; 6. didn’t recognise; 3. hadn’t eaten; 4. had been
fell, hit, was running; 7. hurt, was riding; 8. waiting; 5. has been raining; 6. have you had
was waiting, arrived; 9. wasn’t, went, was
working; 10. Were they sitting, started
7 Grammar Files: Files 26 - 27
169
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 170
170
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 171
9 1. should have replied; 2. must have stolen; 3. 6 1. have been painted; 2. have been repaired; 3.
must be; 4. can’t have taken; 5. may rain; 6. have been planted; 4. has been fixed; 5 is
must have forgotten; 7. must have been haunted; 6. was killed; 7. has been seen; 8.
working; 8. might have forgotten; 9. didn’t can’t be starved; 9. can be read
need to walk; 10. needn’t have booked
7 1. is having; 2. has; 3. made; 4. made; 5. Let;
10 1. miss; 2. would have bought; 3. would you 6. let; 7. get; 8. made
do; 4. knew; 5. won’t miss; 6. hadn’t left; 7.
8 1. kept; 2. is driving; 3. let; 4. drop; 5. charge;
wouldn’t have failed; 8. wouldn’t stay
6. show; 7. hurts; 8. make
11 1. had studied; 2. had; 3. were; 4. could; 5.
9 1. to sit out; 2. to leave; 3. resprayed; 4.
wouldn’t criticise; 6. stay; 7. didn’t; 8. called;
9. take; 10. bought respected; 5. sleeping; 6. to sit; 7. beating; 8.
throwing; 9. to apologise; 10. cry
171
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 172
172
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 173
173
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 174
176
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 177
TESTING VOCABULARY
Testing Vocabulary
Section 1
NAME ………………………………………………………………………… CLASS …………… DATE …………………… 1
VOCABULARY
File 1: Personal details and physical description
SECTION 1
1 Sottolinea la parola corretta in ciascuna frase.
1. How old / age is Susan? 5. What’s your date of birthday / birth ?
2. Where do you stay / live? 6. What’s her work / job?
3. What’s your address / house? 7. What country / nationality are you?
4. Where do you come / live from? 8. Are you married or only / single?
3 Traduci in inglese.
1. trecce ....................................... 7. divorziato ................................ 13. occhi a mandorla ...................
2. coda di cavallo ........................ 8. basso ....................................... 14. rughe......................................
3. barba........................................ 9. capelli ricci.............................. 15. lentiggini ...............................
4. baffi ........................................ 10. età .......................................... 16. anziano ..................................
5. cicatrice ................................... 11. sovrappeso............................. 17. brutto .....................................
6. carina ....................................... 12. occhi verdi............................. 18. cognome ................................
4 Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente.
1. Tom hasn’t got long hair. He’s got …………….. hair. 4. James isn’t tall. He’s ………………. .
2. She hasn’t got dark hair. She’s got ……………… hair. 5. I ………………… in Edinburgh, Scotland.
3. Jenny and Kate are twenty-two ……………… old.
5 Completa ciascuna frase. Usa la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
1. Our science teacher is a tall …………….. called Mr Thorpe.
Testing Vocabulary
eyes / complexion /
4. Tom’s got ……………. hair and ……………. eyes.
hair / girl / plump /
5. Donald is from Kenya, Africa. He’s got dark ……………. .
man / teenager /
6. Anne is ………… and slim. She’s got curly ………… and big blue ………. .
blue / tall / built /
7. David is well-……………… and has got broad ………………. .
middle-aged
8. Mr Johnson is in his fifties. He’s ………………. .
9. Susan isn’t fat. She’s just a bit ………………… .
177
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 178
VOCABULARY
File 2: Contrastive adjectives
SECTION 1
2. You cannot depend on him to help you with your work.; he is totally …………… . RESPONSIBLE
3. He’s twenty-five years old, but he still behaves like a child; everybody thinks he
Section 1
178
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 179
VOCABULARY
File 3: Possessions
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
2 Utilizza le parole in A e le parole in B per formare parole composte. Non tutte le parole in B possono
essere usate.
1. ………………………………..
A 2. ………………………………..
1. lap; 2. mobile; 3. digital; 4. play; 5. sun; 3. ………………………………..
6. skate; 7. text; 8. gold; 9 foot; 10 tennis 4. ………………………………..
5. ………………………………..
6. ………………………………..
B
7. ………………………………..
glasses / camera / office / pan / ball / racquet /
8. ………………………………..
top / opener / book / station / phone / board /
9. ………………………………..
fish / washer
10. ……………………………….
3 Completa ciascuna frase con il verbo corretto scegliendo tra quelli forniti nel riquadro.
2. You can use my mobile phone if you want to ……..……… a phone call.
3. Can you ……………… the piano?
4. This bicycle isn’t mine. It doesn’t ………………… to me.
5. If you want to …………………. your pencil, you need a pencil-sharpener.
179
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 180
VOCABULARY
File 4: Family members and jobs
SECTION 1
1 Chi sono queste persone? Scrivi la parola o le parole corrispondenti a ciascuna definizione.
1. your father’s (or your mother’s) parents ............... 5. the sister of the person you marry .........................
2. your mother’s (or your father’s) sister .................. 6. your brother’s (or sister’s) male child ...................
3. your mother’s (or your father’s) brother ............... 7. your brother’s (or sister’s) female child .................
4. your husband’s son from a previous marriage ...... 8. a child with no brothers or sisters...........................
.....................................................................................
2 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
relatives 1. Lucy got married to her ……………… David, two years ago.
daughter 2. We haven’t got any ……………… yet, but we want a large family.
twin 3. Betty isn’t married. She says she prefers to be ………………..
sisters 4. Richard’s ………….. brother, Matt, was born half an hour before he was.
children 5. All my friends and ………………… came to my wedding party.
wife 6. Jack and Mary have got two sons and a …………………. .
husband 7. Tom divorced his ……………… last year.
single 8. I haven’t got any brothers or ……………….. .
5 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola appropriata tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
Section 1
soldier 1. After he was arrested, the thief was allowed to phone his ……………… .
musician 2. Mark has joined the army. He is a ……………… now.
lawyer 3. A ……………… looked after Mark when he was in hospital.
nurse 4. Lucy trained as a ……………… and now plays in an orchestra.
actor 5. Mr Gordon is a famous ……………… and works at a university.
scientist 6. The best ……………… in the play played the part of the Prince.
180
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 181
VOCABULARY
File 5: Sports, hobbies and interests
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
1. ginnastica ................................ 4. aerobica ................................... 7. equitazione .............................
2. pallacanestro............................ 5. atletica .................................... 8. sci d’acqua ..............................
3. scherma .................................. 6. paracadutismo .........................
1. ................................................. 4. .................................................
2. ................................................. 5. .................................................
3. .................................................
5 Che cosa ti occorre per praticare gli sport e gli hobby menzionati nelle seguenti frasi?
Completa adeguatamente ciascuna frase.
1. If you want to play tennis you need a ................... 4. If you want to go rock-climbing you need a .........
2. If you want to play table tennis you need a .......... 5. If you want to go cycling you need a ....................
3. If you want to play golf you need a ...................... 6. If you want to take photos you need a ...................
5. My team marked / scored two goals. 6. I’m not very keen at / on fishing.
7. I love dancing / to dance.
8.Tom has a very interesting fun / hobby.
181
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 182
GIRLS LIKE
EXTREME SPORTS
Today, girls are more (0) …… than ever. In a recent survey, teenage girls were asked to say
what (1) …… they thought were the most exciting. The survey shows that girls are no longer
attracted to modelling or (2) ……. . Girls, like most (3) ……, seem to favour extreme (4)
……. Lots of them have tried parachute jumping, rafting or (5) ……. Free jumping, rock
climbing or bungee jumping are also growing in popularity.
What do those girls have in mind when they jump off a bridge, with only an elasticised (6)
…… to save them from death? Do they truly (7) …… risking their lives? Bungee jumping is a
terrifying experience. Part of the attraction is that (8) …… do not need to be fit to do it.
“Obviously I get very nervous before I jump. Each time I go for it, I say “I don’t want to do
this,” I stop to hold my breath then off I go,” says Cheryl, 18. “I (9) …… jumping. You can’t
expect me to say it’s too (10) ……. . I’d love to do something even more extreme and
dangerous.”
182
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 183
VOCABULARY
File 6: Houses and buildings
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
1. appartamento ........................... 3. grattacielo ............................... 5. casa a schiera .........................
2. casa unifamiliare ..................... 4. condominio.............................. 6. casa bifamiliare .......................
4 Completa ciascuna frase con la preposizione corretta: in, on(x2), off, at, with.
1. Dad is sitting …… an armchair. 4. I share my bedroom …… my brother.
2. Don’t switch the light ……, please. I want to read. 5. Mum is sitting …… the sofa.
3. Clare is putting the tablecloth …… the table. 6. John is sitting …… his desk.
183
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 184
Leggi il seguente testo e scegli l’alternativa corretta per ciascun spazio. Indica la lettera A, B, C o D come
nell’esempio.
British houses
The typical British house is a two-storey house. On the (0) …… floor there is a living-room, a
sitting room, a kitchen and a lavatory, while on the first floor there are (1) …… bedrooms and
a bathroom. In the (2) …… room the British have their meals. In the sitting-room they (3) ……
their friends, watch TV, or read. British houses are comfortable with armchairs and soft
carpets on the (4) …….
The British are very fond of their homes. They are very individual people and do not like (5)
……. One of their main characteristics is their love of privacy. It is for this reason that they
prefer to have a house of their own and surround it with a (6) …… or a hedge in order to
preserve their privacy and their freedom.
Many houses have a garden. Sometimes they have two gardens: a (7) …… garden with fruit-
trees and vegetables, and a front (8) …… full of flowers. The British are very fond of flowers
and gardening is one of their favourite hobbies. In summer, when the weather is nice and
sunny, you can often see an Englishman in his garden, tending his flowers, cutting the (9)
…… or mowing the (10) …….
184
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 185
VOCABULARY
File 7: Daily routine and household chores
SECTION 1
1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 … 7 … 8 … 9 … 10 … 11 … 12 … 13 … 14 … 15 … 16 … 17 … 18 … 19 … 20 …
1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 … 7 … 8 … 9 … 10 … 11 … 12 … 13 … 14 … 15 … 16 … 17 … 18 … 19… 20 …
David Thorpe, 49, is a farmer. “It’s a tiring job,” he says, “but I like it a lot.” Every day, David (1) …………..
at four in the morning and milks the cows. He (2) ……………. at about half past six. After that, he (3)
Section 1
………….. back to the farmhouse and (4) ………….. breakfast, then he (5) ……………. the animals. He (6)
…………. lunch at noon. At two o’clock, he (7) …………….. to the fields and (8) …………… until five. In
the evenings he milks the cows again, then he (9) ……….. back home and (10) ……….. a shower. He
sometimes (11) ………….. TV before he (12) …………. to bed. On Saturday afternoons, he (13) …………….
to the local playing-field to watch the village team play football. David likes football a lot. On Sundays, David
relaxes. “I (14) ……….. the way I live,” says David. “Working in the open air makes me feel good.”
185
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 186
MY DAY!
My name is Jennifer Gordon. I’m sixteen years old and I (0) …… in Cambridge in
England. From Monday to Friday my daily routine is always the same.
My day always starts at eight o’clock when I get up and (1) …… a shower. Then I
go downstairs and have a quick breakfast with my family. After breakfast I (2)
…… my bed and then I go to school.
I stay at school from nine o’clock in the morning until half past three in the (3)
……. . On Wednesdays and Thursdays I stay later because I have piano lessons.
On the other days I usually (4) …… shopping with my friends. When I get home
I often take my dog, Iron, (5) …… a walk.
I always do my (6) …… from five until seven o’clock in the evening. Then, I have
dinner with my family. After dinner, my sister and I usually (7) …… the washing-
up. I often watch TV for about an hour after dinner, but my sister never does. She
always plays computer games in her room. She’s crazy about them!. If I don’t
watch TV, I sometimes call my friend Betty for a (8) ……. . I usually go to bed at
about eleven and I (9) …… the alarm clock for quarter to eight. After such a
busy day, I am so tired that I (10) …… asleep as soon as my head touches the
pillow.
186
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 187
VOCABULARY
File 8: Education
SECTION 1
2 Scrivi in inglese il nome delle materie scolastiche che iniziano con le lettere indicate.
1. B - - - - - - 4. L - - - - - - - - - 7. A - -
2. P - - - - - - 5. C - - - - - - - - 8. R - - - - - - - - S - - - - - -
3. H - - - - - - 6. P - - - - - - - E - - - - - - - - 9. M - - - -
English children are now required by law to have an (0) …… until they are 17 years old. Education is
(1) ……, but school is not: children are not required to (2) …… school. They could be educated at home.
About 94 % of pupils in the UK (3) …… free education from public funds, while 6% attend
independent fee paying schools.
The school (4) …… is 39 weeks long and is divided into six (5) …….
The main school holidays are: Christmas, 2 weeks, Spring, 2 weeks, Summer, 6 weeks. There are also
three one week holidays: end of October, mid February, end of May.
Education stages
Children’s education in England is normally divided into two separate stages. They begin with (6) ……
education at the age of five and this usually lasts until they are eleven. Then, they move to (7) ……
school. There they stay until they reach seventeen or eighteen years of age.
At the age of seventeen, students write an examination called GCSE (General Certificate of Secondary
Education). All students are (8) …… in mathematics, English literature, English composition,
chemistry, biology, physics, history or the classics, one modern language, and one other optional (9)
……, such as art or computer studies.
After completing the GCSE, some students (10) …… school, others go onto a technical college, while
others continue at high school and take a further set of exams, called A levels, in three or four subjects.
187
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 188
VOCABULARY
File 9: At school
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
2 Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente usando la parola corretta tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
lesson 1. Please, pay ………….. to what I’m saying.
book 2. I don’t understand. Can you give me a(n) ……………?
heart 3. Do exercise 4 for ……………….. .
library 4. We had an interesting ……………….. yesterday about the ancient Romans.
notes 5. Please make …………….. as you read chapter three.
example 6. Can I borrow your ……………..…, please?
attention 7. I went to the …………….. to find some information about my geography project.
exam 8. It’s a good idea to underline important words with a …………… .
pencil 9. Don’t worry if you failed the …………….. . You can take it again next month.
homework 10. David had to learn a list of dates by ……………… .
/ pay attention. The teachers used to be quite strict. They used to (4) read / sit / write on the blackboard
and (5) ask / do / make us difficult questions. We had to wear a school (6) clothes / uniform / dress and
Section 1
we had to obey lots of rules. We also had to do lots of (7) homework / housework / labour, and hand it
(8) in / up / at on time. I left school as soon as I could and started to work. I found a job in a big department
store, but I had to work long hours and didn’t like dealing with people. One year later, I decided to (9) go
/ attend / study college. I really enjoyed studying because now I knew that a good (10) instruction /
education / examination was important and that I wanted some qualifications.
188
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 189
VOCABULARY
File 10: Money
SECTION 1
2 Che cosa diresti nelle seguenti situazioni? Completa le frasi senza usare le parole sottolineate.
1. A friend wants to go to an expensive restaurant., but you don’t have enough money.
➔ I’m afraid I can’t ………………………………………… .
2. You want to borrow some money from a friend.
➔ Could you ……………………………………………….. ?
3. You want to know how much your sister paid for her coat?
➔ How much did they ……………………………………… ?
4. You want to know the value of your friend’s watch.
➔ How much is ……………………………………………...?
5. You want to know the price of a jacket.
➔ How much does …………………………………………...?
3 Inserisci la preposizione corretta in ciascuna frase, scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
4 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
currency 1. I paid over £2,000 for my computer, but it isn’t ………………very much now.
worth 2. Is the ……………… in the United States called the dollar?
expensive 3. That necklace is ………………… expensive.
won 4. Is a five-…………… note worth less than a fifty-pence piece?
pound 5. Do you think the price of this pair of jeans is …………………?
Testing Vocabulary
189
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 190
VOCABULARY
File 11: Shops and shopping
SECTION 1
4 Forma parole composte abbinando adeguatamente le parole in A alle parole in B. (Ricorda che alcune
parole composte sono scritte come una sola parola.). Poi completa ciascuna frase con la parola
composta corretta.
6. I got a magazine and some cigarettes from a kiosk / counter on the station platform.
7. We paid £250 for our video recorder and now it’s on sale / for sale for only £150.
8. Excuse me. What’s the cost / price of this shirt?
9. “Here’s a ten-pound note.” – “And here’s your change / charge.”
10. She wrapped up / rolled up the present and tied it with a ribbon.
190
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 191
Shopping
in London
David Campbell and his wife Lucy often go to London to do their (0) ……. . London is
probably the best place to (1) …… shopping in England. Regent Street, Oxford Street,
Piccadilly, Knightsbridge, Chelsea are places full of famous shops and department stores.
Lucy likes Harrods in Knightsbridge. “Harrods is the world’s most celebrated store”, says
Chairman Mr Mohammed Al Fayed. At Harrods you can buy almost everything, from (2) ……
to caviar. The Food Halls are still the heart and soul of Harrods. In addition to the nineteen
bars and restaurants in the store, there is a bank, a travel agent’s, a dry (3) …… and the
biggest hair saloon in Europe. Harrods is a great attraction and is visited by millions of visitors
every year. January and February are the busy months because they are (4) …… times. But
David doesn’t like big department stores very much because they are too crowded. He enjoys
visiting street (5) ……, so when David and Lucy are in London for the weekend, they go to
Portobello Road or Petticoat Lane where they wander around stopping at each (6) ……,
asking about prices and looking for (7) ……. . They always buy second (8) …… books which
are quite cheap. The problem is how to (9) …… back home lots of heavy (10) ……!
191
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 192
VOCABULARY
File 12: Clothes and accessories
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
1. purse, wallet, belt, gloves, jumper, umbrella 4. gold, platinum, tie, diamond, silver
2. trainers, boots, brooch, flip-flops, sandals 5. smart, linen, leather, silk, plastic, cotton
3. necklace, bracelet, ring, socks 6. flowery, plain, striped, pocket, checked
VOCABULARY
File 13: Food and drink
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
3 Completa ciascuna frase con il verbo adeguato scegliendo tra quelli forniti nel riquadro.
bake 1. You have to ……………… the beef in the oven for two hours.
grate 2. Put all the ingredients in a bowl and ………….. them together well.
mix 3. I want to ……………… some cakes this morning.
peel 4. Finally, taste the soup and …………….. salt and pepper if necessary.
roast 5. …………… the potatoes, and then cut them into small pieces.
squeeze 6. …………… the vegetables for a few minutes in hot oil.
fry 7. …………… some Parmesan cheese, and sprinkle it over the pasta.
add 8. This salad tastes great if you ……………… a lemon and sprinkle the juice over it.
4 Scrivi l’aggettivo corrispondente a ciascuna descrizione. Poi scrivi l’aggettivo di significato opposto,
come nell’esempio.
6 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite.
Section 1
193
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 194
VOCABULARY
File 14: Places, roads and signs
SECTION 1
3 Completa ciascun sostantivo composto con la parola adeguata scegliendo tra quelle nel riquadro.
park 1. When you reach the cross………………, take the road to Oxford.
roads 2. My children spend a lot of time at the local play……………… .
ground 3. Let’s look for a car ………….
bridge 4. You have to follow the foot…………… until you reach the farm.
path 5. You have to turn left when you reach the round …………… .
lights 6. You can risk the traffic or you can use the under………… .
about 7. You can cross the railway line by walking over a foot…………. .
pass 8. Walk as far as the next traffic …………… .
1. … 2. … 3. … 4. …
5. … 6. … 7. … 8. …
194
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 195
VOCABULARY
File 15: Weather and seasons
SECTION 1
1 Completa ciascun spazio con la parola adeguata di cui è fornita la prima lettera.
1. The sun is s……………………. It’s a s…………… day.
2. There are dark c …………… in the sky. It’s a c……………… day.
3. It’s r………………. . It’s a r………………. day.
4. The t………………. is 30° a…………….. zero. It’s b…………… h………….. .
5. The wind is b…………….…… . It’s a w…………….. day.
6. The t…………………… is 5°C b…………… zero. It’s f………………. c…………….. .
7. It’s s………………… . Heavy s…………… is falling. It’s a s……………… day .
5 Leggi le previsioni del tempo e completa ciascun spazio con la parola adeguata scegliendo tra quelle
fornite nel riquadro. Non tutte le parole nel riquadro debbono essere utilizzate.
Testing Vocabulary
This morning it is cloudy with some (1) ………… in the North West and a
Section 1
wet / showers / temperature of 14°C. In the Centre and South East it is rather (2) …… with sunny
rain / freezing / intervals and a few (3) ……. . However a more pleasant weekend is expected for
temperature / dry / most of us. On Saturday morning (4) …… sunshine will reach most areas with a
sunshine / temperature of 21°C. Sunday morning will be mainly (5) …… and sunny all over
changeable the country
195
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 196
My favourite
season
Winter is a lovely (0) ……. . It is my favourite because everything is so beautiful when
it (1) ……. . The (2) …… is very cold. It often snows and the sky is usually (3) …….
I do a lot of things in winter. I go to school in the morning. In the evening, I stay at
home and read a book or I watch TV next to a (4) …… fire. When it snows, my
friends and I go to the park and make a (5) ……. . At the weekend, my family and I
go (6) …… in the mountains.
Winter is fantastic. It makes me feel happy.
I also like autumn because it’s (7) …… and the trees change colour.
In autumn, it often (8) …… and the wind (9) ……. . Leaves fall from the trees and
the birds fly to warm places.
In autumn, my mother always buys me a new bag, because school starts in (10) ……. .
I like autumn very much because it makes me feel relaxed.
196
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 197
VOCABULARY
File 16: Transport
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
10. They got … the bus just in time. It left immediately. A into B on C by
11. Remember to … your seat belt. A tie B lace C fasten
Section 1
12. Tom … as hard as he could but he couldn’t avoid the cat. A broke B braked C stopped
197
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 198
VOCABULARY
File 17: Travelling
SECTION 1
1 Leggi il dialogo e completa ciascun spazio con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
fast A: I’d like a ticket for the next train to B: I’m afraid you have to (3) …………... at
change Didcot, please. Swindon.
ticket B: (1) ………………… or return? A: Which (4) …………… does it (5)
single A: A return, please. ………… from?
platform B: What date will you be returning? B: Seven.
leave A: On the 7th of March. Could you tell me A: And how much is the (6) …………..?
if it is a (2) ……………… train? B: That’ll be £22.50.
A: Here you are.
2 Traduci in inglese.
3 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
luggage 1. ……………… for York change at Doncaster.
passengers 2. Jane left her suitcase in the …………………….. .
arrival 3. I don’t know why you have to take so much …………..….. with you.
timetable 4. Do you have a Birmingham to London train ……………… that I could borrow?
waiting room 5. We regret the late …………………. of Flight 238.
4 Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente con una parola composta formata da un parola nel riquadro A
e una parola nel riquadro B. Ricorda che spesso le parole composte sono scritte come una sola parola.
A 1. They told me to ask at the …………….. ……………… .
seat / pass / time / 2. The plane gathered speed as it roared along the …………………. .
information / run / air 3. They arrived late at the …………………..…. and missed the plane.
B 4. I fastened my …………………….….. and waited for takeoff.
port (x2) / table / way / 5. If you lose your …………………..… you must tell the police.
belt / desk 6. The train ……………………..… turned out to be wrong.
5 Completa ciascun spazio con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
This is what you usually do when you get to the (1) …………… . First, you go to the
duty-free / ticket / check-in (2) ………… where you weigh your (3) …………… . The airline
takeoff / card / representative checks your (4) …………… and gives you a boarding (5) ……… . Then,
control / desk you go through passport (6) ………... where an official checks your passport . Then,
Testing Vocabulary
departure / gate / you go into the (7) …………… lounge. Here, you can also buy things in the (8)
airport / plane / ………… shop. About half an hour before (9) …………., you are requested to go to a
Section 1
luggage (10) ………… number, where you wait before you get on the (11) …………… .
198
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 199
When you board the (0) ……, you find your seat and put your hand (1) ……. under
your seat or in the overhead (2) …… above your seat. After that, you are requested to
(3) …… your seat belt and put your seat in the upright (4) ……. .
At first, the plane moves slowly then it accelerates along the (5) …… and (6) …… . After
a while, the cabin crew may give you the landing card (you have to fill it in when you
enter certain countries). They will also serve you a snack or a meal.
When the plane (7) ……, you have to wait for it to stop. When the doors are open, you
get (8) …… the plane, walk through the terminal building and go to the baggage reclaim
where you collect your luggage. After that, you pass through (9) ……. . If you have
something to declare go through the blue (10) …… .
199
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 200
VOCABULARY
File 18: Holidays
SECTION 1
2 Traduci in inglese.
3 Completa ciascuna frase con una parola che ha lo stesso significato dell’espressione tra parentesi.
1. Florence is beautiful but it’s always ………………… with tourists. (very crowded)
2. London is very ………………… . (full of people from different countries and cultures)
3. Rome has lots of historical …………………… . ( places such as castles, cathedrals, etc., built a long time ago)
4. Hong Kong is very …………….. . (full of life and activity)
5. When you are sightseeing it helps you to buy a ……………… . (a book of information for tourists)
6. Did you …………..….. yourselves? – Yes, we had a great time. (have a good time)
/ staying / accommodation. 3. Would you prefer to stay in a hotel or rent / stay / go an apartment? 4. Yesterday
Section 1
I decided to have a watch / visit / look round the shops and I bought a few ones / thing / souvenirs. 5. We
discovered a really fascinating market / kiosk / shops with lots of little stalls selling just about everything. 6. I’m
afraid we’ve spent / sold / bought a lot of money on souvenirs. 7. We’ve done / made / taken a lot of
photographs. 8. Swimming can be dangerous if there are stone / rocks / sandy and if the sea is rough / calm /
sunny. 9. We passed / spent / had a lot of time staying / lying / going on the beach. 10. They got / were / became
lost during the visiting / sightseeing / looking tour. 11. The guesthouse where we were staying was convenient
/ cheap / near for the station. 12. The hotel was quite boring / quiet / noisy as it was in the main square.
200
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 201
Dear Sarah,
I am having a wonderful time here! We are on a lovely Greek island, ()
…… Santorini. The hotel we are () …… at is nice and quiet and () …… for the
beach. It’s also got a lovely swimming pool.
The weather is hot and sunny. At the moment I am sitting outside a
fantastic café by the sea. James is snorkelling in the clear water and Bob is
learning to scuba-dive. Mum is () …… souvenirs at the market. She loves the
market but it’s too crowded and () …… for me. It’s really () …… with tourists.
Dad is visiting some ancient () …… and ruins on the island. He enjoys visiting
old () …… – I think it’s boring. He is also () …… a lot of photographs.
We () …… every evening and go to restaurants nearly every night for dinner.
My favourite one is by the sea. Mum and Dad always order seafood, but I never
do – I hate seafood. I often order souvlaki – it’s delicious! After dinner we
usually go for a walk around the main village or along the beach. The sunsets are
spectacular and the local people are really friendly.
I love it here so much! I’m really () …… a great time and I never want
to leave.
Oh well, that’s all for now. See you next week.
Love,
Janet
201
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 202
VOCABULARY
File 19: Feelings and opinions
SECTION 1
2 Rispondi alle seguenti domande. Usa un aggettivo adeguato per ogni risposta.
How would you feel if …
1. you were in a car as a passenger and the driver were driving very fast?- I’d feel ……………….. .
2. somebody wanted you to do something that you didn’t want to do? - I’d feel ……………………. .
3. you made a stupid mistake in English in front of the class? - I’d feel ………………… .
4. you won a prize in a competition? - I’d feel ……………… .
3 Completa ciascuna frase con il verbo adeguato scegliendo tra quelli forniti nel riquadro. Usa ciascun
verbo una sola volta.
yawn 1. When he wants to show disagreement, he tends to ……………….. his head.
whisper 2. I had to ……………… Tom’s name four times before he could hear me.
shout 3. Please look at the camera and …………………. . Say “cheese”!
blush 4. If you agree with what I say, just ……………….. .
cry 5. The little girl fell over, hurt her knee and started to ………………………. .
smile 6. I always ………..…… when I speak in public.
nod 7. When I’m bored and tired I tend to ……………….. .
shake 8. It’s rude to ………………in someone’s ear!
4 Completa ciascuna frase con l’aggettivo adeguato derivante dalla parola in corsivo.
1. You can’t rely on David. He’s very ……………………….. .
2. Jane has very little patience. She’s very ……………………… .
3. Jim is lacking in honesty. He’s ……………………. .
4. She doesn’t have much experience of this work. She’s …………………… .
Testing Vocabulary
202
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 203
VOCABULARY
File 20: Friends
SECTION 1
1 Completa ciascuna frase con l’aggettivo adeguato scegliendo tra quelli forniti nel riquadro.
honest 1. When all her other friends deserted her, Jim remained ……………………
generous 2. He looked like he could be trusted. He had an ………………. face.
reliable 3. John is very …………… - if he says he’ll do something he’ll do it.
funny 4. Mary is a …………… person. She always gives me emotional support when I have a problem.
loyal 5. Friends should be ……………… . I like people who make me laugh.
outgoing 6. My best friend has a really …………….. personality and loves meeting new people.
caring 7. Tom is very …………… and always brings me presents back from the countries he visits.
2 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola adeguata scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
common 1. A friend should be …………….. about my successes.
keep 2. A friend should be able to …………… a secret.
turn 3. A friend should have …………….. interests.
know 4. A friend should be …………. to be with.
fun 5. A friend should be someone you have a lot in …………… with.
pleased 6. A friend should have the same sense of …………….. .
rely 7. A friend should be the ……………….. age and sex.
humour 8. A close friend is someone you ……………. to in a crisis.
same 9. A close friend is someone you can …………..….. on.
similar 10. A close friend is someone you …………… well.
4 Completa ciascuna frase con la preposizione corretta. Metti una X quando non è richiesta alcuna
preposizione.
1. I’m very envious …… your new coat.
2. Her colleagues are jealous …… her success.
3. I like Susan. It’s always great fun to be …… her.
4. I realized that he wasn’t pleased …… my successes.
Testing Vocabulary
203
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 204
WHAT IS
A CLOSE FRIEND?
A survey
The results of a survey about the question “What is a close friend?” (0) …… by a British magazine
among middle-aged couples are amazing. It revealed that 27% of the people interviewed think that a
(1) …… friend is somebody they can (2) ……, 25% somebody they can call on for help, 11%
somebody they go out with, 10% somebody they often (3) …… and who comes into their homes, 8%
somebody they have (4) …… for a long time and whose company they (5) …….
… On some of the definitions men and women differed significantly. More men than women
emphasized pleasure in a (6) ……’s company and going out with a friend, whereas more women than
men emphasized trust and confidentiality. This is not surprising, taking into account that men,
especially working class men, (7) …… most of their (8) …… time outside the home, in company of
other men.
…However, as many men as women defined a close friend as (9) …… they can turn (10) …… in a
crisis. This reveals that friends are now substitutes for relatives of both sexes and that friends and
relatives are interchangeable.
204
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 205
VOCABULARY
File 21: Cinema, theatre and television
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
4 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
1. We didn’t enjoy the film because we were too close to the ………….
2. From our seats, we couldn’t make out what was happening on the ………….
audience / stage /
3. You can watch interesting films on …………… Five.
screen / dubbed /
4. The singer asked the ……………… to join in and all sing together.
competitors / set /
5. Both ……………… answered all the questions.
subtitles / channel
6. Films are …………… in many different periods and places.
7. Foreign films are either shown with …………….. or they are ………….… .
5 Sei a casa assieme ad un amico. Che cosa potresti dire nelle seguenti situazioni? Formula richieste
seguendo l’esempio.
Testing Vocabulary
• You want to watch a programme on TV. ■ Could you turn the TV on?
Section 1
1. You can’t hear the programme very well. ■ Could you ………………………………………?
2. You want to watch a different programme. ■ Could you ………………………………………?
3. Now the volume is too loud for you. ■ Could you ………………………… a bit, please?
4. Now you don’t want to watch TV any more. ■ Could you ………………………………………?
205
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 206
Star Wars is a (0) …… set in the (1) …… when spaceships can travel between galaxies. It is an
archetypal battle between good and evil. The hero is Luke Skywalker and the villain is the devil Darth
Vader. It has influenced science (2) …… films ever since with its special effects which started a new
era in animation. The story is imaginative and (3) ……. . It’s the best sci-fi film I’ve ever seen.
Ocean’s Eleven is a (4) …… with George Clooney, Brad Pitt and many other (5) ……. . When Danny
Ocean, played by George Clooney, leaves jail, he decides to steal $163 million from a Las Vegas
casino. The story and the (6) …… are excellent, and the film is great (7) …….
Casablanca is a classic love story (8) …… during World War II with Humphrey Bogart and Ingrid
Bergman starring. Humphrey Bogart (9) …… the role of Rick, a bar owner in Casablanca, and Ingrid
Bergman plays Lisa, his former lover, who walks back into his life. The most famous and (10) ……
scene is when the lovers say goodbye at the airport. I would recommend it to anyone who loves
moving love stories.
206
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 207
VOCABULARY
File 22: Technology
SECTION 1
1 Traduci in inglese.
2 Aggiungi una parola, o abbreviazione, o parte di una parola, per completare adeguatamente ciascuna
parola fornita.
1. soft.......................................... 3. ...........................................bar 5. ........................................-mail
2. ........................................ware 4. spread ..................................... 6. web .........................................
3 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Sheila wrote a report on the computer this morning. When she finished, she (1) printed / typed out two
copies. Then, without any warning the computer went off, and she lost the whole (2) paper / document.
She normally (3) clicks / saves the data while she is writing and then (4) does / makes a back-up copy
when she has finished, but this morning she forgot. Unfortunately her boss thought it was a bit short and
asked Sheila to add some more information. Sheila rewrote most of the report when the computer was
OK. This time she remembered to (5) save / rescue it and make a (6) new / back-up copy.
207
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 208
VOCABULARY
File 23: Common problems
SECTION 1
1 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta in modo tale che la frase abbia lo stesso significato
della frase data.
1. There is a problem with the computer. ➔ There is something …………… with the computer.
2. The TV is not functioning. ➔ The TV is not ………………… .
3. The telephone is not functioning. ➔ The telephone is out of ………………… .
4. The mixer is functioning but not very well. ➔ The mixer is not working ………………… .
3 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
injured 1. Yesterday a lorry ………………… into a bus at the traffic lights.
speeding 2. The roads were crowded and I was stuck in a traffic ……………… for hours.
Testing Vocabulary
rush 5. The red car’s driver put on the brakes and the car …………….. .
collided 6. The two cars ………………… with a horrible crashing noise.
skidded 7. It was impossible to ……………….. the accident.
prevent 8. Both drivers were badly ………………….. .
accident 9. Both cars were badly …………………… .
damaged 10. There was a serious …………….. on one of the main roads into Cambridge this morning.
208
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 209
VOCABULARY
File 24: The body and the senses
SECTION 1
1 Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta in ciascuna frase. 2 Abbina ciascun verbo in A alla parte
del corpo adeguata in B.
1. The skirt is the right length but the waist / wrist is too
small. A B
2. A hand has got four fingers and a toe / thumb. 1. nod a. your nose 1 ……
3. The little boy was holding his father’s foot / hand. 2. bite b. your shoulders 2 ……
4. Jennifer has got beautiful long blonde eyes / hair. 3. fold c. your hair 3 ……
5. We’ve got five toes / fingers on each foot. 4. bend d. your arms 4 ……
6. Giraffes have got a very long shoulder / neck. 5. blow e. your knees 5 ……
7. Susan has got a cold and her nose / knee is red. 6. shake f. your head 6 ……
8. Tears of joy ran down her chin / cheeks. 7. comb g. your nails 7 ……
9. James has twisted his ankle / elbow and can’t walk 8. shrug h. your feet 8 ……
very easily. 9. stamp i. hands 9 ……
10. When she’s worried, lines appear on her forehead /
eyelashes.
4 Completa ciascuna frase con il verbo corretto scegliendo tra quelli forniti nel riquadro. Non tutti i verbi
forniti possono essere usati.
1. Many people ………….. their head to mean “yes”, and …………….. their head when
breathe / nod / they mean “no”.
cry / hear / 2. People ………………… through their nose or their mouth.
yawn / see / 3. People ……………….. when they are happy; they ………………. when people say
shake / shout / something funny.
raise / smile / 4. People may …………….. when they’re tired or bored; they may ………… when they
laugh / give are sad; they may …………………….. when they are angry.
5. Students often ……………. their hand to ask permission to say something.
5 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro. Non tutte le
parole nel riquadro possono essere usate.
1. The word was on the tip of my …………………, but I just couldn’t remember it.
lung / throat / 2. Did you really come first, or are you pulling my ……………… ?
Testing Vocabulary
eye / mouth / 3. When they saw me after such a long time, they welcomed me with open ……… .
heart / head / 4. Mum needs some help in the kitchen. Can you give her a ……………. ?
Section 1
209
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 210
VOCABULARY
File 25: Health: illnesses, diseases and injuries
SECTION 1
1. He’s got flu. a. He’s got a runny nose, watery and itchy eyes. 1 ……
2. He’s got hay fever. b. He wants to vomit. 2 ……
3. He’s got diarrhoea. c. He’s got a sore throat, a cough and a temperature. 3 ……
4. He feels sick. d. He’s got a runny nose and a cough. 4 ……
5. He’s got a cold. e. He keeps going to the toilet. 5 ……
4 Completa ciascuna frase con il verbo adeguato scegliendo tra quelli forniti nel riquadro.
(I verbi sono già forniti nella forma del past simple).
cut 1. She …………….. her foot when she jumped off the bus and fell over.
had 2. He ……………… his ankle while he was skating and now it’s swollen.
kept 3. He ……………… his leg while skiing, and now it’s in plaster.
sneezed 4. She …………..… her finger while she was peeling onions, and it’s still bleeding.
felt 5. She …………….. her hand taking the cake out of the oven.
Testing Vocabulary
210
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 211
VOCABULARY
File 26: The world around us
SECTION 1
1 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola corretta scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
1. Next to the farm was a large …………… with six horses and some sheep. 2. Most
continent / desert fish live in the …………… . 3. Giuseppe lives on a small …………… in the
sea / mountain / Mediterranean Sea. 4. After a swim, David relaxed on the …………… . 5. They
beach / forest / couldn’t cross the ……………….. because there wasn’t a bridge. 6. The hill was
river / volcano covered with a thick ……………… of tall trees. 7. After walking and climbing for
field / island hours, we reached the top of the …………… . 8. The …………….. erupted a few years
ago. 9. Asia is a …………… . 10. The Sahara is a ……………. in Africa.
2 Inserisci l’articolo “the” dove richiesto. Metti una X dove l’artico non è richiesto.
1. …… Universe; 2. …… France; 3. …… Sun; 4. …… Mount Snowdon; 5. …… Europe; 6. …… Moon; 7.
…… Lake Tanganyika; 8. …… Corsica; 9. …… Earth; 10. …… Alps.
211
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 212
VOCABULARY
File 27: Natural disasters and environmental problems
SECTION 1
4 Traduci in inglese.
1. proteggere to............................ 3. immondizia .............................. 5. deforestazione .........................
2. fare bracconaggio to ............... 4. prodotti chimici ....................... 6. caccia .......................................
5 Leggi ciò che ciascuna persona dice e completa ciascun spazio con la parola adeguata scegliendo tra
quelle fornite.
hunters / destroying / endangered / save / ban / burn / pollution / acid /
carbon / encourage / fumes / hunted / cut / rainforests / destruction
Patrick - Kenya
I wouldn’t allow hunters to kill (6) ………… species, such as tigers and rhinos. These wild animals have been
(7) ………… so much that there will soon be none left. I think we should teach (8) ………… that it’s wrong
to kill these animals. I would also create special parks where these animals could live safely.
Testing Vocabulary
Juan – Brazil
I would stop logging companies from (9) ………… the rainforests. The (10) ………… are home to half the
Section 1
world’s species and to millions of people. Moreover, they clean the air by absorbing (11) ………… dioxide and
giving out oxygen. The trees are being (12) ………… down for paper or to make room for cattle farms. As a result,
birds and animals lose their homes and die. This (13) ………… is bringing about changes in the climate, air
pollution, flooding, drought and famine. If we continue to (14) ………… and cut down the rainforests as we are
doing now, the earth will never be the same. One answer to the problem is to make the logging companies plant
new trees. If they did that, it could (15) ………… the rainforests and the earth would be a better place to live on.
212
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 213
VOCABULARY
File 28: Crimes and criminals
SECTION 1
3 Traduci in inglese.
7. A young boy tried to rob / pick an old lady’s pocket on the bus this morning.
8. The shop detective caught the young girl shoplifting / burgling and held her until the police arrived.
Section 1
9. The art gallery was mugged / vandalised by a gang of young boys who covered the walls with graffiti.
10. If you do something against the law, then you have done / committed a crime.
11. Only in the most desperate circumstances are the police ordered to shoot / stab on sight.
12. He said that someone had poisoned / cheated his coffee.
13. I have never denied / broken the law.
14. Jack was arrested because he had entered the country illegally / falsely.
213
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 214
VOCABULARY
File 29: Law & Order
SECTION 1
1 Completa ciascun spazio adeguatamente con una parola per formare parole composte.
A B
Leggi il testo e completa ciascun spazio con la parola adeguata scegliendo tra quelle fornite.
Indica la lettera A, B, C o D, come nell’esempio.
When someone (0) …… a crime the police must investigate. If they find the person responsible for the
crime, they (1) …… them. At the police station, they question them, and if they are sure that the
person committed the crime, the person is charged (2) …… the crime. The person must then go to
court for (3) …… .
In court, the (4) …… (or the accused) must try to prove that they did not commit the crime (in other
words, prove that they are innocent). The (5) …… listens to all the evidence (for and against the
defendant) and then makes their decision. If the defendant is proved (6) ……, the judge will (7) ……
sentence. For example, if a person is convicted (8) …… murder, the sentence may be many years in
prison. In some countries, people who are found guilty of very serious crimes can be sentenced to (9)
…… .
For minor offences (crimes that are not very serious), such as illegal parking or speeding, people are
not generally arrested or taken to court. The punishment is usually a (10) …… .
D right
7. A show B supply C pass D say
8. A with B of C on D for
9. A death B die C dying D dead
10. A statement B money C tip D fine
214
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 215
VOCABULARY
File 30: Common collocations and fixed expressions
SECTION 1
1 Completa ciascuna frase con il verbo corretto scegliendo tra quelli forniti.
2 Completa ciascuna frase con il verbo adeguato nella forma corretta del past simple.
catch 1. I went shopping last Saturday and I …………… a lot of money on clothes.
pay 2. The book I was reading was so sad that I ……………… into tears.
spend 3. According to the defence lawyer, the defendant ……………… the truth.
tell 4. Tom ………….. into trouble at school for playing a joke on his teacher.
get 5. While we were visiting the city we …………… our way completely.
burst 6. You didn’t understand because you ……………..... no attention to what I said.
lose 7. Ricky …………….. a cold last week so he couldn’t play in the basketball match.
3 Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente con un verbo dal riquadro A e un sostantivo dal riquadro B.
A B 1. You will have to ……………… a …………… on your desk for your new
computer.
2. Children find it difficult to ……………… their …………...… . This is
something they learn later in life.
protect space
3. When you are on the beach you should use suntan lotion to ……………..
control minute
your ……………… .
return behaviour
4. She left a message on my answering machine, but I didn’t ………………
rent call
Testing Vocabulary
her …………………. .
take flat
5. When I went to live on my own, I had to ……………… a ……………,
clear skin
Section 1
215
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 216
4 Completa ciascuna frase con la parola adeguata scegliendo tra quelle fornite nel riquadro.
afford to 1. The hospital was originally ……………….. take 1000 patients, but now has 2500.
likely to 2. The doctor told me that I should ……………….. eat less.
hard to 3. That house is too expensive. We can’t ……………… buy it.
hope to 4. The weather is changing, and we’re ……………… have rain tomorrow.
try to 5. It’s ………………… say which of them is lying.
slow to 6. Unfortunately the government was very ……………… react to the problem.
forget to 7. You won’t …………………… send me a postcard, will you?
designed to 8. How much money do you ………………….. earn?
7 Completa ciascuna frase adeguatamente con un sostantivo dal riquadro A e un sostantivo dal riquadro B.
sea shore
bank shuttle 4. You can walk for miles along the ………………………………….. .
5. I don’t feel well. I’ve got a bit of ……………… ……………… .
Section 1
space report
stomach dish 6. My teachers wrote a lot of good things on my ……………. ……………. .
school ache 7. We went to Lucy’s house last night and she made us a delicious …………..
meat fiction ………………. .
8. We can’t spend much money this weekend. Our ………….. ………………
is in the red.
216
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 217
Testing Vocabulary
Section 2
NAME ………………………………………………………………………… CLASS …………… DATE …………………… 1
VOCABULARY
File 1: People, work and employment
SECTION 2
1. Someone who works in a place from which you can buy books. ……………..
2. Someone who works in a place from which you can borrow books. ……………
3. Someone who presents news stories on television or radio. ……………
4. Someone who writes articles for newspapers or a magazine. ………………
5. Someone who works on a beach or in a swimming pool and saves people from drowning. …………
6. Someone who is hired to protect a famous person. ………………
7. Someone who catches fish from the sea. ………………
8. Someone who sells fish in a shop. ………………
9. Someone who is responsible for the preparation and publication of a newspaper, book or magazine.
…………………..
10. Someone who prints a newspaper, book or magazine ready to be sold. …………….
11. Someone who uses scientific knowledge to develop machines. ………………
12. Someone who repairs cars. ………………..
13. Someone who cuts and styles hair. ………………..
14. Someone who takes money from customers and gives receipts to customers in a shop. ……………
15. Someone who fights in a ring. ……………….
16. Someone who grows plants and rears animals for food. ………………
17. Someone who performs magic tricks. ……………
18. Someone who makes/bakes bread and cakes. …………….
19. Someone who types letters in an office. ………………….
20. Someone who collects the material that is regularly thrown away from a house, factory, etc. ……….
1. Your car makes a funny whistling noise. // You need a(n) ……………………
2. You have to give an injection to an injured bull. // You need a(n) ……………………
3. You want to sell your house and buy a new one. // You may need a(n) ……………………
4. The burst pipe needs mending. // You need a(n) ……………………
5. Your child has started a fire in the kitchen. // You may need ……………………
3 Where does each person work? Complete each sentence with a suitable word.
Testing Vocabulary
217
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 218
1. Judges should be fair / persuasive / patient and give all the evidence equal consideration.
2. Fashion designers should be very intelligent / creative / accurate so that they can come up with new designs.
3. Lifeguards have to be polite / friendly / brave as they often find themselves in dangerous situations.
4. Surgeons should not make mistakes in their work, so they must be very patient / accurate / friendly.
5. Clowns have to be cheerful / friendly / miserable and creative in order to make children laugh.
6. Salespeople need to be fair / right / persuasive in order to get people to buy their products.
7. Susan is a very persistent / reliable / helpful worker. I can always depend on her if I want something
done on time.
8. John never changes his mind and always does what he wants. He’s rather optimistic / selfish / stubborn.
9. Peter is a very pleasant / reserved / shy person. He never talks about himself a lot.
10. Mark is a sensible / sensitive / sociable person. He is easily affected emotionally by other people and situations.
1. I earn / gain / win a good salary but nothing compared to what my brother gets.
2. Alan has been late for work quite often recently. If he’s late again, he might lose / quit / miss his job.
3. Susan left only after a month. She never manages to take up / hold down / start a job for long.
4. I’ve been searching / finding / looking for a job for two months but I haven’t had much success so far.
5. I’ve written / applied / asked for a job with a company in Glasgow, and I’ve been invited to an interview
next week.
6. Interviews will be given / held / heard in London next week.
7. She has been warned that her behaviour might wreck / spoil / harm her career.
8. In order to progress / advance / further your career you should get more qualifications.
9. This course takes / brings / leads to a professional qualification in business administration.
10. Because of falling orders, the company was forced to recruit / lay off / diminish staff.
11. Lucy is a very hard-working secretary who carries out / brings about / finishes all her duties efficiently.
12. The company is doing well and they are going to take up / take on / catch 300 more people.
13. Is your brother still working for Johnson &Johnson? - No, he abandoned / left / laid off there two days ago.
14. The company had to do / make / give 20 workers redundant.
15. My father retired / dismissed / fired last year, when he was 65.
16. Peter was always arriving late, and in the end he was pushed / thrown / sacked.
17. Tom didn’t feel well so he did / took / made one week’s sick leave.
18. Because she had stolen the money, we decided that dismissing / resigning / quitting her was the only
possible action we could take.
1. My father has been unable to find a job / profession for the past three years.
2. My husband gets a wage / salary of £18,000 a year.
3. The bonuses / perks of this job include a company car and a mobile phone.
4. Please bring a copy of your application form / curriculum vitae when you come for the interview.
5. Mr Jordan is a lawyer by occupation / profession and has his practice in Birmingham.
Testing Vocabulary
6. My sister left her post / vacancy at the company when she was invited to work for another company.
7. His job / career as a professional basketball player came to an end when he broke his leg.
Section 2
1
8. Remember to write your name, age and present occupation / work on the application form.
218
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 219
7 Complete each sentence with a suitable word from the box. Use each word once only.
1. Increasingly, people who are out of …………… are finding it harder to get a job.
sack
2. You should report for …………… at seven o’clock on Monday morning.
career
3. She asked for an advance on her ………….. so that she could pay her medical bills.
qualifications
4. Nurses have been awarded a 4% ……..……… rise.
staff
5. He has a pleasant personality but he hasn’t got the right ………………….. .
duty
6. The best way to find new ……….…… is to put an advertisement in the local press.
pay
7. He made a good impression at the ……………….. .
work
8. When he retires he will be able to look back over a brilliant …………….. .
interview
9. When I left the job, I had to hand in my ……………….. three weeks beforehand.
notice
10. Many teachers over the age of fifty are taking early …………………. .
leave
11. A woman is legally allowed to take maternity ……………….. in the weeks before and
retirement
after she gives birth.
salary
12. Did you know that Robert got the ………...….. again? His boss fired him last week.
8 OPEN CLOZE. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one
word in each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
Dear Mr Sutton,
I am writing to (0) apply for the position of tour guide which was (1) ………… in The Daily News
on 20th May. I am a twenty-three-year-old (2) ………… in my final year. I am studying Social Studies at
Sussex University. I also have six GCSEs and three “A” levels and I (3) ………… fluent French and
German. Last summer I was (4) ………… by the Pitman Holiday Centre as a guide. My (5) …………
included selling tickets, giving tourists information and promoting the museums to visitors to Sussex. In
addition, I give tennis lessons to children and adults at my local club. This has given me a lot of (6)
………… of working with different kinds of (7) …………. .
As my references show, I am a (8) …………-working and reliable (9) ………… . I also enjoy meeting
people from other countries and I am considered to (10) ………… friendly and enthusiastic.
I enclose my (11) ………… and would be glad to attend an (12) ………… at any time convenient to you.
Yours sincerely,
Mark Shelly
9 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits
in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
JOB-HUNTING AND HEAD-HUNTING
One of the sources from which a job-hunter can obtain names and addresses of possible
(0) employers or information on job vacancies is a job centre, which is simply a sort of EMPLOY
employment office run by local or national government authorities. They will also give
advice on (1) ………… schemes available and what further TRAIN
(2) ………… can be obtained through study courses. QUALIFY
Moreover, a large number of private (3) ………… agencies exist in the UK which, for a EMPLOY
fee will help you find a position. Such agencies often place
(4) ………… in the press or in their office windows, specifying the type of posts they ADVERTISE
Testing Vocabulary
can offer and the salaries (but not, of course, who the (5) ………… is!). EMPLOY
While the aim of job agencies is to help people to find (6) …………, other agencies are EMPLOY
Section 2
1
(7) ………… with finding the best possible person for a high-level executive post and CONCERN
excellent conditions.
Why do companies engage the services of such agencies? To cut down on time and
money spent on (8) ………… and selection, since the searcher will produce a short-list ADVERTISE
of highly (9) ………… potential employees, thus reducing interview time to few QUALIFICATION
candidates. People involved in this type of searching are known as “head-(10)…………”. HUNT
219
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 220
10 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best fits
each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
220
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 221
VOCABULARY
File 2: Transport, travel and holidays
SECTION 2
1 Choose the correct word for each definition. Circle the letter A,B or C.
221
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 222
3 Complete each sentence with the correct word from the box. Not all the words in the box are to be used.
trip / flight / 1. The sea was quite rough. Most passengers felt sick during the …………… .
voyage / route / 2. A buffet car is available for those wishing to buy refreshments during the ………
tour / travel/ 3. The ……………… from London to New York takes about eight hours.
journey 4. My son is going on a school ………………… to Edinburgh next week.
5. Helen and Peter have just come back from a sightseeing …………….. of Italy.
4 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best fits
in each space, as in the example.
GET INTO THE CAR AND …
The first time Lucy (0) …… after passing her (1) …… test, she was determined to get everything
right. She got into the (2) ……, turned the key in the (3) …… and put her foot on the clutch (4) ……
while changing into first (5) ……. . Slowly she pressed down on the (6) …… and pulled down into the
road. Driving along, she remembered to look at the (7) …… gauge on the (8) …… to make sure she
had enough petrol. Suddenly, a flashing light in the rear view (9) …… caught her eye. There was a
police car behind indicating that she pull over, so she gently pressed on the (10) …… and stopped.
Winding down the (11) ……, she asked the policeman what was wrong – she thought she was doing so
well! The policeman’s answer was very embarrassing – “You’ve forgotten to put on your (12) ……,
madam!”
5 OPEN CLOZE. Read the announcements below and think of the word which best fits each space.
A B
Good morning (0) ladies and (1) ……………… . This is your (10) …………….. five for all
purser speaking. On behalf of our captain and (2) …………… I passengers travelling to
would like to welcome you all (3) ………..….. the M.S. Birmingham. First class (11)
Adventure. We wish you a (4) ……………….. and comfortable ………………… are situated in
(5) ………… . As passengers on the deck can see, we are now the first two carriages.
Testing Vocabulary
(6) ……………… the anchor and shall be leaving the (7) We apologise to passengers for
…………… immediately. the late arrival of the 8.55 to
Section 2
1
Passengers are reminded that at 10.30 we shall be holding a (8) Oxford. This train will now
…………..….. saving drill. Your equipment can be found in the arrive at platform 7 in
bottom of your wardrobe, and the number of your muster station approximately 10 (12)
is on the back of your (9) …………….. door. …………. .
222
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 223
8 Replace the underlined word or words in each sentence with one suitable word so that the meaning
stays the same.
1. My husband gave a tip to the person who carried our bags to our room. ……………………
2. Do you have a free room for tonight? ……………………
3. We stayed in London for two weeks. a…………………..
4. It’s difficult to find anywhere to stay here at Christmas time. ……………………
5. It was getting dark, and they couldn’t find a place to put their tent. ……………………
6. I’d like to reserve a double room for four nights. ……………………
10 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits
in the space in the same line.
0. It was difficult to find accommodation at reasonable prices. REASON
1. In Bangkok you can enjoy the ………………… nightlife. COLOUR
2. You can choose from a wide variety of …………………… . ENTERTAIN
Testing Vocabulary
223
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 224
11 Read the letter below, then complete each space with one suitable word from the box. Use each word
once only.
Dear Lucy,
I’m writing this letter in my (0) hotel room which overlooks a (1) ………..… lake. The
luxurious hotel I’m staying in is built on a (2) ………… hillside and the (3) ………… from my
window is fantastic. There are a lot of (4) …………… who have come here to relax and enjoy the
fresh (5) ………… .
Until three days ago, the (6) ………… was wonderful . (7) ………… skies and (8) ………...…
sunshine made it ideal for day-trips to the surrounding countryside. On cloudless (9) ……………
nights I enjoyed sitting outside looking at the (10) ………… sky. It was like looking at thousands of
sparkling diamonds. However, (11) ………… rain has been falling in the mountains for the past three
days, and (12) ……….. winds even caused some damage to the small boats on the (13) ……….…! So,
unfortunately, we’ve had to (14) …………… a lot of time indoors lately.
I’ll be (15) …………… in Manchester in a couple of weeks. See you then.
Love,
Betty
12 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best fits
each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
Holidays
Are you going (0) …… holiday to a (1) …… country? Is it better to go on a package (2) ……, or by
yourself?
Lots of people prefer going (3) …… on a package tour because it has a number of advantages. First of all,
the (4) …… agency organizes everything. You have a(n) (5) ……, which gives you definite departure and
arrival dates, and a list of all your (6) ……. . Besides, you have someone who speaks the local language and
solves all your problems. Then, the (7) …… may be cheaper, as it has been (8) …… in advance, so you
spend less time worrying about where you are going to (9) …… . If you book your own hotel, you might
have trouble finding a(n) (10) ……, unless you are going to stay for a (11) ……, for example.
On the other hand, travelling abroad by yourself has an immediate appeal. It suggests freedom to go where
you like and choose what you want to do, and organising your own trip can be fun. Besides, students can
buy cheap train tickets, and spend the night in student (12) …… or guesthouses.
Personally, if I went to a big country a long way away, like the USA or Mexico, at least the first time I
would probably go on a package tour, but I would prefer to have a friend with me, rather than go alone.
0. A to B for C on ■ D at
1. A stranger B strange C foreigner D foreign
2. A tour B journey C cruise D voyage
3. A outside B other C abroad D aboard
4. A crossing B travel C route D journey
Testing Vocabulary
224
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 225
VOCABULARY
File 3: Law, crime and punishment
SECTION 2
3 Complete each sentence with one suitable word from the box. Not all the words in the box are to be used.
1. Unfortunately at the end of the …….………… my brother was found guilty.
fraud / fine / 2. The trial took a long time as the jury couldn’t reach a ………………….
evidence / trial / 3. Richard had a very good defence …………………. , so he won his case.
court / witness / 4. The murderer of the child received a life ……………….
lawyer / verdict / 5. To fight …………… effectively, we need more police officers on the streets.
sentence / crime / 6. He is a hardened …………….. . He’s been in and out of prison all his life.
criminal / victim / 7. The customs officers arrested Mrs Evans and charged her with …………….. .
judge / defendant / 8. The police spent all day searching the house for ……………. .
offender / innocent 9. John left his car in a no-parking area and had to pay a ……………… .
10. The judge decided not to send him to prison as he was a first-time …………. .
2. As it was his initial / first offence, he was let off with only a caution.
3. Small / Petty crime has risen alarmingly over the last few years.
Section 2
1
225
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 226
5 Complete each sentence with one suitable adjective from the box. Not all the adjectives in the box are
to be used.
1. He was charged with perjury as he had given …………….. evidence in court.
serious / forensic / 2. The traces of blood on his clothing provided the …………… evidence that he
easy / innocent had murdered the woman.
violent / major / 3. No one saw him commit the crime but the …………….. evidence is strong, as
false / circumstantial he was the only person missing when it happened.
4. Tourists on the underground are ………….. victims for pickpockets.
5. Who will compensate the …………….. victims of terrorism?
6 Choose the most suitable word to complete each sentence. Circle the letter A,B, C or D.
226
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 227
8 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and
five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
9 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits
in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
0. He was charged with theft. THIEF
1. The value of the ……………………… jewels was said to be over £40,000. STEAL
2. His wife was charged with fraud and five other …………………….. . OFFEND
3. Although he pleaded innocent, the jury believed that he was ……………… GUILT
4. The judge told James that he was a hardened ……………………. . CRIME
5. The judge sentenced the …………………… to five years in jail. DEFEND
6. David was sentenced to life …………………… . PRISON
7. The judge thought that he deserved a severe ………………. PUNISH
8. She said in her own ………………… that she hadn’t done that on purpose. DEFEND
9. The ……………….…. admitted stealing the Chinese vase. BURGLE
10. The dispute was based on two widely different ……………… of the law. INTERPRET
10 OPEN CLOZE. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one
word in each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
No one could believe it
When Tom Barnes was (0) arrested by the (1) ………………… and (2) …………..………… with
Testing Vocabulary
burglary, it came as a shock to the entire neighbourhood. Tom Barnes was a well-respected man in
his early fifties. At the (3) …………………..… the prosecutor presented an amazing amount of (4)
Section 2
1
……………….……… which convinced everyone that he was (5) ………………. . It was proved that
he was a member of a gang which had (6) ……………….…….. into the homes of many wealthy
people and (7) ………….…………….. their valuables. It did not take long for the (8)
………………….…... to come to a decision and Tom was (9) …………………………… and (10)
………………………….. to ten years in prison . Tom Barnes is now behind bars along with the other
(11) …………………….. of the gang. He hopes to be released soon, as this was his first (12)
…………………….…… .
227
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 228
11 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best fits
each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
The (0) …… broke (1) …… the house at 11.30 pm. Fiona’s family, worried that she hadn’t
returned that evening, had raised the (2) …… .
Officers found a steak knife covered in (3) ……. . Fiona’s body was in the bedroom with
twelve stab wounds, one of which had pierced her heart. Police said she took less than half
an hour to die after being (4) …… with the knife.
The police found Michael by following a trail of blood to the attic. He was weak and
confused. He begged the paramedics to let him die but he was taken to hospital.
Eight months later at Carlisle Crown (5) ……, Michael (6) …… not guilty to (7) ……, but (8)
…… manslaughter due to diminished responsibility. He claimed Fiona came at him with a
knife. “All I wanted to do was get the knife off her and give her a hug, then everything would
be fine. It must have happened in the struggle.”
The (9) …… did not believe him and found him (10) ……. . When the judge (11) …… him to
life (12) ……, Michael showed no emotion. The sound of sobbing came from the public
gallery, where Michael’s and Fiona’s families were sitting.
In time, Michael came to see that his jealousy had destroyed so many lives. He had
condemned both his and Fiona’s family to years of misery and, although he had cut short
Fiona’s life, he still had to endure a living hell of his own – until the end of his days.
228
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 229
VOCABULARY
File 4: Disasters and accidents
SECTION 2
2 Complete each sentence with the correct word from the box. Not all the words in the box are to be used.
1. Food has been sent to the areas in Africa suffering from ……………… .
flood / drought / 2. Whenever there is a forest ………….., aeroplanes drop water over the
avalanche / car crash / burning area.
earthquake / explosion / 3. It was a violent …………..…….. with lots of thunder and lightning.
famine / storm / fire 4. After the ………………….. it took weeks for the water level to subside again.
5. A huge …………….., measuring 7.5 on the Richter scale, devastated the
whole region. There are only a few buildings left standing in the whole area.
16. The fire shed / spread very rapidly because of the strong wind.
17. The patient was treated / cured for minor burns and injuries.
Section 2
1
229
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 230
6 Complete each sentence with the correct word from the box. Not all the words in the box are to be used.
1. After three months experts are still trying to establish the …………… of the
accident.
injury / damage / 2. In the ………………… of a serious car crash, call the police.
series / casualties / 3. Both drivers were breathalysed at the ………………… of the accident.
cause / scene / 4. Cyclists are advised to wear helmets to reduce the ………………… of head injury.
survivors / event / 5. Everyone died in the plane crash. There were no ………………. .
risk / shelter 6. The fire caused so much …………… to the house that the owners had to have it
rebuilt.
7. Motorcyclists without helmets run the risk of serious …………………. .
7 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits
in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
0. The house burnt down because the housewife left a pan of oil unattended. ATTEND
1. Both drivers were badly ………………… in the car crash. INJURY
2. Faulty wiring might cause an ………………. shock. ELECTRICITY
3. The ………………… was caused by a gas leak. EXPLODE
4. The ground began to shake ……………………… . VIOLENCE
5. She nearly ………………… on her sandwich as she was eating very fast. SUFFOCATE
6. The disaster has caused hundreds of deaths as well as massive ……………… in DESTROY
that region.
7. The two lorries were severely damaged in the ……………………….. . COLLIDE
8. Three firemen needed hospital …………………… . TREAT
9. They were taken to hospital suffering from smoke ………………… and minor INHALE
Testing Vocabulary
burns.
10. If there hadn’t been strong winds and heavy rain, the ship wouldn’t have
Section 2
1
230
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 231
8 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning
to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two
and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
0. They hadn’t watched the 8.30 news so they didn’t know about the hurricane.
known If they had watched the 8.30 news, they would have known about the hurricane.
1. The gas board workers hadn’t detected the leak, so there was an explosion.
been If the gas board workers had detected the leak, ...................................................... an explosion.
2. If the rescue operation hadn’t been carried out quickly, the residents of the building wouldn’t have been saved.
had The residents of the building were saved because the ..................................................... quickly.
3. The rescue team saved the boy who had got trapped in the debris.
was The boy who had got trapped in the debris ........................................................ the rescue team.
4. He went fishing in stormy weather and his boat sank.
have His boat ................................................................... if he hadn’t gone fishing in stormy weather.
5. “What do you know about the accident?” the policeman asked Mr Parker.
he The policeman asked ...................................................................................... about the accident.
6. The boy was playing with matches and the curtains caught fire.
have The curtains ........................................................... if the boy hadn’t been playing with matches.
7. The hurricane killed 60 people.
were 60 people ................................................................................................................. the hurricane.
8. “3000 homes have been severely damaged in the storm “ said local councillor David Thompson.
had Local councillor David Thompson said that the ...................................................... 3000 homes.
9 Read the text and complete each space with the correct word from the box. Use each word once only.
Radio News
The bad (0) weather that has been sweeping the country for the last four months has taken its toll again
on the unlucky (1) ………………… of the small village of Oaktown in Yorkshire. They woke up on
Wednesday to find that most of the (2) ………………… had been (3) …………..…….. for the second
time in less (4) ……………… two weeks. The village lies on the River Wye, (5) ……..……… has
been at a dangerously high level all month. The flood defences had been reinforced after the first (6)
…………… but they proved not to be strong enough. Early on Wednesday morning the (7)
……………… broke its banks again. Within hours, most parts of the village were submerged in nearly
a metre of (8) ……..……… .
Local councillor, Richard Hobbs said that it was a total (9) ………………… for the village. The flood
has (10) ………………. thousands of pounds worth of damage, and two hundred people have had to
Testing Vocabulary
be (11) ………………..… from their homes. The army has been called in, and has been working (12)
…………… day using sandbags to try to build up the (13) ……………….. of the river again.
Section 2
1
However, Hobbs says that more serious action will have to be taken. He (14) …………………… that
the local council will be looking at ways of making sure that this never (15) ………………….. again.
231
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 232
10 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best fits
each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
232
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 233
VOCABULARY
File 5: Environment: SOS
SECTION 2
1 Complete each sentence with the correct name of the problem described.
1. The problem of ………………….. is caused by trees being cut down or burnt. As a result, less and less
oxygen is being produced.
2. The problem of ………………. ………………… is caused by dangerous chemicals from factories which
are being poured into streams, rivers, lakes and seas. As a result, fish are dying.
3. The problem of ………………. ………………… is caused by factories and cars releasing poisonous
chemicals into the air. As a result, trees, plants, lakes and buildings are being damaged.
4. The problem of the destruction of the ………………. ………………. is caused by chemicals from aerosol
sprays and fridges. As a result, more and more people are getting skin cancer.
5. The problem of …………………. is caused by the production of too much packaging and food waste. As
a result, diseases are spreading more easily.
6. The problem of ………………… …………… is caused by growing cities. As a result, animals are losing
their habitats.
7. The problem of …………….. …………….. is caused by the increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and
other gases released into the atmosphere by the burning of fossil fuels. These gases add to the greenhouse
effect, causing global temperatures to rise. As a result sea levels will rise due to the melting of the ice caps.
2 Complete each sentence with a suitable word from the box. Not all the words in the box are to be used.
1. It seems that humans are the biggest ………….…… to the survival of a wide range of
animals.
skin / waste / 2. We are hunting, poaching, and polluting the natural ………..……… of a great number
pollution / of species.
hunters / 3. People hunt tigers for their …………….. and body parts.
chemicals / 4. Cars and factories are releasing poisonous …………………. into the air.
water / loss /
5. ……………… kill wild animals for many different reasons.
environment /
land / habitat / 6. The mountain gorillas of central Africa are today an endangered ……………. .
species / threat / 7. ……………… of habitat is one of the main causes of many wild animals’ extinction.
destruction / 8. Mexico City is well known for the high level of air ……………….. .
effect 9. The …………………… is our physical surroundings.
10. Our society is producing too much packaging , thus creating a lot of unnecessary
…………….. .
3. Many people had to be taken to hospital after inhaling toxic smokes / fumes.
4. An environmentalist / environmentally is someone who wants to protect the environment.
233
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 234
6 Read the text below and complete each space with the correct word from the box.
Endangered species
Providing solutions to problems
Thousands of species have become (0) extinct and many more are now endangered. We (1)
………………… to do something fast before it is too late for them.
First of all, laws should be passed to protect our wildlife and the (2) ……………… of threatened
animals’ habitats should be made (3) ………………, with harsher (4) ……………… for people who
break these laws. This would protect animals and the environments they live in.
Another solution is to promote (5) ……………… about endangered species. If people were more
aware of the (6) ………………, then they would (7) …………… fewer products made of materials
such as (8) ……………… or fur.
Testing Vocabulary
Finally, more national (9) ……………… and conservation (10) ……………… should be created. This
would allow animals to live (11) ……………… in their (12) …………… habitats. As a result, their
Section 2
1
numbers would (13) ……………… and species would not (14) ……………… out.
We all need to do whatever we can to make our world a (15) ……………… place for animals.
234
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 235
7 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits
in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
ADOPT A PANTHER
Problem
Habitat (0) loss, overdevelopment, highway collisions, and disease are LOSE
(1) ……………… Florida panthers at THREAT
(2) …………… rates. Fewer than 100 panthers remain in the world today. ALARM
Decades of unchecked roads and infrastructure (3) …………….. have pushed DEVELOP
Florida panthers into a tiny fraction of their historic range. Quite simply, these
magnificent cats are running out of room to live. Without dramatic (4) …………. ACT
soon, the Florida Panther may (5) …………… forever. APPEAR
The Gift
Defenders of Wildlife is working with state and local officials in Florida to
(6) …………….. inappropriate development and help achieve a COURAGE
(7) …………. balance between humans and wildlife by HEALTH
(8) …………….. highway underpasses and helping to maintain habitat CONSTRUCT
connectivity for panthers to (9) …………… . LIFE
Your gift to Adopt A Panther will help (10) ………….. save Florida panthers and DEFEND
other imperilled wildlife.
8 KEY WORD TRANSFORMATIONS. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use
between two and five words, including the word given. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
0. In spite of the fact that the rain forests need to be protected, they are still being cut down.
but The rain forests need to be protected but they are still being cut down.
1, Rain forests are not only being destroyed in South America but also in Asia.
both Rain forests ................................................................................... in South America and Asia.
2. We are not doing enough to protect wild animals from ruthless hunters.
being Not enough ....................................................................... wild animals from ruthless hunters.
3. Despite the fact that many people warned her that the river was polluted, she swam in it.
having In spite of ............................................................. that the river was polluted, she swam in it.
4. Although there has been an anti-litter campaign, people are still dropping litter in the streets.
despite People are still dropping litter into the streets ......................................................... campaign.
5. This washing powder is both efficient and environmentally friendly.
well This washing powder is ............................................................................................... friendly.
6. The city is polluted; it is overpopulated, too.
Testing Vocabulary
235
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 236
9 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best fits
each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
Acid rain
Acid rain is caused by the burning of fossil fuels. Burning oil, gas and coal in power stations (0)
…… Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) into the atmosphere. Burning oil and petrol in motor vehicles put
nitrogen oxides (NOX) into the atmosphere. These gases (1) …… with water droplets in the
atmosphere creating weak solutions of nitric and sulphuric acids. When precipitation occurs these
solutions fall (2) …… acid rain.
The trouble begins when this acid rain touches the ground as it (3) …… great damage to the plant
and animal life in lakes and streams. In fact, the fish in hundreds of lakes in Europe and North
America have almost died out completely (4) …… of acid rain. Cities are also suffering from the
effects of this powerful form of (5) …… . Acid rain can slowly eat away the stone on the outside
walls of buildings, and historic monuments can be severely (6) …… .
There are ways to reduce acid rain.
Firstly, power stations should stop releasing so much pollution into the air. Fortunately
governments are beginning to force power stations and factories to reduce the amounts of (7)
…… fumes that they release into the atmosphere.
Secondly, car drivers should use lead-free petrol as it doesn’t (8) …… as much pollution as leaded
petrol. Thirdly, we should use less electricity. For example, if we all (9) …… lights when we didn’t
need them, power stations wouldn’t produce so much pollution. (10) ……, if we used public
transport more often, the atmosphere wouldn’t (11) …… so polluted by car exhaust (12) ……. . If
we all make an effort, we can help to decrease the threat of acid rain.
236
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 237
VOCABULARY
File 6: Feelings and emotions
SECTION 2
1 Complete each sentence with a suitable adjective from the box. Not all the adjectives in the box are
to be used.
1. John was frightened / depressed for weeks after he lost his job.
2. I felt delighted / miserable when I failed the exam.
3. After two failed marriages, he seems now very happy / ashamed with his third wife.
4. Drivers are quite satisfied / angry over high fuel costs.
5. I’d feel sad / excited if I won the lottery.
6. James is worried / proud because he’s won a medal.
7. David completely lost his temper. He was absolutely furious / upset.
8. Aren’t you thrilled / scared of spiders?
9. My family were relieved / anxious at the news of my safe arrival.
10. We were confident / shocked to see smoke pouring out of a hole in our roof.
3 Read the following extracts and underline the odd word out from the words in bold.
A B C D
It was cold and rainy. Strong winds kept The next morning It was hot and sunny
The sky was covered blowing the whole time everything was white. the whole time we
with dark grey clouds. we were there. On the Snow was falling were there. Every day
I spent all day in my fourth night, a terrible lightly and it was we sat in the guest-
hotel room watching storm broke. It was freezing. Pamela and I house garden enjoying
TV. I felt so unhappy, pouring with rain and spent the day skiing on the sunshine or went
miserable, relaxed and the lightning lit up the the slopes. We felt so exploring all the
bored that I left early night sky. We were so joyful, delighted, gorgeous sandy
in the morning. scared, frightened, excited and moody beaches in the area. We
calm and uneasy that that we decided to go felt so happy,
the next morning we there again next year cheerful, irritated and
took the first train back delighted that we
home. stayed there a fortnight.
Testing Vocabulary
Section 2
1
237
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 238
4 Read the following situations and write how each person felt. Use a suitable adjective from the box
for each situation. Not all the adjectives in the box are to be used.
miserable / delighted / bored / nervous / furious / anxious / proud / annoyed
I arrived home late from work and I was tired, Yesterday’s lecture was really the worst. Every time
hungry and a bit depressed. The house was unusually Professor Murphy opened his mouth, a guy put up
dark and quiet. I had just walked into the sitting his hand and asked a question. Every question was
room when suddenly the lights went on and everyone totally irrelevant and took the professor off the topic.
jumped up and shouted “Surprise!” I had nearly I was very irritated and got even more so when I
forgotten it was my birthday. We had a fantastic time. found out that this guy wasn’t even a student. He was
It was the best birthday I’ve ever had. just a visitor!
C ……………………. D …………………….
1 A: Guess what! I’ve just passed the FCE exam! 3 A: It’s bad news. I’m afraid, Tom failed the exam.
B: a You must be thrilled! B: a He must be glad!
b What a shame! b Oh no! That’s a shame!
c That’s too bad! c Wow! That’s amazing!
2 A: I’m afraid I can’t come to the concert tonight. I 4 A: Have you heard? Jenny broke her leg skating.
have to study for my test tomorrow. B: a That’s terrific!
B: a Wow! That’s terrific! b Oh no! How awful!
b You must be very excited c She must be very pleased!
c That’s a shame!
10. She realised that her daughter had got ……… trouble again.
11. She felt no shame ……… what she had done.
12. I feel great admiration ……… that man.
13. He gazed ……. admiration ……… Robert as he spoke.
14. ……… my great surprise, she answered yes to my proposal.
15. She heard the sound of a helicopter over her head and shivered ……… fear.
238
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 239
1. I’m sorry if I upset you. I didn’t really mean to hide / hurt / hold your feelings.
2. Lots of people think that money brings / finds / wishes happiness. That’s why they buy lottery tickets.
3. I give / get / gain great pleasure from painting in water colours.
4. The player couldn’t express / arouse / control his anger and shouted at the referee.
5. When my little brother doesn’t get his way, he stamps / shakes / raises his feet in anger.
6. All the tourists erupted / exploded / blazed in anger when they learned that their flight was cancelled.
7. Our son has shown / solved / overcome his fear of the dark and he can now sleep with the light off.
8. He tried to hide / increase / reduce his anxiety from his daughter , but she could tell from his voice.
9. We’d love to be able to lie back and just forget / lose / leave all our worries for a little while.
10. It’s important that you can examine / discuss / talk your worries with your husband.
11. It’s a very popular restaurant, so book early to express / get / avoid disappointment.
12. He didn’t get the job, but I’m sure he’ll soon get over / get away / get out the disappointment.
13. News of the girl’s safety reached / came / arrived as a great relief to all involved in the search.
14. The film was very boring and at the end I breathed / got / inhaled a sigh of relief.
15. When John left in the early afternoon, I gave / sighed / felt an incredible sense of relief.
16. If you have an accident, it’s important that you get back in a car as soon as possible, so that you don’t
lose / lack / gain confidence in your ability to drive.
17. Richard used to be shy but he’s earned / gained / found a lot of confidence since going to school.
18. Our teacher tried to support / encourage / boost our confidence by telling us we’d pass the exam.
19. Her announcement about becoming a nun gave / took / brought us all by surprise.
20. We didn’t tell Mark that we had arranged a party for him. We wanted it to have / get / be a surprise.
8 Complete each sentence with a suitable adjective from the box. Use each adjective once only.
lazy 1. We wanted the party to be a(n) ……….… surprise, but John let the cat out of the bag.
confident 2. The players are in a(n)…………… mood and expect to win tomorrow’s game quite
irrational easily.
paralysed 3. At Christmas, not everybody is in a(n) ……………….. mood. Some people feel sad.
bad 4. Tom didn’t feel like doing anything yesterday. He was in a bit of a ……….….. mood.
simple 5. Why are you in such a(n) …………….. mood. You’ve been rude to people all evening!
endless 6. My daughter has a(n) …………………… fear of all dogs, which she can’t explain.
sick 7. I couldn’t move. I was …………….……… with fear.
festive 8. After the operation Mary was able to enjoy ………….… pleasures like walking again.
complete 9. Children often find ………..……… pleasure in playing with simple things like water.
10. “Where on earth have you been? We’ve been …………..……….. with worry!”
9 Complete each sentence with the correct word from the box. Not all the words in the box are to be used.
moment 1. He’s spent his life trying to find the …..…………. to happiness and peace of mind.
pursuit 2. The ……………….….. of happiness is one of the basic human rights.
fist 3. I think living together before getting married is no ……..……. of future happiness.
guarantee 4. I apologised for what I had said in a(n) ………….…… of anger.
string 5. His behaviour provoked an uncharacteristic ………….…….. of anger from his wife.
Testing Vocabulary
outburst 6. Money is a constant ……………….…. of worry. I worry about my credit card debt all
source the time.
Section 2
1
key 7. I’ll never forget the ………………….. of disappointment on her face when I told her I
voices couldn’t marry her.
look 8. His life has been a long …………..……….. of disappointments.
feet 9. From behind the door I could hear …………………..…….. raised in anger.
eyes 10. Tom looked straight at her and his dark ……………….……. blazed with anger.
lack
239
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 240
10 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits
in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
0. It’s unhealthy to suppress your feelings . So don’t be afraid to cry. FEEL
1. The accident seems to have completely destroyed his …………… . CONFIDENT
2. The Prime Minister expressed …………..…….. at the lack of progress in the talks. DISAPPOINT
3. She looked at the finished painting with ………………..……… . SATISFY
4. At the end, she breathed a sigh of ………………………….. . RELIEVE
5. You should be ashamed of your …………………..………… . BEHAVE
6. Children normally feel a lot of …………………….. about their first day at school. ANXIOUS
7. That kind of behaviour is sure to cause ………….…………….. . IRRITATE
8. It was a great ……………………………… to see him again. PLEASE
9. I felt such a sense of …………………………….., up in the hills alone. FREE
10. They shared the same kind of ……………………..…… and isolation. LONELY
11 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best fits
each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
It happened to me …
I’ll never (0) …… that day at the funfair. I was with my friend Jennifer and we were both really (1)
…… . The bright colours and the flashing lights made everything magical. We were having a great
time and we had been on most of the rides when Jennifer pointed to the big wheel. The sign said “£2
for a three-minute ride!”.
At first I wasn’t sure, but Jennifer had been on it before and (2) …… on having a ride. “It only takes
three minutes,” she said. “Come on – it’s a really (3) …… ride!” A minute later we were in the air. It
was like flying! “This is amazing!” I shouted (4) …… to Jennifer.
Then, suddenly, there was a loud crash and everything stopped. I was really frightened! Jennifer held
my hand tightly because she was (5) ……, too. We looked down and saw a few mechanics. “Don’t
worry,” they (6) …… . “It won’t take us long to fix it!”. So we waited…and waited! At first we were
(7) …… . Everyone was running around below us. After a while though, it became scary up there, and
Jennifer started shivering (8) …… fear. I couldn’t utter a word or move a muscle. I was (9) …… with
fear.
Three hours later, the wheel finally started to move again. We were so happy. When we finally touched
the ground we both felt (10) …… that everything ended well and we were at last able to relax. It had
been a long and scary day. That three-minute ride had turned into a three-hour nightmare! Since then I
have had a (11) …… fear of heights which I still can’t (12) …… .
240
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 241
VOCABULARY
File 7: Education and learning
SECTION 2
3 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that
fits in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
COOPERATIVE LEARNING
Teaching methods have hardly changed in one hundred years. The main idea
remains that students are empty (0) containers which a teacher fills with CONTAIN
(1) ……………, and that all students have to do is listen and write. However, KNOW
this approach does not work in today’s (2) …………… world. CHANGE
Cooperative learning is a new (3) ………… method which a number of TEACH
education consultants believe to be the future of (4) …………… . The EDUCATE
teacher’s role is no longer to feed students with (5) ……………, which are INFORM
easily available in libraries, on CD-ROMS and on the Internet. The teacher
presents the topic or problem to the students, and gives them precise
(6) …………… about what they are supposed to do. It is the role of the INSTRUCT
students to work together to discuss the problem, issue or task given, and come
up with answers. The teacher participates by guiding students when they have
questions.
Being based on (7) …………… among pupils, experts think of this method as COOPERATE
the best way to encourage responsibility, tolerance, and
Testing Vocabulary
respect the ideas of other students, even when those ideas are different from
their own. They also learn that cooperation is often better than
(10) ……………. . Besides this, they better learn and remember the COMPETITIVE
information discussed.
241
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 242
4 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that
fits in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
SCHOOL REPORT
Class 6C David Burton Bates
English Has (0) imaginative ideas but finds it difficult to write them down. IMAGINATION
Has not shown much enthusiasm and does not always pay
(5) ………………… . Has also had many absences and has ATTEND
Science
(6) ………………… arrived late for class. Has shown some FREQUENT
progress this term but still finds it difficult to concentrate.
David has improved his weaker subjects but he still needs
discipline. He also needs to spend more time on his homework
and (7) ……………... . REVISE
He has the (8) ……………… to do well but he needs to show ABLE
General Report
more (9) ………………… . Socially, David is a good mixer and DETERMINED
gets on well with everyone. He is a very popular member of the
sixth form but he should try to put his studies before his out-of-
school (10) ……………… . ACTIVE
5 OPEN CLOZE. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one
word in each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
Educating Children at home
Pros and Cons
In the United Kingdom (0) children are now required by law to have an (1) ……………… until they are 17
years old. Education is (2) …………….., but school is not. Children are not required to (3) ……………….
school. Did you know that a number of parents make arrangements to (4) ………………. their children at
home? They do this for a number of reasons: for example, when a child has serious health problems or (5)
……………… difficulties, or is especially gifted.
Whatever the reason, there are certainly some advantages to educating children at home.
In the first place, they can learn at their own speed, spending more time on the (6) ……………..which they
find (7) ………………. . Besides, it is easier for them to concentrate and (8) ……………… progress since
they are not distracted by noisy (9) ……………… . Finally, they learn more in a one-to-one situation, as
they get the full attention of their (10) ………………. .
Testing Vocabulary
On the other hand, learning at home has its own drawbacks. First, children who do not go to school lack
experience at making friends with other (11) …………….. . As a result, they may not learn the social skills
Section 2
1
needed in later life. Moreover, they are less motivated to work hard, because they have no one to compare
their progress with, to compete against or cooperate with.
In conclusion, I believe that children should go to school since education is not only a matter of learning
facts and figures. Children also need to learn how to get along with others, and to develop their personalities.
In my opinion, they can only do this by mixing with other children in a school environment. Children who
have (12) ………………. a school are often far better equipped for life than those who have not.
242
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 243
VOCABULARY
File 8: Sport and entertainment
SECTION 2
1. When I looked at the scoreboard, I realised that my team was winning / gaining / earning by one point.
2. Which team do you stand / support / hold?
3. The player wasn’t doing well so the manager sent / released / dropped him from the team.
4. Alan stopped swimming and just floated / dived / sank on the surface.
5. I skidded / slipped / slid because the snow was hard.
6. When I was hiking / tripping / overtaking in the mountains I stepped on a snake.
7. You’re not getting enough exercise. Why don’t you start up / carry on / take up a sport?
8. Spain lost / won / defeated to Italy 3 – 0.
9. Totti made / signed / scored a goal in the last minute of the match.
10. Jordan played / entered / supported in the first team for six years, and captained it for two years.
11. If we win / score / lose this game, we’re out of the competition.
12. Get / Enter / Join our free competition and you could win £1000,000.
13. The competition will be done / made / held in September.
14. Mary likes gathering / collecting / joining coins.
15. Tom’s main hobby is doing / building / making furniture.
16. The race has been arranged / decided / mended for July.
17. All the runners rolled / leaned / fell forward as they waited to begin the race.
18. Charles turned the last corner and arrived / approached / headed for the finishing line.
19. The film is located / set / placed in Africa.
20. John is determined to succeed / manage / carry in the competition this year.
1. Tomorrow’s hockey match has been put out / set off / put off for another time.
2. The Scottish team was brought about / taken on / knocked out of the competition in the semi-final.
3. The cast are running through / setting out / running for the script one last time before the performance.
4. We are putting through / setting aside / setting apart some money because we want to go on a cruise.
5. John was sent off / sent away / run out by the referee for kicking another player.
1. The basketball game will take place at the town’s sports facility / centre / gym.
2. They lost the relay match / race / tournament because the third runner dropped the baton and caused a
delay.
3. I often play a game / tournament / competition of chess after tea with my wife.
4. The final result was a(n) equal / draw / score.
5. Let’s meet outside the football field / pitch / court before the game / match / race starts.
Testing Vocabulary
6. I’ve always loved snooker, so my sister gave me a(n) racquet / arrow / cue for my birthday.
Section 2
1
7. The American boxer put his clubs / gloves / spikes in front of his face to protect himself from his
opponent’s violent punches.
8. All competitors for the race should make their way to the track / course / range.
9. The archer pulled back the string of his shuttlecock / bat / bow and fired.
10. At the end of each round, each boxer has to return to his corner of the club / ring / court.
243
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 244
5 Complete each sentence with the correct adjective from the box. Not all the adjectives in the box are
to be used.
1. You need to be very ……………… when you are parachuting, especially when landing
co-operative
because you might hurt yourself.
courageous
2. A Marathon runner needs to be …………... to finish the race because they get very tired.
cheerful
3. Football is a team sport. A footballer must be ……………….. and willing to do what
accurate
other members of the team suggest.
determined
4. If you want to try ice climbing, you need to be ……………… because it is quite a
violent
dangerous sport.
careful
5. An ice-skater needs to be ………………. so that they can glide across the ice with
graceful
style and ease.
exciting
6. An archer needs to be ……………… to hit the centre of the target.
7 Match each word in box A with the correct word in box B to form compound nouns.
Section 2
1
244
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 245
10 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that
fits in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
MY FAVOURITE SPORT
is also a fantastic sport. It is the (10) …………… way to exercise and travel PERFECTION
around the countryside at the same time.
Try it and see for yourself!
245
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 246
11 MULTIPLE CHOICE CLOZE. Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best
fits each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
A SCIENCE-FICTION TRILOGY
Star Wars, The Empire Strikes Back, The Return of the Jedi
Star Wars, The Empire Strikes Back and The Return of the Jedi were record-breaking hit films (0) in
the late 70s and early 80s.
Star Wars (1977) is a classic (1) …… of good versus evil, with Harrison Ford (Han Solo), Mark
Hamill (Luke Skywalker), Carrie Fisher (Princess Leia), Sir Alec Guinness (Obi-Wan Kenobi) and
many other (2) …… .
The story is (3) …… “a long time ago in a galaxy far, far away”. The galaxy is ruled by the evil
Galactic Empire. Luke Skywalker, a young farmboy, lives on the planet of Tatooine with his aunt and
uncle. His aunt and uncle are killed. Soon after this, Luke meets Obi-Wan Kenobi, the last of the Jedi
knights in the desert and his life is changed forever. Obi-Wan Kenobi (4) ...... Luke to use the powers
of the Force to fight the Empire and its leader, the evil Darth Vader. Luke is joined by two friendly
androids (C-3PO and R2-D2) who team up with Han Solo, a mercenary pilot played by Harrison Ford.
The group land on Darth Vader’s spaceship, the (5) …… Death Star, and rescue the beautiful Princess
Leia. They manage to escape after an (6) …… battle and the Death Star is (7) …… .
It was a great (8) …… and so were The Empire Strikes Back and The Return of the Jedi.
Twenty years later George Lucas restored the films, added some new (9) …… effects and improved the
(10) …… with the help of new technologies. He stunned the world with one of the most (11) ……
films of all time, Star Wars is Back, creating the same (12) …… and reaping the same rewards as it did
when it was first released in 1977. Star War-Special Edition opened in America on 31st January and
went straight to the top of the US box office. Three weeks later it lost the number one slot to its sequel,
The Empire Strikes Back-Special Edition. Then came The Return of the Jedi-Special Edition. And that
went into the charts too.
Cinema has never seen anything like it before.
0. A on B at C in ■ D by
1. A history B scene C setting D story
2. A cast B actresses C stars D members
3. A set B placed C shot D setting
4. A exercises B learns C trains D takes up
5. A enjoyable B delight C terrific D terrifying
6. A violence B fun C exciting D amused
Testing Vocabulary
246
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 247
VOCABULARY
File 9: Music and sounds
SECTION 2
4. The ……………… of the singer’s latest song are about his childhood.
A tunes B instruments C harmonies D lyrics
Testing Vocabulary
247
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 248
5 Read the text below and complete each space with the correct word from the box. There is an
example (0) at the beginning.
Country music
Country music is a wide musical (0) genre, with several sub-genres, that describes the
artists
musical forms which (1) ………………… in Southern United States and the
genre
Appalachian mountains around the 1920s. One can find the stylistic
harmonicas
(2) …………………of country music in related genres such as folk, blues,
roots
(3) …………………, Celtic music, gospel, and even a bit of swing. Among the
successful
(4) ………………… that distinguish country music and country records are their
characteristics
simple chord progressions, simple, memorable choruses and melodies, the
string
incorporation of stories into the (5) …………………, the use of (6) …………………
jazz
instrumentation such as guitars, the violin, fiddles and banjos, and the use of
lyrics
(7) ………………… Defining figures of the country music genre
include
(8) …………………Jimmie Rodgers, Patsy Cline, Jerry Lee Lewes, and other
originated
(9) ………………… country bands and country (10) ………………… both past and
present.
6 OPEN CLOZE. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one
word in each space. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
called the movie (14) …………………. Finally, if a song becomes very popular and
famous it is called a (15) ………………….
Section 2
248
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 249
7 WORD FORMATION. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that
fits in the space in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.
BLUES MUSIC
Blues is the name given to both a (0) musical form and a music genre that originated in MUSIC
African-American communities of primarily the “Deep South” of the United States around
the end of the 19th century from spirituals, work-songs, field hollers, shouts and chants,
and rhymed simple narrative ballads, and is deeply (1)………………… in African- ROOT
American slave history.
The term “the blues” refers to a state of mind: “the blue devils”,
meaning melancholy, (2) ………………… and a general feeling of SAD
(3) …………………. LONELY
But “the blues” did not enter popular American usage until after the Civil War as a
(4) ………………… of music that expressed such a mental state among African DESCRIBE
Americans. It is generally understood that a blues (5) ………………… sings or plays to PERFORM
rid himself of “the blues”.
As the blues was created largely by illiterate (6) …………………, scarcely any of whom MUSIC
could read music, (7) …………………, both verbal and musical, was an essential part of IMPROVISE
it.
To facilitate improvisation, a number of patterns evolved among which the call-and-
response pattern, prominent in African tradition. The simplicity of blues lyrics gave the
blues singer (8) ………………… to express emotion while improvising. FREE
Throughout the 1920s, blues music made its way to urban areas, evolving into electrified
Chicago blues. It also rose in (9) ………………… in New Orleans, Texas, Louisiana, POPULAR
Arkansas, Cleveland and New York.
After World War II and in the 1950s, electric blues, which used
(10)………………… electric guitar, electric bass, drums, and harmonica played through a AMPLIFY
microphone, became popular in northern cities like Chicago and Detroit.
5. I was trying to be very quiet but the door croaked / creaked as I opened it.
6. A big cracking / crackling fire was burning in the fireplace.
7. Her voice cracked / creaked and she began to cry.
8. Thunder banged / boomed like battlefield cannons over Crooked Mountain.
9. The ball we were playing with landed in the water with a huge splash / howl.
10. There was a sudden hiss / bang as a ladder hit the wall.
249
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 250
JIM MORRISON
Jim Morrison was an American rock (0) singer and
songwriter. He was born on December 8th, 1943 in
Melbourne, Florida. His mother was a homemaker
and his father was a naval aviator who rose to the
rank of Real Admiral.
Morrison moved frequently as a child due to his
father’s naval service and (1) …………………
George Washington High School in Virginia. As a
high school student, he began to rebel against his
father’s strict discipline, discovering alcohol and
women, and bristling at all forms of discipline.
After graduating from high school, Morrison studied
cinema the University of California in Los Angeles
(UCLA) where he graduated in 1965. While
studying at university, he met Ray Manzarek and
formed a
(2) …………………, The Doors, which soon
became popular. One of the keys of their (3) ………………… was Morrison’s highly theatrical stage (4)
…………………. He used all the techniques he had learned while studying cinema to make his (5)
………………… very dramatic. He tried to provoke the (6) ………………… and the reaction was
sometimes quite negative. The reaction of the police was also negative and Jim was arrested for obscene
behaviour on several occasions.
Meanwhile, the band’s (7) ………………… were selling fast. The band’s second (8) …………………, Light
My Fire (June 1967), was an international success which catapulted the band to the forefront of the (9)
………………… and roll world. During the next few years, The Doors (10) ………………… a lot of hits
(11) ………………… and songs like L.A. Women (1971).
At this point Jim had developed a serious drug addiction. In 1971 he left The Doors to write poetry and
moved to Paris where he died of a drug overdose at the age of 28. He was buried at Père Lachaise cemetery
in Paris where many other famous people are buried, (12) ………………… Chopin and Oscar Wilde.
250
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 251
VOCABULARY
File 10: Proverbs
SECTION 2
Beginnings Endings
1. Half a loaf is a) on the other side of the hill. 1…
2. One good turn b) what you sow. 2…
3. The grass is always greener c) better than none 3…
4. You will reap d) as a free lunch. 4…
5. The devil teaches us his tricks, e) deserves another. 5…
6. There’s no such thing f) the heart doesn’t grieve over 6…
7. What the eye doesn’t see, g) like the present. 7…
8. There is no time h) but not how to hide them. 8…
251
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 252
4 Complete each proverb with the appropriate verb in the correct form.
1. As you make your bed, a) Tra il dire e il fare c’è di mezzo il mare 1…
so you must lie in it.
8. What’s done is done. h) Dimmi con chi vai e ti dirò chi sei. 8…
.
Testing Vocabulary
Section 2
252
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 253
VOCABULARY
File 11: Common collocations and fixed expressions
SECTION 2
1 Complete each sentence with the correct form of the following verbs: have, do, make, take, give.
1. It doesn’t matter if you don’t win. Just try to …………… your best.
2. I can’t stand hard rock music. It ……………… me such a headache!
3. I think you should …………….. priority to vocabulary.
4. “I have a terrible cough, doctor.” “……………….. one of these pills once a day for a week.”
5. I like her because she …………….. a good sense of humour.
6. Can I ……………….. a suggestion? Why don’t you take up tennis instead of golf?
7. These shoes are the wrong size. I …………… a size 14.
8. Mark isn’t ……………. well in physics.
9. I’ll …………… everything I can to help her.
10. “Do you know where my glasses are?” “I’m sorry, I …………….. absolutely no idea.”
3 Underline the adverb that makes a common collocation with the verb in italics.
253
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 254
4 Underline the adverb that makes a common collocation with the adjective or past participle in italics.
1. She was sadly / bitterly / miserably disappointed not to get the job.
2. This meat dish is absolutely / largely / thoroughly superb. I’m going to have some more.
3. Peter is radically / seriously / greatly overweight.
4. There’s almost nothing left of the old cathedral. It was seriously / deeply / virtually destroyed in the great
storm of 1985.
5. I’ll be endlessly / eternally / daily grateful for the help they gave me.
6. We’ve been married for twenty years and we’re still gracefully / highly / blissfully happy.
7. The problems we’re having have been greatly / largely / widely created by the inefficient organization.
8. That skirt is ridiculously / funnily / seriously overpriced. It isn’t worth the money it costs.
9. My sister is lightly / slightly / vaguely taller than me.
10. She’s a highly / hugely / largely recommended architect.
5 Complete each sentence with a word from box A and a word from box B.
1. The most outstanding characteristic of London is the number of
A
…………………………. . England’s capital offers visitors a journey through
cosmopolitan /
centuries of history.
holiday / visual /
2. Harrods is a big …………… …………… where you can buy almost everything.
visitor / heavy /
3. I think that schools often put too little emphasis on learning about
department /
…………………………………
sales / historic
4. There was ……………..……….… in the city-centre. There was a real jam and it
took me about an hour to get to work.
B
5. London is a …………… …………… . It is full of people from many different
arts / city / store /
parts of the world.
sites / traffic /
6. I like shopping there. The ………….. …………… are always very helpful.
staff / centre /
7. You can get brochures and a free map of the town from the ………… ………… .
weekend
8. The roads will be very busy on Friday evening because it’s a ……………………
6 Complete each sentence with a word from the box which makes a common collocation with the word
in italics.
1. ……………… species are animals that are in danger of dying out completely.
global 2. Many breathing problems are caused by ……………… emissions.
urban 3. They oppose any kind of …………… waste being dumped at sea.
nuclear 4. Such ………… smog would not normally be expected in a coastal city, where sea
thick breezes should help to disperse it.
endangered 5. In 1989, there was a massive ………… spill in Alaska which caused great damage to the
factory area around.
oil 6. ……………… warming is the worldwide warming of the atmosphere.
7. The storm caused most damage in the highly populated ………. sprawl of South Florida.
3. Before you take a decision you have to consider the pros and the ………….. .
4. He works very hard. / He works like a ……………..
Section 2
5. I heard the good news directly from him. / I heard the good news straight from the ……………’s mouth.
6. We used to fight all the time. / We used to fight like cat and ……………… .
7. She’s got the ability to remember everything. / She’s got a memory like an ………………. .
8. I did two tasks with one action. / I killed two …………… with one stone.
9. It’s very easy. / It’s a piece of …………….. .
10. At the moment I owe money to the bank. / At the moment I’m in the …………… .
254
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 255
Personal details and physical paint; 7. send; 8. belong; 9. play; 10. own
1 description
4 1. ride, drive; 2. make; 3. play; 4. belong; 5.
1 1. old; 2. live; 3. address; 4. come; 5. birth; 6.
sharpen
job; 7. nationality; 8. single
2 1. A; 2. B; 3. A; 4. C; 5. A; 6. C; 7. C; 8. C; 9. 4 Family members
and jobs
A; 10. B
1 1. grandparents; 2. aunt; 3. uncle; 4. stepson; 5.
3 1. plaits; 2. pony tail; 3. beard; 4. moustache; 5. sister-in-law; 6. nephew; 7. niece; 8. an only
scar; 6. pretty; 7. divorced; 8. short; 9. curly child.
hair; 10. age; 11. overweight; 12. green eyes;
2 1. husband; 2. children; 3. single; 4. twin; 5.
13. slanting/almond shaped eyes; 14. wrinkles;
15. freckles; 16. elderly/old man; 17. ugly; 18. relatives; 6. daughter; 7. wife; 8. sisters
surname 3 1. hairdresser; 2. pilot; 3. butcher; 4. baker; 5.
4 1. short; 2. fair/blond(e); 3. years; 4. short; 5. clerk; 6. farmer; 7. sailor; 8. plumber
live 4 1 – c; 2 – e; 3 – f; 4 – b; 5 – a; 6 – d; 7 – h; 8 – g
5 1. man; 2. girl; 3. teenager; 4. wavy, blue; 5. 5 1. lawyer; 2. soldier; 3. nurse; 4. musician; 5.
complexion; 6. tall, hair, eyes; 7. built,
scientist; 6. actor
shoulders; 8. middle-aged; 9. plump
5 Sports, hobbies
2 Contrastive and interests
adjectives
1 1. gymnastics; 2. basketball; 3. fencing; 4.
1 1. crooked; 2. old; 3. closed; 4. thick; 5. thin;
aerobics; 5. athletics; 6. parachuting; 7.
6. interesting; 7. narrow; 8. high; 9. shallow;
(horse) riding; 8. water skiing
10. weak; 11. fast; 12. untidy; 13. wet; 14.
empty; 15. light; 16. dirty; 17. dark; 18. hard; 2 1. do; 2. play; 3. go; 4. collect
19. rough; 20. hot
3 examples: basketball; volleyball; football; table
2 1. mean; 2. pessimistic; 3. cheerful; 4. tennis; tennis; hockey; cricket; golf; rugby; etc.
nervous; 5. lazy; 6. shy
4 1. He is kicking the ball.
3 1. dishonest; 2. irresponsible; 3. immature; 4. 2. He is throwing the ball.
illogical; 5. unpleasant 3. He is catching the ball.
4. He is passing the ball.
3 Possessions 5. He is heading the ball.
1 1. trumpet; 2. violin; 3. drums; 4. clarinet; 5. 5 1. racquet
cello; 6. keyboard; 7. guitar; 8. flute; 9. 2. bat
saxophone; 10. watch; 11. table tennis bat; 12. 3. club
hamster; 13. turtle; 14. bicycle; 15. 4. rope
motorbike/moped; 16. pencil; 17. rucksack; 5. bicycle
18. eraser/rubber 6. camera
2 1. laptop; 2. mobile phone; 3. digital camera; 6 1. beat; 2. drew; 3. defeated; 4. lost to; 5. scored
4. play station; 5. sun glasses; 6. skate board;
7 1. in; 2. to the; 3. of; 4. collecting; 5. at; 6. on;
7. textbook; 8. goldfish; 9. football; 10. tennis
racquet 7. dancing; 8. hobby
8 1. A; 2. C; 3. A; 4. B; 5. A; 6. B; 7. D; 8. C; 9.
3 1. take; 2. make; 3. have; 4. help; 5. draw; 6. B; 10. D
255
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 256
256
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 257
Shops
11 and shopping
3 1. roast; 2. mix; 3. bake; 4. add; 5. peel; 6.
1 fry; 7. grate; 8. squeeze
1. greengrocer’s; 2. butcher’s; 3. fishmonger’s;
4. souvenir shop; 5. shoe shop 4 1. sweet/bitter; 2. tender/tough; 3. salty/tasteless;
2 4. fatty/lean
1. electrical appliances; 2. cutlery; 3. stationery;
4. clothes; 5. furniture 5 1. some; 2. a; 3. a; 4. some; 5. some
257
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 258
Transport
16 4 examples: sunbathe, suntan, sun-block,
1 sunburn
1. train; 2. (aero)plane; 3. ship; 4. bicycle; 5.
tricycle; 6. lorry/truck; 7. van; 8. boat; 9. jeep; 5 2 – d beach umbrella
10. convertible; 11. coach; 12. bus 3 – h seaside
2 4 – a postcard
1. boot; 2. bumper; 3. speedometer; 4.
5 – c guesthouse
dashboard; 5. door; 6. wheel; 7. ignition; 8.
6 – g camp site
horn; 9. accelerator; 10. engine; 11. window;
7 – f suntan lotion
12. bonnet
8 – e sightseeing tour
3 1. footbrake; 2. gear lever; 3. exhaust-pipe; 4. 6 1. abroad, stay, resort; 2. accommodation; 3.
fuel gauge; 5. headlights; 6. wing mirror; 7.
rent; 4. look, souvenirs; 5. market; 6. spent; 7
seatbelt/seat belt; 8. windscreen
taken; 8. rocks, rough; 9. spent, lying; 10. got,
4 1. saddle; 2. bell; 3. spokes; 4. handlebar; 5. sightseeing; 11. convenient; 12. noisy
pump; 6. pedal; 7. chain; 8. frame; 9. brake 7 1. B; 2. C; 3. D; 4. A; 5. B; 6. C; 7. D; 8. B; 9.
lever; 10. lock; 11. tyre; 12. mudguard
A; 10. C
5 1. C; 2. C; 3. A; 4. B; 5. B; 6. A; 7. C; 8. B; 9.
Feelings
A; 10. B; 11. C; 12. B 19 and opinions
Travelling 1 1. scared; 2. angry; 3. sensible; 4. bored; 5.
17 bad-tempered; 6. upset; 7. nervous; 8.
1 1. Single; 2. fast; 3. change; 4. platform; 5. embarrassed; 9. lazy; 10. cheerful; 11. excited;
leave; 6. ticket 12. glad; 13. annoying
2 1. locomotive; 2. coach/passenger car; 3. 2 examples: 1. scared, worried; 2. annoyed; 3.
compartment; 4. waiting room; 5. ticket
embarrassed; 4. excited, proud, happy
office; 6. ticket machine
3 1. shake; 2. shout; 3. smile; 4. nod; 5. cry; 6.
3 1. Passengers; 2. waiting room; 3. luggage; 4.
blush; 7. yawn; 8. whisper
timetable; 5. arrival
4 1. unreliable; 2. impatient; 3. dishonest; 4.
4 1. information desk; 2. runway; 3. airport; 4.
inexperienced; 5. impolite/rude; 6. unhelpful
seatbelt/seat belt; 5. passport; 6. timetable
5 1. to; 2. into; 3. at; 4. on; 5. on; 6. in
5 1. airport; 2. desk; 3. luggage; 4. ticket; 5.
card; 6. control; 7. departure; 8. duty-free; 9.
takeoff; 10. gate; 11. plane Friends
20
6 1. C; 2. D; 3. A; 4. B; 5. C; 6. A; 7. D; 8. C; 9. 1 1. loyal; 2. honest; 3. reliable; 4. caring; 5.
C; 10. A funny; 6. outgoing; 7. generous
Holidays 2
18 1. pleased; 2. keep; 3. similar; 4. fun; 5.
common; 6. humour; 7. same; 8. turn; 9. rely;
1 1. B; 2. C; 3. A; 4. C; 5. C; 6. B 10. know
2 1. temple; 2. castle; 3. cathedral; 4. 3 1. get; 2. hanging out; 3. make; 4. trust; 5. met;
monument; 5. art gallery; 6. statue 6. know
3 1. packed; 2. cosmopolitan; 3. monuments; 4. 4 1. of; 2. of; 3. with; 4. about; 5. with; 6. to; 7.
lively; 5. guidebook; 6. enjoy X; 8. in; 9. with; 10. X; 11. to; 12. on;
258
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 259
259
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 260
260
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 261
261
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 262
in; 8. of; 9. at; 10. into; 11. for; 12. for; 13. in, 3
at; 14. To; 15. with 1. centre; 2. race; 3. game; 4. draw; 5. pitch,
match; 6. cue; 7. gloves; 8. track; 9. bow; 10. ring
7 1. hurt; 2. brings; 3. get; 4. control; 5. stamps; 4 1. amateur; 2. captain; 3. conductor; 4.
6. exploded; 7. overcome; 8. hide; 9. forget;
10. discuss; 11. avoid; 12. get over; 13. came; director; 5. announcer; 6. sculptor; 7. author; 8.
14. breathed; 15. felt; 16. lose; 17. gained; 18. composer; 9. characters; 10. spectators
boost; 19. took; 20. be 5 1. careful; 2. determined; 3. co-operative; 4.
8 1. complete; 2. confident; 3. festive; 4. lazy; 5. courageous; 5. graceful; 6. accurate
bad; 6. irrational; 7. paralysed; 8. simple; 9. 6 1. thrilling; 2. tiring; 3. excited; 4. amusing; 5.
endless; 10. sick amazing; 6. great; 7. live; 8. humorous; 9.
9 1. key; 2. pursuit; 3. guarantee; 4. moment; 5. gripping; 10. amazing; 11. modern; 12.
outburst; 6. source; 7. look; 8. string; 9. voices; popular; 13. dull; 14. still; 15.readable
10. eyes 7 1. soap opera; 2. autobiography; 3. paperback;
10 1. confidence; 2. disappointment; 3. satisfaction; 4. self-portrait; 5. dress circle; 6. film scripts;
4. relief; 5. behaviour; 6. anxiety; 7. irritation; 8. 7. masterpiece; 8. funfair; 9. backstage; 10.
pleasure; 9. freedom; 10. loneliness soundtrack
11 8 1. at; 2. out; 3. on; 4. in, on; 5. in; 6. of; 7. into;
1. D; 2. A; 3. C; 4. D; 5. B; 6. C; 7. B; 8. D; 9.
A; 10. B; 11. D; 12. B 8. from
9 1. end; 2. towel; 3. goalposts; 4. ropes; 5. belt;
Education
7 and learning 6. depth; 7. ball; 8. corner; 9. ropes; 10. boat
1 10 1. outdoors; 2. exciting; 3. interesting; 4.
1. teacher, lecturer; 2. course; 3. lecturer,
professor; 4. student; 5. point, mark; 6. healthy; 5. relaxing; 6. dangerous; 7. careful; 8.
examiners; 7. dean, headmaster equipment; 9. believe; 10. perfect
2 11 1. D; 2. C; 3. A; 4. C; 5. D; 6. C; 7. B; 8. A; 9.
1. do; 2. take; 3. make; 4. do; 5. get; 6. make;
7. make; 8. take; 9. make/take; 10. do; 11. get; C; 10. B; 11. D; 12. B
12. make
Music and sounds
3 1. knowledge; 2. changing; 3. teaching; 4.
9
education; 5. information; 6. instructions; 7. 1 1. duet; 2. album; 3. composer; 4. band ;
cooperation; 8. helpfulness; 9. cooperatively; 5. track ; 6. lyrics; 7. charts; 8. orchestra
10. competition
2 1. piano; 2. guitar; 3. saxophone; 4. harp;
4 1. fluently; 2. concentrate; 3. homework; 4.
5. trombonist; 6. bagpiper; 7. harmonica; 8. cello
difficulty; 5. attention; 6. frequently; 7. revision;
8. ability; 9. determination; 10. activities. 3 1. C; 2. A; 3. B; 4. D
5 1. education; 2. compulsory; 3. attend; 4.
4 1. music; 2. tune; 3. bell; 4. song; 5. music
educate; 5. learning; 6. subjects; 7. difficult; 8.
make; 9. classmates; 10. tutor/teacher; 11.
5 1. originated; 2. roots; 3. jazz; 4. characteristics;
children; 12. attended
5. lyrics; 6. string; 7. harmonicas; 8. include;
Sport
8 and entertainment 9. successful; 10 artists
1 1. winning; 2. support; 3. dropped; 4. floated; 6 1. piece; 2. orchestra; 3. conductor;
5. slipped; 6. hiking; 7. take up; 8. lost; 9. 4. percussion; 5. wind; 6. string; 7. melody;
scored; 10. played; 11. lose; 12. Enter; 13. 8. concert; 9. gigs; 10. albums; 11. track;
held; 14. collecting; 15. making; 16. arranged; 12. single; 13. lyrics; 14. soundtrack; 15. hit
17. leaned; 18. headed; 19. set; 20. succeed
7 1. rooted; 2. sadness; 3. loneliness; 4. description;
2 1.put off; 2. knocked out; 3. running through; 5. performer; 6. musicians; 7. improvisation;
4. setting aside; 5. sent off 8. freedom; 9. popularity; 10. amplified
263
NEW_GF_2013 2-09-2014 18:53 Pagina 264
8 1. c; 2. b; 3. a; 4. h; 5. d; 6. e; 7. f; 8. g 5 1. c; 2. g; 3. d; 4. b; 5. d; 6. f; 7. a; 8. e.
264
KEYS TO VIDEO EXERCISES
KEYS TO EXERCISES
01. SPORTS AND HOBBIES 07. CINEMA THEATRE AND
1: 1-b; 2-a; 3-e; 4-c; 5-d TELEVISION
2: 1. true; 2. false; 3. true. 1. false; 2. false; 3. true; 4. false; 5. true;
6. true; 7. false
02. AT SCHOOL
1: 1-a; 2-c; 3-b 08. NATURAL DISASTER AND
2: 1-c; 2-b; 3-d; 4-a ENVIRONMENTAL
PROBLEMS
1: 1-b;2-d; 3-e; 4-a; 5-c
03. SHOPS AND SHOPPING 2: 1. true; 2. false; 3. false; 4. false
1-c; 2-b; 3-b; 4-a; 5-c
Le espressioni DSA (Disturbi Specifici di Apprendimento) e BES (Bisogni Educativi Speciali) sono
ormai entrate nell’uso nelle scuole italiane e indicano problemi cui viene richiesta una particolare
attenzione.
In particolare, con l’emanazione della Direttiva ministeriale del 27 dicembre 2012 Strumenti di inter-
vento per alunni con Bisogni Educativi Speciali e organizzazione territoriale per l’inclusione scola-
stica, si raccomanda un intervento specifico per favorire l’integrazione degli alunni che presentano
disturbi di apprendimento, disturbi evolutivi, ma anche svantaggio sociale e culturale.
È bene ricordare che si tratta di soggetti dotati di intelligenza e caratteristiche fisiche e mentali nella
norma, ma con disturbi che li rendono privi di una completa autosufficienza nell’apprendimento.
Le difficoltà più comuni riguardano la lettura (dislessia), la scrittura (disgrafia) e il calcolo matema-
tico (discalculia). Esse richiedono una diagnosi specifica; gli interventi richiesti sono regolati dalla
Legge 8 ottobre 2010, n° 170, che riconosce il diritto allo studio degli alunni con DSA, garantito
dalla realizzazione di percorsi individualizzati nell’ambito scolastico.
Nelle pagine che seguono vengono fornite alcune prime informazioni di carattere generale.
Ulteriori materiali relativi all’argomento sono presenti sul sito dell’Editore
(www.trinitywhitebridge.co.uk).
300 Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento
La normativa italiana
La dislessia è ormai un problema ampiamente studiato e riconosciuto dalla comunità scientifica
internazionale.
Insieme alla disgrafia, alla disortografia e alla discalculia, fa parte dei Disturbi Specifici di Ap-
prendimento (DSA). Tali disturbi, di origine neurobiologica, si manifestano in presenza di capa-
cità cognitive adeguate e in assenza di patologie neurologiche e di deficit sensoriali.
La dislessia si manifesta con una difficoltà nell’imparare a leggere, nella correttezza e nella ra-
pidità della lettura. Non è una malattia e, come tale, non è curabile. È una disabilità che si può
migliorare e un insegnamento competente, unitamente all’adozione di misure specifiche, pos-
sono fornire all’allievo dislessico valide strategie per poter superare le sue difficoltà, facilitando
l’apprendimento.
All’interno del quadro normativo italiano, la L. 170/2010 sui disturbi specifici di apprendimento
(DSA), con le relative linee-guida (2011), e le successive indicazioni del Ministero dell’Istruzio-
ne, dell’Università e della Ricerca (MIUR) in riferimento ai Bisogni Educativi Speciali (BES),
forniscono un quadro completo che, oltre a delineare le caratteristiche del disturbo e il suo
riconoscimento, offre indicazioni sulla didattica e gli strumenti operativi da utilizzare nella prassi
psicopedagogica nei diversi ordini e gradi di scuola.
Le linee-guida ministeriali contengono, inoltre, un paragrafo dedicato in modo specifico alla
didattica delle lingue straniere, che costituisce uno degli elementi di criticità nel percorso edu-
cativo dell’allievo dislessico.
teriale integrativo del libro di testo); se queste attività non sortiranno alcun effetto si procederà
alla segnalazione alla famiglia.
Se, invece, la dislessia dello studente è già conclamata, l’insegnante utilizzerà i dati direttamen-
te per costruire il PDP (Piano Didattico Personalizzato).
L’ansia linguistica
Certi compiti linguistici possono rivelarsi ampiamente ansiogeni per i soggetti dislessici.
L’insegnante dovrebbe, pertanto, prestare particolare attenzione a non creare per loro situazioni
di fallimento, quali leggere a voce alta davanti alla classe, tradurre o rispondere a domande di
comprensione, imparare a memoria e ripetere in pubblico brani, memorizzare liste di parole
decontestualizzate, rispondere rapidamente a una domanda e improvvisare dialoghi senza
supporto cartaceo.
Una volta creatasi, questa forma d’ansia influirà sia sul piano personale (deterioramento
dell’autostima, blocco psicologico, ecc.) che a livello linguistico (riluttanza alla comunicazione,
incapacità di autocorreggersi, tendenza alla distrazione, ecc.).
La prospettiva europea
L’apprendimento delle lingue straniere costituisce per gli studenti con dislessia e con BES un
diritto educativo che può sortire effetti positivi, sia a livello personale (crescita dell’autostima)
che strumentale, in quanto la conoscenza delle lingue straniere costituisce oggi un elemento
imprescindibile per la qualificazione e il miglioramento del profilo professionale.
In una prospettiva pienamente europea non ci si deve, quindi, porre il problema se sia opportuno
insegnare le lingue straniere, in primo luogo l’inglese quale lingua parlata universalmente, ad un
allievo dislessico, ma, affermando il principio dell’inclusione e delle pari opportunità formative,
concentrarsi invece sul come promuovere l’apprendimento, tenendo presenti le specificità della
dislessia e individuando gli strumenti e le misure migliori. Una tale azione, pur assumendo un valo-
re particolare nel contesto della dislessia e dei bisogni speciali, può di fatto favorire il lavoro di tutta
la classe e promuovere una glottodidattica inclusiva che supporti anche altri studenti in difficoltà.
Posto nelle condizioni di attenuare e/o compen- elementi basali dell’abilità numerica: il subitizing
sare il disturbo, infatti, il discente può raggiun- (o riconoscimento immediato di piccole quanti-
gere gli obiettivi di apprendimento previsti. È da tà), i meccanismi di quantificazione, la seriazio-
notare, inoltre (e ciò non è affatto irrilevante per ne, la comparazione, le strategie di composizio-
la didattica), che gli alunni con DSA sviluppano ne e scomposizione di quantità, le strategie di
stili di apprendimento specifici, volti a compen- calcolo a mente.
sare le difficoltà incontrate a seguito del distur- Nell’ambito procedurale, invece, la discalculia
bo. rende difficoltose le procedure esecutive per lo
più implicate nel calcolo scritto: la lettura e scrit-
1.1 La dislessia tura dei numeri, l’incolonnamento, il recupero
Da un punto di vista clinico, la dislessia si ma- dei fatti numerici e gli algoritmi del calcolo scritto
nifesta attraverso una minore correttezza e ra- vero e proprio.
pidità della lettura a voce alta rispetto a quanto
atteso per età anagrafica, classe frequentata, 1.4 La comorbilità
istruzione ricevuta. Pur interessando abilità diverse, i disturbi sopra
Risultano più o meno deficitarie – a seconda descritti possono coesistere in una stessa per-
del profilo del disturbo in base all’età – la lettu- sona – ciò che tecnicamente si definisce “co-
ra di lettere, di parole e non-parole, di brani. In morbilità”.
generale, l’aspetto evolutivo della dislessia può Ad esempio, il Disturbo del Calcolo può presen-
farlo somigliare a un semplice rallentamento del tarsi in isolamento o in associazione (più tipica-
regolare processo di sviluppo. Tale conside- mente) ad altri disturbi specifici.
razione è utile per l’individuazione di eventuali La comorbilità può essere presente anche tra
segnali anticipatori, fin dalla scuola dell’infanzia. i DSA e altri disturbi di sviluppo (disturbi di lin-
guaggio, disturbi di coordinazione motoria, di-
1.2 La disgrafia e la disortografia sturbi dell’attenzione) e tra i DSA e i disturbi
Il disturbo specifico di scrittura si definisce di- emotivi e del comportamento.
sgrafia o disortografia, a seconda che interessi In questo caso, il disturbo risultante è superio-
rispettivamente la grafia o l’ortografia. La disgra-
re alla somma delle singole difficoltà, poiché
fia fa riferimento al controllo degli aspetti grafici,
ognuno dei disturbi implicati nella comorbilità
formali, della scrittura manuale, ed è collegata
influenza negativamente lo sviluppo delle abilità
al momento motorio-esecutivo della prestazio-
complessive.
ne; la disortografia riguarda invece l’utilizzo, in
fase di scrittura, del codice linguistico in quanto
tale.
2. OSSERVAZIONE IN CLASSE
La disgrafia si manifesta in una minore fluenza
e qualità dell’aspetto grafico della scrittura, la I Disturbi Specifici di Apprendimento hanno una
disortografia è all’origine di una minore corret- componente evolutiva che comporta la loro ma-
tezza del testo scritto; entrambi, naturalmente, nifestazione come ritardo e/o atipia del processo
sono in rapporto all’età anagrafica dell’alunno. di sviluppo, definito sulla base dell’età anagrafica
In particolare, la disortografia si può definire e della media degli alunni o degli studenti presen-
come un disordine di codifica del testo scritto, ti nella classe.
che viene fatto risalire ad un deficit di funzio- Alcune ricerche hanno inoltre evidenziato che ai
namento delle componenti centrali del processo DSA si accompagnano stili di apprendimento e
di scrittura, responsabili della transcodifica del altre caratteristiche cognitive specifiche, che è
linguaggio orale nel linguaggio scritto. importante riconoscere per la predisposizione di
una didattica personalizzata efficace.
1.3 La discalculia Ciò assegna alla capacità di osservazione degli
La discalculia riguarda l’abilità di calcolo, sia insegnanti un ruolo fondamentale, non solo nei
nella componente dell’organizzazione della co- primi segmenti dell’istruzione – scuola dell’in-
gnizione numerica (intelligenza numerica basa- fanzia e scuola primaria – per il riconoscimento
le), sia in quella delle procedure esecutive e del di un potenziale disturbo specifico dell’apprendi-
calcolo. mento, ma anche in tutto il percorso scolastico,
Nel primo ambito, la discalculia interviene sugli per individuare quelle caratteristiche cognitive
Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento 305
su cui puntare per il raggiungimento del succes- ca, sulla base di un determinato stile di appren-
so formativo. dimento, favorisce in generale tutti gli alunni,
nel caso invece di un alunno con DSA, fare ri-
2.1 Osservazione delle prestazioni atipiche ferimento nella prassi formativa agli stili di ap-
Per individuare un alunno con un potenziale Di- prendimento e alle diverse strategie che lo ca-
sturbo Specifico di Apprendimento, non neces- ratterizzano, diventa un elemento essenziale e
sariamente si deve ricorrere a strumenti appositi, dirimente per il suo successo scolastico.
ma può bastare, almeno in una prima fase, far
riferimento all’osservazione delle prestazioni nei
vari ambiti di apprendimento interessati dal di- 3. LA DIDATTICA INDIVIDUALIZZATA E
sturbo: lettura, scrittura, calcolo. PERSONALIZZATA.
Ad esempio, per ciò che riguarda la scrittura, è STRUMENTI COMPENSATIVI E MISURE
possibile osservare la presenza di errori ricorrenti, DISPENSATIVE.
che possono apparire comuni ed essere frequen-
La Legge 170/2010 dispone che le istituzioni
ti in una fase di apprendimento o in una classe
scolastiche garantiscano «l’uso di una didattica
precedente, ma che si presentano a lungo ed in
individualizzata e personalizzata, con forme ef-
modo non occasionale. Nei ragazzi più grandi è
ficaci e flessibili di lavoro scolastico che tengano
possibile notare l’estrema difficoltà a controllare le
conto anche di caratteristiche peculiari del sog-
regole ortografiche o la punteggiatura.
getto, quali il bilinguismo, adottando una meto-
Per quanto concerne la lettura, possono esse-
dologia e una strategia educativa adeguate».
re indicativi il permanere di una lettura sillabica
I termini individualizzata e personalizzata non
ben oltre la metà della prima classe primaria;
sono da considerarsi sinonimi. In letteratura, la
la tendenza a leggere la stessa parola in modi
discussione in merito è molto ampia e articolata.
diversi nel medesimo brano; il perdere frequen-
temente il segno o la riga. Ai fini di questo documento, è possibile indivi-
Quando un docente osserva tali caratteristiche duare alcune definizioni che, senza essere de-
nelle prestazioni scolastiche di un alunno, pre- finitive, possono consentire di ragionare con un
dispone specifiche attività di recupero e poten- vocabolario comune.
ziamento. Se, anche a seguito di tali interventi, È comunque preliminarmente opportuno osser-
l’atipia permane, sarà necessario comunicare vare che la Legge 170/2010 insiste più volte sul
alla famiglia quanto riscontrato, consigliandola tema della didattica individualizzata e persona-
di ricorrere ad uno specialista per accertare la lizzata come strumento di garanzia del diritto
presenza o meno di un disturbo specifico di ap- allo studio, con ciò lasciando intendere la cen-
prendimento. tralità delle metodologie didattiche, e non solo
È bene precisare che le ricerche in tale ambito degli strumenti compensativi e delle misure di-
rilevano che circa il 20% degli alunni (soprattut- spensative, per il raggiungimento del successo
to nel primo biennio della scuola primaria), ma- formativo degli alunni con DSA.
nifestano difficoltà nelle abilità di base coinvolte “Individualizzato” è l’intervento calibrato sul
dai Disturbi Specifici di Apprendimento. Di que- singolo, anziché sull’intera classe o sul piccolo
sto 20%, tuttavia, solo il tre o quattro per cento gruppo, che diviene “personalizzato” quando è
presenteranno un DSA. Ciò vuol dire che una rivolto ad un particolare discente.
prestazione atipica solo in alcuni casi implica un Più in generale – contestualizzandola nella si-
disturbo. tuazione didattica dell’insegnamento in classe –
l’azione formativa individualizzata pone obiettivi
2.2 Osservazione degli stili di apprendimento comuni per tutti i componenti del gruppo-clas-
Gli individui apprendono in maniera diversa uno se, ma è concepita adattando le metodologie in
dall’altro secondo le modalità e le strategie con funzione delle caratteristiche individuali dei di-
cui ciascuno elabora le informazioni. Un inse- scenti, con l’obiettivo di assicurare a tutti il con-
gnamento che tenga conto dello stile di appren- seguimento delle competenze fondamentali del
dimento dello studente facilita il raggiungimento curricolo, comportando quindi attenzione alle
degli obiettivi educativi e didattici. differenze individuali in rapporto ad una pluralità
Ciò è significativo per l’argomento in questione, di dimensioni.
in quanto se la costruzione dell’attività didatti- L’azione formativa personalizzata ha, in più,
306 Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento
pre valutata sulla base dell’effettiva incidenza del tema dei DSA. Consultando la bibliografia in
disturbo sulle prestazioni richieste, in modo tale, argomento, si rileva infatti una quantità prepon-
comunque, da non differenziare, in ordine agli derante di pubblicazioni nei settori della clinica
obiettivi, il percorso di apprendimento dell’alunno e delle neuroscienze, rispetto a quelli pedago-
o dello studente in questione. gico-didattici. In tempi più recenti, anche per le
dimensioni che ha assunto il fenomeno nelle
3.1 Documentazione dei percorsi didattici nostre scuole, oltre che per l’attenzione deter-
Le attività di recupero individualizzato, le moda- minata dagli interventi legislativi in materia, si è
lità didattiche personalizzate, nonché gli stru- manifestato un sempre maggiore interesse per
menti compensativi e le misure dispensative la messa a punto e l’aggiornamento di metodo-
dovranno essere dalle istituzioni scolastiche logie didattiche a favore dei bambini con DSA.
esplicitate e formalizzate, al fine di assicurare Sulla base di una impostazione tuttora ritenuta
uno strumento utile alla continuità didattica e valida, la didattica trae orientamento da consi-
alla condivisione con la famiglia delle iniziative derazioni di carattere psicopedagogico. A tale
intraprese. riguardo, può essere utile far riferimento a testi
A questo riguardo, la scuola predispone, nelle redatti nell’ambito di studi e ricerche che si con-
forme ritenute idonee e in tempi che non supe- centrano sul comportamento manifesto, sulla
rino il primo trimestre scolastico, un documento fenomenologia dei DSA, senza tralasciare di
che dovrà contenere almeno le seguenti voci, indagare e di interpretare i modi interiori dell’e-
articolato per le discipline coinvolte dal disturbo: sperienza. In tale ambito, si cerca di indagare il
• dati anagrafici dell’alunno; mondo del bambino dislessico secondo la sua
• tipologia di disturbo; prospettiva, non come osservatori esterni. Si por-
• attività didattiche individualizzate; ta il lettore attraverso vari esempi a comprendere
• attività didattiche personalizzate; come il bambino dislessico non riesce a mettersi
• strumenti compensativi utilizzati; da un punto di vista unitario, ciò che provoca una
• misure dispensative adottate; corsa ai punti di riferimento, poiché ad ogni movi-
• forme di verifica e valutazione personalizzate. mento verso il mondo sorge spontaneamente un
Nella predisposizione della documentazione in doppio significato. Un esempio è quello del turi-
questione è fondamentale il raccordo con la fa- sta che si trova in Inghilterra dove vi è un sistema
miglia, che può comunicare alla scuola eventuali di guida diverso e dove si fa fatica a guadagnare
osservazioni su esperienze sviluppate dallo stu- nuovi punti di riferimento. E vi è l’esempio di un
dente anche autonomamente o attraverso per- Paese ancora più insolito dove la barriera del lin-
corsi extrascolastici. guaggio è raddoppiata da quella dei significati.
Sulla base di tale documentazione, nei limiti della Immaginiamo di trovarci in un posto con una lin-
normativa vigente, vengono predisposte le mo- gua totalmente diversa o che non riusciamo a
dalità delle prove e delle verifiche in corso d’anno ben comprendere: sentiamo sorgere un senso
o a fine Ciclo. di profondo disagio perché manca “una comuni-
Tale documentazione può acquisire la forma del cazione completa, reale, intima”. Ma riusciamo
Piano Didattico Personalizzato. a tranquillizzarci perché il nostro soggiorno avrà
A titolo esemplificativo, vengono pubblicati sul termine e, con il rientro a casa, potremo torna-
sito del MIUR (http://www.istruzione.it/web/istru- re ad esprimerci, a parlare in rapporto allo stes-
zione/dsa) alcuni modelli di Piano Didattico Per- so quadro di riferimento, a trovare uno scambio
sonalizzato. vero, uno scambio pieno. Pensiamo invece al di-
Nella stessa pagina web dedicata ai DSA, po- sagio di questi bambini che non possono tornare
tranno essere consultati ulteriori modelli, sele- a casa, in un mondo dove devono rincorrere pun-
zionati sulla base delle migliori pratiche realiz- ti di riferimento
che rimangono stranieri, soprat-
zate dalle scuole o elaborati in sede scientifica. tutto se noi siamo per loro stranieri, chiudendoci
nell’incomprensione.
Da tali indicazioni si può prendere spunto per
4. UNA DIDATTICA PER GLI ALUNNI CON DSA trarre orientamento nella prassi pedagogicodi-
Negli ultimi anni abbiamo assistito ad un pro- dattica. Gli insegnanti possono “riappropriar-
gressivo incremento in ambito clinico degli stu- si” di competenze educativo-didattiche anche
di, delle ricerche e delle attività scientifiche sul nell’ambito dei DSA, laddove lo spostamento del
308 Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento
baricentro in ambito clinico aveva invece porta- si sono succeduti negli ultimi decenni, la Scuola
to sempre più a delegare a specialisti esterni dell’Infanzia ha il compito di “rafforzare l’identi-
funzioni proprie della professione docente o a tà personale, l’autonomia e le competenze dei
mutuare la propria attività sul modello degli in- bambini”, promuovendo la “maturazione dell’i-
terventi specialistici, sulla base della consape- dentità personale,
in una prospettiva che ne
volezza della complessità del problema e delle integri tutti gli aspetti (biologici, psichici, motori,
sue implicazioni neurobiologiche. intellettuali, sociali, morali e religiosi)”, mirando
Ora, la complessità del problema rimane attuale a consolidare “le capacità sensoriali, percettive,
e la validità di un apporto specialistico, ovvero motorie, sociali, linguistiche ed intellettive del
di interventi diagnostici e terapeutici attuati da bambino”.
psicologi, logopedisti e neuropsichiatri in siner- Come è noto, la diagnosi di DSA può essere
gia con il personale della scuola non può che formulata con certezza alla fine della seconda
essere confermata; tuttavia – anche in conside- classe della scuola primaria. Dunque, il distur-
razione della presenza sempre più massiccia di bo di apprendimento è conclamato quando già il
alunni con DSA nelle classi – diviene sempre bambino ha superato il periodo di insegnamento
più necessario fare appello alle competenze della letto-scrittura e dei primi elementi del cal-
psicopedagogiche dei docenti ‘curricolari’ per colo. Ma è questo il periodo cruciale e più deli-
affrontare il problema, che non può più essere cato tanto per il dislessico, che per il disgrafico,
delegato tout court a specialisti esterni. il disortografico e il discalculico.
È appena il caso di ricordare che nel profilo pro- Se, ad esempio, in quella classe si è fatto ricor-
fessionale del docente sono ricomprese, oltre so a metodologie non adeguate, senza prestare
alle competenze disciplinari, anche competenze la giusta attenzione alle esigenze formative ed
psicopedagogiche (Cfr. art. 27 CCNL). Gli stru- alle ‘fragilità’ di alcuni alunni, avremo non sol-
menti metodologici per interventi di carattere di- tanto perduto un’occasione preziosa per far svi-
dattico fanno parte, infatti, dello “strumentario” di luppare le migliori potenzialità di quel bambino,
base che è patrimonio di conoscenza e di abilità ma forse avremo anche minato seriamente il
di ciascun docente. Tuttavia, è pur vero che la suo percorso formativo.
competenza psicopedagogica, in tal caso, deve Per questo assume importanza fondamentale
poter essere aggiornata e approfondita. che sin dalla scuola dell’Infanzia si possa prestare
È per questo che il MIUR già da anni promuo- attenzione a possibili DSA e porre in atto tutti gli
ve azioni di formazione sul territorio e, da ulti- interventi conseguenti, ossia – in primis – tutte le
mo, ha sottoscritto un accordo quadro per l’alta strategie didattiche disponibili. Se poi l’osservazio-
formazione in ambito universitario sul tema dei ne pedagogica o il percorso clinico porteranno a
DSA (si veda il paragrafo 7, sulla formazione). constatare che si è trattato di una mera difficoltà
Si tratta di percorsi comuni per quanto riguarda di apprendimento anziché di un disturbo, sarà me-
l’approccio psicopedagogico, ma differenziati ri- glio per tutti. Si deve infatti sottolineare che le me-
spetto agli ordini e gradi di scuola. Vi sono infatti todologie didattiche adatte per i bambini con DSA
peculiarità dell’azione didattica che vanno atten- sono valide per ogni bambino, e non viceversa.
tamente considerate. (…)
In tal senso, la Scuola dell’Infanzia svolge un
ruolo di assoluta importanza sia a livello pre- 4.1 Scuola secondaria di I e di II grado
ventivo, sia nella promozione e nell’avvio di un La scuola secondaria richiede agli studenti la
corretto e armonioso sviluppo – del miglior svi- piena padronanza delle competenze strumen-
luppo possibile – del bambino in tutto il percor- tali (lettura, scrittura e calcolo), l’adozione di un
so scolare, e non solo. Occorre tuttavia porre efficace metodo di studio e prerequisiti adeguati
attenzione a non precorrere le tappe nell’inse- all’apprendimento di saperi disciplinari sempre
gnamento della letto-scrittura, anche sulla scia più complessi; elementi, questi, che possono
di dinamiche innestate in ambiente familiare mettere in seria difficoltà l’alunno con DSA, indu-
o indotte dall’uso di strumenti multimediali. La cendolo ad atteggiamenti demotivati e rinuncia-
Scuola dell’Infanzia, infatti, “esclude imposta- tari. Tali difficoltà possono essere notevolmente
zioni scolasticistiche che tendono a precocizza- contenute e superate individuando opportuna-
re gli apprendimenti formali”. Invece, coerente- mente le strategie e gli strumenti compensativi
mente con gli orientamenti e le indicazioni che nonché le misure dispensative.
Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento 309
disgrafia e disortografia sono dispensati dalla di Stato, prevedere una prova orale sostitutiva
valutazione della correttezza della scrittura e, di quella scritta, i cui contenuti e le cui modalità
anche sulla base della gravità del disturbo, pos- sono stabiliti dalla Commissione d’esame sulla
sono accompagnare o integrare la prova scritta base della documentazione fornita dai Consigli
con una prova orale attinente ai medesimi con- di Classe.
tenuti. Resta fermo che in presenza della dispensa
(…) dalla valutazione delle prove scritte, gli studen-
ti con DSA utilizzeranno comunque il supporto
4.2 Didattica per le lingue straniere scritto in quanto utile all’apprendimento anche
Poiché la trasparenza linguistica, ossia la corri- orale delle lingue straniere, soprattutto in età
spondenza fra come una lingua si scrive e come adolescenziale.
si legge, influisce sul livello di difficoltà di ap- In relazione alle forme di valutazione, per quan-
prendimento della lingua da parte degli studenti to riguarda la comprensione (orale o scritta),
con DSA, è opportuno che la scuola, in sede di sarà valorizzata la capacità di cogliere il senso
orientamento o al momento di individuare quale generale del messaggio; in fase di produzione
lingua straniera privilegiare, informi la famiglia sarà dato più rilievo all’efficacia comunicativa,
sull’opportunità di scegliere – ove possibile – ossia alla capacità di farsi comprendere in modo
una lingua che ha una trasparenza linguistica chiaro, anche se non del tutto corretto gramma-
maggiore. Analogamente, i docenti di lingue ticalmente.
straniere terranno conto, nelle prestazioni atte- Lo studio delle lingue straniere implica anche
se e nelle modalità di insegnamento, del princi- l’approfondimento dei caratteri culturali e sociali
pio sopra indicato. del popolo che parla la lingua studiata e, con
In sede di programmazione didattica si dovrà l’avanzare del percorso scolastico, anche degli
generalmente assegnare maggiore importanza aspetti letterari. Poiché l’insegnamento di tali
allo sviluppo delle abilità orali rispetto a quelle aspetti è condotto in lingua materna, saranno in
scritte. Poiché i tempi di lettura dell’alunno con questa sede applicati gli strumenti compensativi
DSA sono più lunghi, è altresì possibile conse- e dispensativi impiegati per le altre materie.
gnare il testo scritto qualche giorno prima della
Sulla base della gravità del disturbo, nella scuo-
lezione, in modo che l’allievo possa concentrar-
la secondaria i testi letterari in lingua straniera
si a casa sulla decodifica superficiale, lavorando
assumono importanza minore per l’alunno con
invece in classe insieme ai compagni sulla com-
DSA: considerate le sue possibili difficoltà di
prensione dei contenuti.
memorizzazione, risulta conveniente insistere
In merito agli strumenti compensativi, con ri-
sul potenziamento del lessico ad alta frequenza
guardo alla lettura, gli alunni e gli studenti con
piuttosto che focalizzarsi su parole più rare, o
DSA possono usufruire di audio-libri e di sinte-
di registro colto, come quelle presenti nei testi
si vocale con i programmi associati. La sintesi
letterari.
vocale può essere utilizzata sia in corso d’anno
Ai fini della corretta interpretazione delle dispo-
che in sede di esame di Stato.
sizioni contenute nel decreto attuativo, pare
Relativamente alla scrittura, è possibile l’impie-
go di strumenti compensativi come il computer opportuno precisare che l’“esonero” riguarda
con correttore automatico e con dizionario digi- l’insegnamento della lingua straniera nel suo
tale. Anche tali strumenti compensativi possono complesso, mentre la “dispensa” concerne uni-
essere impiegati in corso d’anno e in sede di camente le prestazioni in forma scritta.
esame di Stato.
Per quanto concerne le misure dispensative, gli
alunni e gli studenti con DSA possono usufruire: 5. LA DIMENSIONE RELAZIONALE
• di tempi aggiuntivi; Il successo nell’apprendimento è l’immedia-
• di una adeguata riduzione del carico di lavoro; to intervento da opporre alla tendenza degli
• in caso di disturbo grave e previa verifica del- alunni o degli studenti con DSA a una scarsa
la presenza delle condizioni previste all’Art. 6, percezione di autoefficacia e di autostima. La
comma 5 del D.M. 12 luglio 2011, è possibile specificità cognitiva degli alunni e degli stu-
in corso d’anno dispensare l’alunno dalla valu- denti con DSA determina, inoltre, per le con-
tazione nelle prove scritte e, in sede di esame seguenze del disturbo sul piano scolastico, im-
Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento 311
portanti fattori di rischio per quanto concerne la come la lettura ad alta voce in classe – evita la
dispersione scolastica dovuta, in questi casi, a frustrazione collegata alla dimostrazione della
ripetute esperienze negative e frustranti duran- propria difficoltà.
te l’intero iter formativo. È necessario sottolineare la delicatezza del-
Ogni reale apprendimento acquisito e ogni le problematiche psicologiche che s’innesta-
successo scolastico rinforzano negli alunni e no nell’alunno o nello studente con DSA per
negli studenti con DSA la percezione propria l’utilizzo degli strumenti compensativi e delle
di poter riuscire nei propri impegni nonostante misure dispensative. Infatti, ai compagni di
le difficoltà che impone il disturbo, con evidenti classe gli strumenti compensativi e le misure
connessi esiti positivi sul tono psicologico com- dispensative possono risultare incomprensibili
plessivo. facilitazioni.
Di contro, non realizzare le attività didattiche A questo riguardo, il coordinatore di classe,
personalizzate e individualizzate, non utilizzare sentita la famiglia interessata, può avviare ade-
gli strumenti compensativi, disapplicare le misu- guate iniziative per condividere con i compagni
re dispensative, collocano l’alunno e lo studente di classe le ragioni dell’applicazione degli stru-
in questione in uno stato di immediata inferiori- menti e delle misure citate, anche per evitare
tà rispetto alle prestazioni richieste a scuola, e la stigmatizzazione e le ricadute psicologiche
non per assenza di “buona volontà”, ma per una negative.
problematica che lo trascende oggettivamente: Resta ferma, infine, la necessità di creare un
il disturbo specifico di apprendimento. clima della classe accogliente, praticare una
Analogamente, dispensare l’alunno o lo studen- gestione inclusiva della stessa, tenendo conto
te con DSA da alcune prestazioni, oltre a non degli specifici bisogni educativi degli alunni e
avere rilevanza sul piano dell’apprendimento – studenti con DSA.
6.1 Gli Uffici Scolastici Regionali tecnologici specifici per i DSA) e pubblicizzando
Il ruolo strategico di coordinamento e di indirizzo ulteriormente la loro funzione di punti dimostra-
della politica scolastica svolto dagli Uffici Scola- tivi.
stici Regionali (USR) li chiama direttamente in
causa nell’assumere impegni ed attivare speci- 6.2 Il Dirigente scolastico
fiche iniziative per garantire il diritto allo studio Il Dirigente scolastico, nella logica dell’autono-
agli alunni con disturbi specifici di apprendimen- mia riconosciuta alle istituzioni scolastiche, è il
to. garante delle opportunità formative offerte e dei
In un sistema educativo e formativo che inve- servizi erogati ed è colui che attiva ogni possibile
ste sulla centralità dell’alunno, sul forte rapporto iniziativa affinché il diritto allo studio di tutti e di
scuola-famiglia e sull’interazione tra i soggetti ciascuno si realizzi.
– istituzionali e non – del territorio, numerose Tale azione si concretizza anche mediante la
e differenziate possono essere le iniziative e promozione e la cura di una serie di iniziative
ampia la gamma degli interventi rientranti nelle da attuarsi di concerto con le varie componenti
politiche a favore degli studenti. scolastiche, atte a favorire il coordinamento dei
Si ritiene di particolare importanza che l’USR in- vari interventi rispetto alle norme di riferimento.
centivi e promuova la messa a sistema delle di- Sulla base dell’autonoma responsabilità nella
verse azioni attivate dalle singole istituzioni sco- gestione delle risorse umane della scuola, il Di-
lastiche, al fine di uniformare comportamenti e rigente scolastico potrà valutare l’opportunità di
procedure tali da assicurare uguali opportunità assegnare docenti curricolari con competenza
formative a ciascun alunno, in qualunque realtà nei DSA in classi ove sono presenti alunni con
scolastica. In altri termini, le politiche dell’Ufficio tale tipologia di disturbi.
Scolastico Regionale devono tendere a garanti- In particolare, il Dirigente:
re che l’attenzione e la cura educative non siano • garantisce il raccordo di tutti i soggetti che
rimesse alla volontà dei singoli, ma riconducibili operano nella scuola con le realtà territoriali;
ad una logica di sistema. • stimola e promuove ogni utile iniziativa finaliz-
A tal fine, ferma restando l’autonomia di ogni zata a rendere operative le indicazioni condivise
singola realtà regionale, si indicano alcune azio- con Organi collegiali e famiglie, e precisamente:
ni che appare opportuno attivare: • attiva interventi preventivi;
• predisposizione di protocolli deontologici re- • trasmette alla famiglia apposita comunicazio-
gionali per condividere le procedure e i compor- ne;
tamenti da assumere nei confronti degli alunni • riceve la diagnosi consegnata dalla famiglia, la
con DSA (dalle strategie per individuare preco- acquisisce al protocollo e la condivide con il grup-
cemente i segnali di rischio alle modalità di ac- po docente;
coglienza, alla predisposizione dei Piani didat- • promuove attività di formazione/aggiornamen-
tici personalizzati, al contratto formativo con la to per il conseguimento di competenze specifi-
famiglia); che diffuse;
• costituzione di gruppi di coordinamento costi- • promuove e valorizza progetti mirati, individuan-
tuiti dai referenti provinciali per l’implementa- do e rimuovendo ostacoli, nonché assicurando il
zione delle linee di indirizzo emanate a livello coordinamento delle azioni (tempi, modalità, fi-
regionale; nanziamenti);
• stipula di accordi (convenzioni, protocolli, inte- • definisce, su proposta del Collegio dei Docen-
se) con le associazioni maggiormente rappre- ti, le idonee modalità di documentazione dei
sentative e con il SSN; percorsi didattici individualizzati e personalizzati
• organizzazione di attività di formazione diversifi- di alunni e studenti con DSA e ne coordina l’ela-
cate, in base alle specifiche situazioni di contesto borazione e le modalità di revisione, anche – se
e adeguate alle esperienze, competenze, pratiche necessario – facendo riferimento ai già richia-
pregresse presenti in ogni realtà, in modo da far mati modelli esemplificativi pubblicati sul sito del
coincidere la risposta formativa all’effettiva do- MIUR (http://www.istruzione.it/web/istruzione/
manda di supporto e conoscenza; dsa);
• potenziamento dei Centri Territoriali di Sup- • gestisce le risorse umane e strumentali;
porto per tecnologie e disabilità (CTS) soprattut- • promuove l’intensificazione dei rapporti tra
to incrementando le risorse (sussidi e strumenti i docenti e le famiglie di alunni e studenti con
Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento 313
• mette in atto strategie di recupero; giore grado di autonomia nella gestione dei
• segnala alla famiglia la persistenza delle diffi- tempi di studio, dell’impegno scolastico e delle
coltà nonostante gli interventi di recupero posti relazioni con i docenti;
in essere; • considera non soltanto il significato valutativo,
• prende visione della certificazione diagnostica ma anche formativo delle singole discipline.
rilasciata dagli organismi preposti; Particolare importanza riveste, nel contesto
• procede, in collaborazione dei colleghi della finora analizzato, il rapporto con le famiglie
classe, alla documentazione dei percorsi didat- degli alunni con DSA. Esse, in particolare
tici individualizzati e personalizzati previsti; nel primo periodo di approccio dei figli con la
• attua strategie educativo-didattiche di poten- scuola primaria, sono poste di fronte a incer-
ziamento e di aiuto compensativo; tezza recata per lo più da difficoltà inattese,
• adotta misure dispensative; che rischiano di compromettere il sereno svol-
• attua modalità di verifica e valutazione ade- gimento dell’iter scolastico da parte dei loro
guate e coerenti; figli. Necessitano pertanto di essere oppor-
• realizza incontri di continuità con i colleghi tunamente guidate alla conoscenza del pro-
del precedente e successivo ordine o grado di blema non solo in ordine ai possibili sviluppi
scuola al fine di condividere i percorsi educati- dell’esperienza scolastica, ma anche informa-
vi e didattici effettuati dagli alunni, in particolare te con professionalità e costanza sulle stra-
quelli con DSA, e per non disperdere il lavoro tegie didattiche che di volta in volta la scuo-
svolto. la progetta per un apprendimento quanto più
possibile sereno e inclusivo, sulle verifiche e
6.5 La Famiglia sui risultati attesi e ottenuti, su possibili ricali-
La famiglia che si avvede per prima delle diffi- brature dei percorsi posti in essere.
coltà del proprio figlio o della propria figlia, ne Sulla scorta di tali necessità, le istituzioni sco-
informa la scuola, sollecitandola ad un periodo lastiche cureranno di predisporre incontri con
di osservazione. Essa è altrimenti, in ogni caso, le famiglie coinvolte a cadenza mensile o bi-
informata dalla scuola delle persistenti difficoltà mestrale, a seconda delle opportunità e delle
del proprio figlio o figlia. singole situazioni in esame, affinché l’operato
La famiglia: dei docenti risulti conosciuto, condiviso e, ove
• provvede, di propria iniziativa o su segnalazio- necessario, coordinato con l’azione educativa
ne del pediatra – di libera scelta o della scuola della famiglia stessa.
– a far valutare l’alunno o lo studente secon- Dovendosi necessariamente prevedere un’inten-
do le modalità previste dall’Art. 3 della Legge sificazione dell’impegno dei docenti, i Dirigenti
170/2010; scolastici avranno cura di prevedere idonee mo-
• consegna alla scuola la diagnosi di cui all’art. 3 dalità di riconoscimento di tali forme di flessibilità
della Legge 170/2010; professionale, da ricomprendere nelle materie di
• condivide le linee elaborate nella documen- pertinenza della Contrattazione integrativa di Isti-
tazione dei percorsi didattici individualizzati e tuto di cui all’art. 6, comma 2, lettera l) del vigente
personalizzati ed è chiamata a formalizzare con CCNL - Comparto Scuola.
la scuola un patto educativo/formativo che pre-
veda l’autorizzazione a tutti i docenti del Consi- 6.6 Gli Studenti
glio di Classe – nel rispetto della privacy e della Gli studenti e le studentesse, con le necessarie
riservatezza del caso – ad applicare ogni stru- differenziazioni in relazione all’età, sono i primi
mento compensativo e le strategie dispensative protagonisti di tutte le azioni che devono essere
ritenute idonee, previste dalla normativa vigen- messe in campo qualora si presenti una situa-
te, tenuto conto delle risorse disponibili; zione di DSA. Essi, pertanto, hanno diritto:
• sostiene la motivazione e l’impegno dell’alun- • ad una chiara informazione riguardo alla diver-
no o studente nel lavoro scolastico e domestico; sa modalità di apprendimento ed alle strategie
• verifica regolarmente lo svolgimento dei com- che possono aiutarli ad ottenere il massimo dalle
piti assegnati; loro potenzialità;
• verifica che vengano portati a scuola i materiali • a ricevere una didattica individualizzata/perso-
richiesti; nalizzata, nonché all’adozione di adeguati stru-
• incoraggia l’acquisizione di un sempre mag- menti compensativi e misure dispensative.
Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento 315
Hanno il dovere di porre adeguato impegno nel Risulta inoltre opportuno conoscere le caratte-
lavoro scolastico. ristiche dei singoli disturbi di apprendimento,
Ove l’età e la maturità lo consentano, suggeri- anche da un punto di vista medico-sanitario e
scono ai docenti le strategie di apprendimento psicologico, sia perché tali caratteristiche giusti-
che hanno maturato autonomamente. ficano gli specifici interventi previsti dalla Legge,
(…) sia perché ciò consente di costruire un linguag-
gio comune fra mondo scolastico e mondo dei
7. LA FORMAZIONE servizi di diagnosi e di trattamento.
La formazione degli insegnanti e dei dirigenti
scolastici è un elemento fondamentale per la Principali strumenti che la scuola può utiliz-
corretta applicazione della Legge 170/2010 e zare per l’individuazione precoce del rischio
per il raggiungimento delle sue finalità. Al riguar- di DSA.
do, si pone in primo piano il tema della formazio- L’individuazione tempestiva permette la messa
ne in servizio. in atto di provvedimenti didattici, abilitativi e di
Un principio generale è che la competenza sui supporto che possono modificare notevolmen-
DSA dovrà permeare il corpo docente di ogni te il percorso scolastico e il destino personale
classe, in modo che la gestione e la program- di alunni e studenti con DSA. Il maggior inte-
mazione di passi significativi (per es. il PDP) resse è rivolto alla scuola dell’infanzia e alla
non sia delegata a qualcuno dei docenti, ma scuola primaria, nelle quali è necessaria una
scaturisca da una partecipazione integrale del maggior e più diffusa conoscenza degli indi-
consiglio di classe. catori di rischio e una impostazione del lavoro
A tal fine, gli Uffici Scolastici Regionali attivano didattico orientata alla prevenzione. L’attività di
gli interventi di formazione realizzando sinergie identificazione si deve esplicare comunque in
con i servizi sanitari territoriali, le università, gli tutti gli ordini e gradi di scuola; infatti, sappia-
enti, gli istituti di ricerca e le agenzie di forma- mo che tuttora molti ragazzi con DSA sfuggo-
zione, individuando le esigenze formative spe- no alla individuazione nei primi anni di scuola,
cifiche, differenziate anche per ordini e gradi di mentre manifestano in maniera più evidente le
scuola e tenendo conto di priorità dettate anche loro difficoltà allorché aumenta il carico di stu-
dalle precedenti attività formative svolte sul ter- dio, cioè durante la scuola secondaria e all’u-
ritorio. niversità.
Le istituzioni scolastiche, anche collegate in
rete, possono organizzare opportuni percorsi di Strategie educativo-didattiche di potenzia-
formazione mirati allo sviluppo professionale di mento e di aiuto compensativo.
competenze specifiche in materia. È necessario che i docenti acquisiscano chiare
L’insegnante referente per i DSA può svolgere e complete conoscenze in merito agli strumen-
un ruolo importante di raccordo e di continuità ti compensativi e alle misure dispensative, con
riguardo all’aggiornamento professionale per i riferimento alla disciplina di loro competenza, al
colleghi. fine di effettuare scelte consapevoli ed appro-
priate.
7.1 I contenuti della formazione Inoltre, gli insegnanti devono essere in grado di
utilizzare le nuove tecnologie e realizzare una
Legge170/2010 e caratteristiche delle diver- integrazione tra queste e le metodologie didat-
se tipologie di DSA. tiche per l’apprendimento, dato che le ricerche
La conoscenza della legge consente di avere dimostrano che ambienti didattici supportati
consapevolezza del percorso completo di ge- dall’uso delle nuove tecnologie risultano mag-
stione dei DSA all’interno della scuola; i vari mo- giormente efficaci.
menti di tale percorso e i processi conseguenti
devono essere ben chiari al fine di assicurarne Gestione della classe con alunni con DSA.
l’applicazione. La legge e le disposizioni attua- I docenti devono porre attenzione alle ricadute
tive, contenute nel DM 12 luglio 2011, riassu- psicologiche delle scelte educative e didattiche,
mono e superano tutti i provvedimenti e note ricordando che nell’apprendimento un ruolo
ministeriali precedentemente emanati riguardo di grande rilievo è rappresentato dagli aspetti
ai DSA. emotivi, motivazionali e relazionali. La forma-
316 Disturbi specifici dell’apprendimento